Home

DLM4000 Series Mixed Signal Oscilloscope - Electro

1. Command Function Page TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the trigger source qualify conditions for edge qualified 5 219 BTRigger QUALify CONDition triggering TRIGger ATRigger Queries all edge trigger settings 5 219 BTRigger SIMPle TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the edge trigger source trigger coupling 5 219 BTRigger SIMPle COUPling TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the on off status of the trigger source low pass filter HF 5 219 BTRigger SIMPle HFRejection rejection for edge triggering HighFrequencyREJECTION TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the noise rejection setting for the edge trigger source trigger 5 219 BTRigger SIMPle HYSTeresis level TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the edge trigger source trigger level 5 219 BTRigger SIMPle LEVel TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the external trigger source probe setting for edge triggering 5 219 BTRigger SIMPle PROBe TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the trigger source slope setting polarity setting when the 5 220 BTRigger SIMPle SLOPe window is set to ON for edge triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the edge trigger source 5 220 BTRigger SIMPle SOURc TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the edge trigger source window width 5 220 BTRigger SIMPle WIDTh TRIGger ATRig
2. Command Function Page ANALysis PANalyzecx SETup U Sets or queries the probe attenuation setting of the voltage input channel for 5 55 PROBe power supply analysis ANALysis PANalyzecx SETup Sets or queries the reference trace for power supply analysis deskewing 5 55 RTRace ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA Queries all XY display safe operating area settings 5 55 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA Queries all XY display safe operating area cursor measurement settings 5 55 CURSor ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA Queries all XY display safe operating area horizontal cursor settings 5 55 CURSor X y ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA Sets or queries a horizontal cursor position in the XY display safe operating 5 55 CURSor X lt y gt POSition area ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA Sets or queries the voltage value of a horizontal cursor in the XY display safe 5 55 CURSor X y VALue operating area ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA Queries all XY display safe operating area vertical cursor settings 5 55 CURSor Y y ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA Sets or queries a vertical cursor position in the XY display safe operating 5 55 CURSor Y lt y gt POSition area ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA Sets or queries the voltage value of a vertical cursor in the XY display safe 5 56 CURSor Y lt y gt VALue operating are
3. Rear Panel USB port This port is for connecting the DLM4000 to a controller such as a PC using a USB cable TL 1 E Ri Aner AS woe our inc A eomo co E 3 EY m s Eg Gd GE IM DLM4038 17EN 1 1 e eyieju JSN 1 2 USB Interface Features and Specifications USB Interface Features Reception Features Allow you to specify the same settings that you can using the front panel keys Receive output requests for measured and computed data panel setting data and error codes Transmission Features The DLM4000 can 1 transmit measured and computed data 2 transmit panel setting data and the status byte and 3 error codes when errors occur USB Interface Specifications Electrical and mechanical specifications USB 2 0 Connector Type B connector receptacle Ports 1 Power supply Self powered PC system requirements A PC running the English or Japanese version of Windows 8 32 bit or 64 bit Windows 7 32 bit or 64 bit Windows Vista 32 bit or Windows XP SP2 or later 32 bit and a separate device driver Data Transfer Rate The following table contains approximations of how much time it takes for the DLM4000 to transmit waveform data Model DLM4038 C
4. TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress Function Queries all 7 bit address settings for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress HEXa Function Sets the 7 bit address for I C bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress HEXa String Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7ADDRESS HEXA 5C TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress PATTern Function Sets or queries the 7 bit address for I C bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress PATTern Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER 12C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11100110 TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11100110 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub Function Queries all 7 bit sub address settings for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub TRIGger ATRigger
5. ENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup MODE Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search mode setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup MODE BSYNch ERRor IDData SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup MODE lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP MODE BSYNCH SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP MODE SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP MODE BSYNCH Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SERialbus lt x gt RWINdow SETup IDData IDENtifier ID Function Sets or queries in which zoom window ZOOM 1 or PATTern String ZOOM2 the detected section will be displayed SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Syntax SERialbus lt x gt RWINdow 21 22 DData IDENtifier ID PATTern SERialbus lt x gt RWINdow lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA Example SERIALBUS1 RWINDOW Z1 DENTIFIER ID PATTERN 101100 SERIALBUS1 RWINDOW SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA SERIALBUS1 RWINDOW Z1 DENTIFIER ID PATTERN SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP SERialbus lt x gt SOURce DDATA IDENTIFIER ID PATTERN 101100 Function Queries all analysis and search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SOURce lt x gt 1to4 SERialbus lt x gt SOURce CHANnel lt y gt MAT H lt y gt Function Queries all source waveform settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SOURce CHANnel lt y gt MATH
6. TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray ERRor FES Function Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal trigger FES error setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger Xray ERRor FES lt Boolean gt BTRigger E Gl J W Gger ATRigger LEXray ERRor FES Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY ERROR FES ON RIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY ERROR FES gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY ERROR FES 1 BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData Function Queries all ID and data condition settings for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt Function Queries all cycle count settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt IM DLM4038 17EN 5 201 spueululo2 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt CONDition Function Sets or queries the cycle count data condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt CONDition BETWeen EQUal GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqul TRIGger ATRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt CONDition Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA CCOUNT CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY
7. 9 DLM4000 Straight UTP or STP cable Notes about Connections To connect the DLM4000 to a PC be sure to use straight cables and to connect through a hub or router Proper operation is not guaranteed for a one to one connection using a cross cable Usea network cable that conforms to the transfer speed of your network Note For details on how to connect the DLM4000 to a network see section 18 1 Connecting the DLM4000 to a Network in the DLM4000 Series User s Manual IM DLM4038 02EN 2 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 2 4 Configuring the DLM4000 Network Settings This section explains the settings listed below You must configure these settings when controlling the DLM4000 remotely through a ethernet interface Communication interface Connecting to the network Mode Timeout of the network Opening the Remote Control Menu Press UTILITY and then press the Remote Control soft key to open the menu shown below Remote 5 Tene Set the communication interface to Network VXI 11 EWON CKAN Mode Set the Mode to ON OFF Push Infinit o Time Out Set the timeout Infinit 0 Note Only use the selected communication interface If you send commands simultaneously from another communication interface that has not been selected the DLM4000 will not execute the commands properly Configuring TCP IP Settings To use the Ethernet interface features you must specify the following TCP IP settin
8. Command Function Page TRIGger ATRigger Queries all SPI bus signal trigger settings 5 223 BTRigger SPI TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the bit order of the SPI bus signal trigger data 5 223 BTRigger SPI BITorder TRIGger ATRigger Queries all clock signal settings for SPI bus signal triggering 5 223 BTRigger SPI CLOCk TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the clock signal polarity for SPI bus signal triggering 5 223 BTRigger SPI CLOCk POLarity TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the clock signal for SPI bus signal triggering 5 223 BTRigger SPI CLOCk SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Queries all chip select signal settings for SPI bus signal triggering 5 223 BTRigger SPI CS TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the chip select signal active state for SPI bus signal 5 223 BTRigger SPI CS ACTive triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the chip select signal for SPI bus signal triggering 5 223 BTRigger SPI CS SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Queries all data signal settings for SPI bus signal triggering 5 224 BTRigger SPI DATA x TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the starting position of data comparison for SPI bus signal 5 224 BTRigger SPI DATA x BCOunt triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for SPI bus 5 224 e BTRigger SPI DATA x CONDition signal triggering 3 TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the
9. ssuusss user defined bus signal trigger user defined computation esses V Page vertical axis offset B Value rte m trente nes 5 68 scaling coefficient A value seessesss 5 67 T ce 5 68 vertical cursor 5 239 vertical position esssssesesseseeeeeneeee 5 68 5 116 voltage scale eii etate cie e cr n 5 68 VT waveform display EF Tits 5 89 waveform parameter 5 237 Pedrrcc m 5 241 W Page waveform accumulated display sssssssss 5 81 waveform inverted display 5 67 waveform total number of data points 5 233 Waveform acquisltiOri esset eoe rre c e e crore eeu 5 47 waveform acquisition starting sseessssssss 5 184 waveform acquisition stopping 5 186 waveform acquisition mode ses 5 47 waveform color 95 81 WAVSefOrm Group s acier erattu ee aee eek eco yere inne 5 232 waveform histogram horizontal range inier eese 5 48 meas rementimode sucoorroceree teer ret err pdex rere tiv ea eRRe E 5 48 on off status of display Rene 5 48 SOUF Ce WaVEfOFPITIss a cire pneu th asenso ER cbe ge tih etras 5 49 target axis 2st leet rete de petes vertical range i Waveform intensity sssi 2 crt edee a 5 81 Waveform labelen aa EE YE ch ss 5 67 wavefor
10. av UMA DMN ti SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA Function Queries all address pattern data settings for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA BCOunt Function Sets or queries the position for comparing data patterns for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA BCOunt lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA BCOunt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example SERIALBUS1 1I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA BCOUNT 0 SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA BCOUNT SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA BCOUNT 0 ERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA BMODe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the position for comparing data patterns for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA BMODe lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA BMODe Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA BMODE ON SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA BMODE SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA BMODE 1 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup A
11. sn 2 5 GP IB Interface Option 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 Component Names and Functions ssssssssssssssseseeee eene entere eterne 3 1 Connecting GP IB Cables Option ssssssssssssssssssseseeeneneen nentes 3 2 GP IB Interface Features ricette a tpe i buco cmn ovi vene 3 3 GP IB Interface Specifications cccceccccceeceecececeeeeeeeeaeeceeesenaeaeceeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaes 3 4 Configuring the DLM4000 GP IB Settings sssssssssssssseseeneeneme enne 3 5 Responses to Interface Messages sssssssssssssssesesee ener esent ennt nenas 3 6 Programming Overview 4 1 CECEDI Mc OO E 4 1 4 2 rename 4 3 4 3 RESPONSES Aeae etd UII MAT ALLE uU en L LIE 4 5 44 pc T 4 6 4 5 Synchronization with the Controller essen ene 4 8 Commands 5 1 Listof GOMMANGS e ier eh tor DE HII D EVE erattu GE 5 1 5 2 DABIXcum 5 47 5 3 ANAEVSIS OLOBD E mie neiioh testen utere cal tfe tuf nhi 5 48 5 4 ASE DUP Group EE 5 65 5 5 CALIDrate GFOUD S esiti cesta a iMt iic pret ELT LIE ces LC LLL DE LUE 5 66 5 6 ie SCIRE mmc Seed 5 67 5 7 eia EHE H 5 70 5 8 O EEK o A E
12. Multi line messages r Uni line messages Address Universal commands commands IFC REN IDY GTL LLO SDC DCL PPC PPU GET SPE TCT SPD Listener Talker Secondary address address command The DLM4000 supports interface messages marked with a Note Difference between SDC and DCL In multi line messages SDC messages are those that require talker or listener designation and DCL messages are those that do not require the designation Therefore the SDC command affects a specific device while the DCL command affects all devices on the bus IM DLM4038 17EN 3 7 uondo e ejieu gr d9 B Chapter 4 4 1 Messages Programming Overview Messages Messages are used to exchange information between the controller and the DLM4000 Messages that are sent from the controller to the DLM4000 are called program messages and messages that are sent from the DLM4000 back to the controller are called response messages If a program message contains a command that requests a response query the DLM4000 returns a response message upon receiving the program message The DLM4000 returns a single response message in response to a single program message Program Message The program message syntax is as follows O lt Program message unit gt lt PMT gt lt Program Message Unit gt A program message consists of one or more p
13. ANE Ge N mle Aww Avorn A men jw E g Co E A Breensscepeiceeeeieeteeieerd DBoRoBoSo8o8oFoXo8o8080803080 OROROORO ROOP RORO RORO 0909000000000000 V000000090PO 980009090000000909000900230999 BoRo2o8o8o808o208580808080808 paseo sieiceinesisicenesienansceness 2088202000028202 RRRS S aie XX XX ee 7 OQ 2 OO 2 OO Oe OX S U je Basagogosogosagosososogogososo OLOLOBOLOLGROLOLESa290R08686 2GPGPGPSPGPSPSPOPGDPG9SPSPS S EL IM DLM4038 17EN 2 1 92eJ19 U JOUIBUIA 2 2 Ethernet Interface Features and Specifications Ethernet Interface Features Reception Features Allow you to specify the same settings that you can using the front panel keys Receive output requests for measured and computed data panel setting data and error codes Transmission Features The DLM4000 can transmit measured and computed data The DLM4000 can transmit panel setting data and the status byte The DLM4000 can transmit error codes when errors occur Ethernet Interface Specifications Electrical and mechanical specifications IEEE802 3 Simultaneous connections 1 Protocol VXI 11 PC system requirements A PC running the English or Japanese version of Windows 8 32 bit or 64 bit Windows 7 32 bit
14. 5 106 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 17 IMAGe Group IMAGe Function Queries all screen image data output settings Syntax IMAGe IMAGe ABORt Function Aborts saving screen image data to the storage medium Syntax IMAGe ABORt Example IMAGE ABORT IMAGe BACKground Function Sets or queries the screen image background Syntax IMAGe BACKground NORMal TRANsparent IMAGe BACKground Example IMAGE BACKGROUND NORMAL IMAGE BACKGROUND IMAGE BACKGROUND NORMAL IMAGe COMMent Function Sets or queries the comment at the lower right of the screen Syntax IMAGe COMMent lt String gt IMAGe COMMent lt String gt Up to 32 characters Example IMAGE COMMENT THIS IS TEST IMAGE COMMENT IMAGE COMMENT THIS IS TEST IMAGe EXECute Function Saves screen image data to a storage medium Syntax IMAGe EXECute Example IMAGE EXECUTE IMAGe FORMat Function Sets or queries the screen image output format Syntax IMAGe FORMat BMP JPEG PNG IMAGe FORMat Example IMAGE FORMAT BMP IMAGE FORMAT IMAGE FORMAT BMP IMAGe MODE Function Sets or queries the screen image output mode Syntax IMAGe MODE HARD NORMal WIDE IMAGe MODE Example IMAGE MODE HARD IMAGE MODE IMAGE MODE HARD IMAGe SAVE Function Queries all file output settings Syntax IMAGe SAVE IMAGe SAVE ANAMing Function Syntax Example Sets o
15. About the IEEE 488 2 1992 Standard The DLM4000 s GP IB interface conforms to the IEEE 488 2 1992 standard This standard specifies that the following 23 items be stated in the document This section describes these items 1 2 3 4 5 Of the IEEE 488 1 interface functions the subsets that are supported See section 3 4 GP IB Interface Specifications The operation of the device when it is assigned an address outside the 0 to 30 range The address of this instrument cannot be set to an address outside the 0 to 30 range Reaction of the device when the user changes the address The address change is detected when the user presses UTILITY and then the Remote Control soft key and changes the address The new address is valid until the next time it is changed Device settings at power on The commands that can be used at power on As a basic rule the previous settings the settings that were in use when the DLM4000 seies was turned off are used There are no limitations on the commands that can be used at power on Message exchange options a Input buffer size 16384 bytes b Queries that return multiple response messages See the example of the commands given in chapter 5 c Queries that create response data when the command syntax is being analyzed All queries create response data when the command syntax is analyzed d Queries that create response data during reception There are no queries of which
16. GGER CAN ID TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN ata DATA LITTle Rigger CAN DATA DATA DATA DATA gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA ENDIAN BIG TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA HEXa lt x gt Function Sets a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA HEXa lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt 1to8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA HEXA1 12 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA MODE Function Sets or queries the data enable disable condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA MSBLsb Function Sets or queries the MSB and LSB bits for the data which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA MSBLsb NRf NRf TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt
17. AREA2 DELay REFerence TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt PODL lt y gt MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence TRACe lt x gt 0to7 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt lt y gt of PODL lt y gt 0 to 7 Example MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 2 MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE gt MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 2 MEASure RANGe x Function Sets or queries the measurement source window Syntax MEASure RANGe lt x gt MAIN Z1 Z2 MEASure RANGe lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 Example MEASURE RANGE1 MAIN MEASURE RANGE1 MEASURE RANGE1 MAIN Description Measure RANGe 1 sets or queries the measurement source window for normal measurement or the measurement source window of Area for two area measurement Measure RANGe2 sets or queries the measurement source window of Area2 for two area measurement MEASure TRANge x Time Range Function Sets or queries a time range Syntax MEASure TRANge lt x gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt MEASure TRANge lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example MEASURE TRANGE1 4 4 MEASURE TRANGE1 MEASURE TRANGE1 4 00E 00 4 00E 00 Description Measure TRANge1 sets or queries the time range for normal measurement or the time range of Area1 for two area mea
18. ATRigger BTRigger I2C Ress DATA CONDition GGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA CONDITION FALSE TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA CONDITION FALSE Example TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA DBYTe Function Sets or queries the specified number of data bytes for IC bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA DBYTe lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger I2C ADDRess DATA DBYTe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA DBYTE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA DBYTE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA DBYTE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA HEXa lt x gt Function Sets the data for I C bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA HEXa x String lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA HEXA1 AB TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA MODE Function Sets or queries the data condition enable disable mode for IC bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger 1I2C Ress DATA MODE lt Boolean gt Gger ATRigger BTRigger I2C D R ADDRess DATA MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER 12C ADDRESS D
19. If lt NRf gt is omitted the most recent measured value is queried ANALysis WAIT Function Waits for the completion of automated measurement with a set timeout Syntax ANALysis WAIT lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 36000 the timeout specified in 100 ms intervals Example ANALYSIS WAIT ANALYSIS WAIT 1 Description The command returns zero if the automated measurement finishes within the specified timeout If automated measurement does not finish or if it was never taking place to begin with the command returns 1 Even if you set a long timeout the command will return zero as soon as automated measurement finishes 5 64 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 4 ASETup Group ASETup EXECute Function Executes auto setup Syntax ASETup EXECute Example ASETUP EXECUTE ASETup UNDO Function Undoes auto setup Syntax ASETup UNDO Example ASETUP UNDO IM DLM4038 17EN 5 65 spuewwog 5 5 CALibrate Group CALibrate Function Queries all calibration settings Syntax CALibrate CALibrate EXECute Function Executes calibration Syntax CALibrate EXECute Example CALIBRATE EXECUTE CALibrate MODE Function Sets or queries the on off status of auto calibration Syntax CALibrate MODE AUTO OFF Example CALIBRATE MODE AUTO CALIBRATE MODE CALIBRATE MODE AUTO 5 66 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 6 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt Function Queries all vertical axis setting
20. MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal PERCent x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 100 in 1 steps Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT 40 60 80 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT 40 60 80 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal UNIT Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as voltages Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal UNIT lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal UNIT x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Voltage gt lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL UNIT 50V 0V 50V MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL UNIT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL UNIT 50 0E 00 0 0E 00 50 0E 00 Description When the probe type is set to current this command sets or queries the Current value MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt METHod Function Sets or queries the high low point setting method Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt METHod AUTO MAXimum HISTogram MEASure CHANnel x MATH x METHod x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 MET
21. SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator PPReamble Function Sets or queries the indicator payload preamble which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator PPReamble 0 1 X SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator PPReamble lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA INDICATOR PPREAMBLE 1 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA INDICATOR PPREAMBLE gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA INDICATOR PPREAMBLE 1 spuewwog c c SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator STFRame Function Sets or queries whether or not the indicator start frame which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator STFRame 0 1 X SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator STFRame lt x gt 1 to 4 ERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP Example S DDATA INDICATOR STFRAME 1 S D ERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA INDICATOR STFRAME gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA INDICATOR STFRAME 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 155 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator SYFRame Func
22. TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE ON TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE 1 Example TRIGger ACTion SAVE Function Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will save waveform data to the storage medium as an action when trigger conditions are met on off Syntax TRIGger ACTion SAVE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ACTion SAVE Example TRIGGER ACTION SAVE ON TRIGGER ACTION SAVE gt TRIGGER ACTION SAVE 1 TRIGger ACTion STARt Function Starts the action on trigger operation Syntax TRIGger ACTion STARt Example TRIGGER ACTION START Description Use TRIGger ACTION STOP to stop trigger actions TRIGger ACTion STOP Function Stops the action on trigger operation Syntax TRIGger ACTion STOP Example TRIGGER ACTION STOP Description This command only stops trigger actions and does not cancel the setting Use TRIGger ACTION STARt to resume trigger actions TRIGger ADB Function Queries all A Delay B trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ADB TRIGger ADB DELay Function Sets or queries the for condition B for the A Delay B trigger Syntax TRIGger ADB DELay lt Time gt TRIGger ADB DELay Time 10 ns to 10 s 2 ns steps Example TRIGGER ADB DELAY 10ns TRIGGER ADB DELAY TRIGGER ADB DELAY 10ns TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger Function Queries all trigger condition settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger
23. gt FFT1 DISPLAY 1 FFT x HORizontal Function Queries all horizontal axis settings for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt HORizontal x 1to2 FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan Function Queries all center and span settings for the horizontal axis for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan x 1to2 FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan CENTer Function Sets or queries the center value of the horizontal axis for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan ENTer lt Frequency gt FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan CENTer x 1to2 lt Frequency gt 0 to 62 5 G Hz Example FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN CENTER 1Hz FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN CENTER gt FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN CENTER 1 000E 00 FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan SPAN Function Sets or queries the span value of the horizontal axis for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan SPAN lt Frequency gt gt FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan SPAN lt x gt 1to2 lt Frequency gt 0 to 62 5 G Hz Example FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN SPAN 1HZ gt FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN SPAN gt FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN SPAN 1 000E 00 FFT x HORizontal LRIGht Function Queries all of the setting for the left and right ends of the horizontal axis for FFT analysis Syntax FFT x HORizontal LRIGht x 1to2 FFT x HORizontal LRIGht RANGe Function Sets or queries the range for the left and right
24. not a number f lt NRf gt is omitted the most recent measured value is queried MEASure WAIT Function Waits for the completion of waveform parameter automated measurement with a set timeout Syntax MEASure WAIT NRf lt NRf gt 1 to 36000 the timeout specified in 100 ms intervals Example MEASURE WAIT 1 gt MEASURE WAIT 0 Descriptions The command returns zero if the automated measurement finishes within the specified timeout If automated measurement does not finish or if it was never taking place to begin with the command returns 1 Even if you set a long timeout the command will return zero as soon as automated measurement finishes 5 132 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 22 RECall Group RECall SETup lt x gt EXECute Function Recalls setup data from an internal memory area Syntax RECall SETup lt x gt EXECute lt x gt 1to3 Example RECALL SETUP1 EXECUTE Description If you specify an area that does not contain setup data an error occurs IM DLM4038 17EN 5 133 spuewwog 5 23 REFerence Group REFerence lt x gt Function Queries all reference waveform settings Syntax REFerencecx x 1 to 4 REFerence lt x gt DISPlay Function Sets or queries the display on off status of a reference waveform Syntax REFerence lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt REFerence lt x gt DISPlay x 1 to 4 Example REFERENCE1 DISPLAY ON REFERENCE DISPLAY gt REFE
25. 1 to 4 Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 WAVE ZNUMBER 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER WAVE ZNUMBER gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 WAVE ZNUMBER 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 99 5 15 HCOPy Group HCOPy Function Queries all screen capture data output settings Syntax HCOPy HCOPy ABORt Function Stops data output and paper feeding Syntax HCOPy ABORt Example HCOPY ABORT HCOPy COMMent Function Sets or queries the comment at the lower right of the screen Syntax HCOPy COMMent lt String gt HCOPy COMMent lt String gt Up to 32 characters Example HCOPY COMMENT THIS IS TEST HCOPY COMMENT HCOPY COMMENT THIS IS TEST HCOPy DIRection Function Sets or queries the data output destination Syntax HCOPy DIRection PRINter NETPrinter FILE MULTitarget HCOPy DIRection Example HCOPY DIRECTION PRINTER HCOPY DIRECTION HCOPY DIRECTION PRINTER HCOPy EXECute Function Executes data output Syntax HCOPy EXECute Example HCOPY EXECUTE HCOPy MULTitarget Function Queries all multi target feature settings Syntax HCOPy MULTitarget HCOPy MULTitarget PRINter Function Sets or queries whether the multi target feature will send output to the built in printer Syntax HCOPy MULTitarget PRINter lt Boolean gt HCOPy MULTitarget PRINter Example HCOPY MULTITARGET PRINTER ON HCOPY MULTITARGET PRINTER HCOPY MULTITARGET PRIN
26. AREA2 DELay REFerence SLOPe lt x gt O0to7 Example MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE FALL MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE gt MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE FALL MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence SOURce Function Sets or queries whether the reference point for measuring the delay between channels of a logic waveform will be set to the trigger point or a waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence SOURce TRACe TRIGger MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence SOURce x 0to7 Example MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE Syntax MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt SOURCE AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence gt MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY x O to7 REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE 5 130 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 21 MEASure Group MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence TRACe Function Sets or queries the reference waveform edge used to measure the delay between the specified logic waveform and the reference waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1
27. BTRigger UART ERRor PMODE Function mode setting Syntax TRIGger A1 Ror PMODE RIGger AT ERRor PMODE Example TRIGGER ATR PMODE EVEN TRIGGER ATR vs d MODE EVEN Rigger BT EVEN ODD Rigger BT GGER UART E GGER UART E Sets or queries the UART signal trigger parity Rigger UART Rigger UART RROR RROR PMODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART ERROR TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART FORMat Function Sets or queries the UART signal trigger format Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART FORMat BIT7Parity BIT8Parity BIT8Noparity TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART FORMat Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART FORMAT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART MODE Function Sets or queries the UART signal trigger type Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART MODE DATA EDATa ERRor TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART MODE DATA TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART MODE gt iTRIGGER ATRIGGER UART MODE DATA TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART POLarity Function Sets or queries the UART signal trigger polarity Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART POLarity NEGative POSitive Gger ATRigger BTRigger UART POLarity Example TRIGGER ATRIGGE
28. BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier ID MODE Function Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN DData IDENtifier ID MODE lt Boolean gt RIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN DData IDENtifier ID x MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DENTIFIER ID MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DENTIFIER ID MODE TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DENTIFIER ID MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier ID PATTern Function Sets or queries the ID pattern which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TR DData IDENtifier ID PATTern String Gger ATRigger BTRigger CAN TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger DData IDENtifier ID PATTern Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DENTIFIER ID PATTERN 1110000 TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DENTIFIER ID PATTERN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN DENTIFIER ID PATTERN 11 CAN LLL DDATA 00001111 5 196 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier MFORmat Function Sets or queries the ID frame format standard or extended which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger
29. CAN Function Queries all CAN bus signal trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN BRATe Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN BRATe lt NRf gt 33300 83300 125000 250000 500000 1000000 lt NRf gt of USER See the DLM4000 Feature Guide for this information Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN BRATE 83300 TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN BRATE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN BRATE 83300 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN EFRame Function Queries all CAN bus signal trigger error settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN EFRame TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN EFRame CRC Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger CRC error setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN EFRame CRC lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN EFRame CRC Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN EFRAME CRC ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN EFRAME CRC TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN EFRAME CRC 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 193 spuewwog 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN EFRame MODE Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger error frame setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN EFRame MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger
30. CHANNEL1 OFFSET CHANNEL1 OFFSET 0 00E 00 CHANnel lt x gt POSition Function Sets or queries the vertical position of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt POSition x 21108 lt NRf gt to 4 divisions Example CHANNEL1 POSITION 1 CHANNEL1 POSITION gt CHANNEL1 POSITION 1 00E 00 CHANnel lt x gt PROBe Function Queries all probe attenuation settings of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt PROBe lt x gt 1to8 CHANnel lt x gt PROBe DZCalibrate Function Performs demagnetization and zero adjustment on each channel Syntax CHANnel x PROBe DZCalibrate x 21t08 Example CHANNEL1 PROBE DZCALIBRATE CHANnel lt x gt PROBe MODE Function Sets or queries the probe attenuation setting of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt PROBe MODE lt NRf gt CO 001 CO 002 CO 005 CO OIJ CO O02 CO 05 CO TICO Z CO SI CIQOZQOSTCLO C20 C50 C100 C200 C500 C1000 C2000 CHANnel lt x gt PROBe MODE lt x gt 1to8 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 User s Manual for this information Example CHANNEL1 PROBE MODE 1 CHANNEL1 PROBE MODE CHANNEL1 PROBE MODE 1 000 CHANnel x PROBe PZCalibrate Function Executes zero calibration of current probes for a channel Syntax CHANnel x PROBe PZCalibrate x 21t08 Example CHANNEL1 PROBE PZCALIBRATE CHANnel lt x gt VARiable Function Sets or queries the voltage scale of
31. COUPling Sets or queries the specified trigger source trigger coupling for enhanced 5 231 triggering J x Gger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HFRejection HIghFrequencyREJECTION Sets or queries the low pass filter setting of the specified trigger source for 5 231 enhanced triggering TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HYSTeresis Sets or queries the noise rejection setting of the specified trigger source for 5 231 enhanced triggering TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel Sets or queries the trigger level of the specified trigger source for enhanced 5 231 triggering TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh Sets or queries the window width of the specified trigger source for enhanced 5 231 triggering TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow Enhanced Sets or queries the window on off status of the specified trigger source 5 231 for enhanced triggering WAVeform Group WAVeform Queries all information about waveform data 5 232 WAVeform ALL Queries all settings related to the WAVeform ALL SEND query 5 232 WAVeform ALL SEND Queries the waveform data specified by the WAVeform ALL TRACe 5 232 command WAVeform ALL TRACe Sets or queries the waveform that is the target of the WAVeform ALL SEND 5 233 query WAVeform BITS Queries the bit length of the waveform data specified by the WAVeform 5 233 TRACe command WAVef
32. Description For information about the operation pending register see the figure for the COMMunicate WAIT command COMMunicate OVERlap Function Sets or queries the commands that operate as overlap commands Syntax COMMunicate OVERlap Register COMMunicate OVERlap Register 0 to 65535 Example COMMUNICATE OVERLAP 65535 COMMUNICATE OVERLAP COMMUNICATE OVERLAP 2400 Description In the above example all bits are set to 1 to make all overlap commands applicable However bits fixed to O are not set to 1 so the response to the query only indicates 1 for bits 5 6 8 and 11 For information about how to synchronize a program using the COMMunicate OVERlap See page 4 8 n the above example bits 5 6 8 and 11 are set to 1 to make all overlap commands applicable see the figure for the COMMunicate WAIT command COMMunicate REMote Function Sets remote or local On is remote mode Syntax COMMunicate REMote lt Boolean gt COMMunicate REMote Example COMMUNICATE REMOTE ON COMMUNICATE REMOTE gt COMMUNICATE REMOTE 1 COMMunicate VERBose Function Sets or queries whether the response to a query is returned fully spelled out example CHANNEL1 PROBE MODE 10 or using abbreviation example CHAN PROB 10 Syntax COMMunicate VERBose lt Boolean gt COMMunicate VERBose Example COMMUNICATE VERBOSE ON COMMUNICATE VERBOSE COMMUNICATE VERBOSE 1 COMMunicate
33. EXray IDOR ID lt x gt MODE lt Boolean gt tj dE A Fl Gger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray MODE Function Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal trigger mode Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray MODE ERRor FSTart IDData IDOR TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY MODE FSTART TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY MODE TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY MODE FSTART TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray SOURce Function Sets or queries the trigger source for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger nj I esl EXray SOURce f 21t08 GGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY SOURCE 1 GGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY SOURCE 1 Example T A M TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C Function Queries all PC bus signal trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess Function Queries all address pattern settings for I C bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger BTRig
34. FFT1 TRACE FFT1 TRACE 1 FFT lt x gt TYPE Function Sets or queries the spectrum for FFT analysis Syntax FFT x 2 TYPE CH MAG CS IMAG CS LOGMAG CS MAG CS PHASE CS REAL LS IMAG LS LOGMAG LS MAG LS PHASE LS REAL PS LOGMAG PS MAG PSD LOGMAG PSD MAG RS LOGMAG RS MAG TF IMAG TF LOGMAG TF MAG TF_PHASE TF_REAL lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt FFT lt x gt TYPE x 1 to 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1to4 Example FFT1 TYPE CH_MAG 1 FFT1 TYPE gt FFT1 TYPE CH_MAG 1 Descriptions This command results in an error on models that are not equipped with the user defined computation option When the spectrum is set to CH_MAG CS_IMAG CS LOGMAG CS MAG CS PHASE CS REAL TF IMAG TF LOGMAG TF MAG TF PHASE TF REAL use lt NRf gt to select the second waveform under analysis FFT lt x gt UNIT Function Queries all FFT computation unit settings Syntax FFT lt x gt UNIT x 1 to 2 5 88 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 12 FFT Group FFT x UNIT DEFine Function Sets or queries an FFT computation unit Syntax FFT lt x gt UNIT DEFine String FFT lt x gt UNIT DEFine lt x gt 1 to2 Example FFT1 UNIT DEFINE EU FFT1 UNIT DEFINE gt FFT1 UNIT DEFINE EU Description Units are applied to scale values They never affect the computation result FFT lt x gt UNIT MODE Function Sets or queries whether an FFT computation unit will be attached automatically or manu
35. FILE DIRectory MDIRectory Function Creates a directory in the current directory This is an overlap command Syntax FILE DIRectory MDIRectory lt String gt String See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example FILE DIRECTORY MDIRECTORY DIR2 5 90 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 13 FILE Group FILE Function Syntax Example FILE Function Syntax Example FILE Function Syntax Example FILE DIRectory PATH Queries the current directory FILE DIRectory PATH FILE DIRECTORY PATH FILE DIRECTORY PATH PATH FLASHMEM UTIL LOAD BINary ABORt Aborts the loading of waveform data FILE LOAD BINary ABORt FILE LOAD BINARY ABORT LOAD BINary EXECute Loads waveform data This is an overlap command FILE LOAD BINary EXECute ACQMemory REFerence lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 FILE LOAD BINARY EXECUTE DATA lt String gt LOAD SETup SNAP ZPOLygon lt x gt Z WAVe lt x gt ABORt Function Syntax Example Aborts the loading of a specific type of data FILE LOAD SETup SNAP ZPOLygon lt x gt ZWAVe lt x gt ABORt lt x gt 1 to 4 Below is an example for setup data FILE LOAD SETUP ABORT FILE LOAD SETup SNAP ZPOLygon lt x gt Z WAVe lt x gt EXECute Function Syntax Example FILE Function Syntax Example FILE Function Syntax Example Loa
36. SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Queries all 10 bit address settings for IC bus signal searching 5 158 SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets the 10 bit address for I C bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation 5 158 SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress HEXa SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets or queries the 10 bit address for I C bus signal searching in binary 5 158 SETup ADDRess ADDRess notation BIT10ADdress PATTern 5 24 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus x I2C SETup ADDRess AD BIT7ADdress SEARCh DRess Queries all 7 bit address settings for I C bus signal searching 5 158 SETup ADDRess AD BIT7ADdress HEXa SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch DRess Sets the 7 bit address for I C bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation 5 158 SETup ADDRess AD BIT7APsub ADDRess DRess SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets or queries the 7 bit address for I C bus signal searching in binary 5 158 SETup ADDRess ADDRess notation BIT7ADdress PATTern SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Queries all 7 bit sub address settings for I C bus signal searching 5 158 SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Queries all 7 bit address settings for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus 5 158 signal searching DDRess AD up SERialbus l
37. Sets or queries the clock signal slope for state triggering 5 217 BTRigger PATTern CLOCk SLOPe TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the clock signal for state triggering 5 217 BTRigger PATTern CLOCk SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the trigger condition for state triggering 5 217 BTRigger PATTern CONDition TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the combination condition for state triggering 5 218 BTRigger PATTern LOGic TRIGger ATRigger Queries all the settings for the state trigger logic input 5 218 BTRigger PATTern PODA PODB PO DL TRIGger Sets the logic input state of the state trigger in hexadecimal notation 5 218 ATRigger BTRigger PATTern PODA PODB PODL HEXa TRIGger Sets or queries the logic input state of the state trigger with a pattern 5 218 ATRigger BTRigger PATTern PODA PODB PODL PATTern TRIGger ATRigger PULSe Queries all pulse width trigger settings 5 218 TRIGger ATRigger PULSe Sets or queries the pulse width trigger source polarity 5 218 POLarity TRIGger ATRigger PULSe Sets or queries the pulse width trigger source 5 218 SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Queries all edge qualify trigger settings 5 218 BTRigger QUALify TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the conditions for a waveform for edge qualified triggering 5 218 BTRigger QUALify CHANnel lt x gt IM DLM4038 17EN 5 39 5 1 List of Commands
38. gt XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 STATE 1 XY x MEASure CURSor Y y VALue Function Syntax Example Queries the voltage of a vertical cursor in the XY display XYE x 2 MEASure CURSor Y y VALue lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1to2 XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 VALUE gt XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 VALUE 1 000E 00 XY lt x gt MEASure INTeg Function Syntax Queries all integration settings for the XY display XY lt x gt MEASure INTeg lt x gt 1 to 4 XY x MEASure INTeg LOOP Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the integration method for the XY display XY x 2 MEASure INTeg LOOP CLOSe OPEN XY lt x gt MEASure INTeg LOOP lt x gt 1 to 4 XY1 MEASURE INTEG LOOP CLOSE XY1 MEASURE INTEG LOOP gt XY1 MEASURE INTEG LOOP CLOSE XY x MEASure INTeg POLarity Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the integration polarity for the XY display gt XY lt x gt MEASure INTeg POLarity CCW CW XY lt x gt MEASure INTeg POLarity lt x gt 1 to 4 XY1 MEASURE INTEG POLARITY CCW XY1 MEASURE INTEG POLARITY gt XY1 MEASURE INTEG POLARITY CCW XY lt x gt MEASure INTeg VALue Function Queries the integrated value for the XY display Syntax gt XY lt x gt MEASure INTeg VALue lt x gt 1to4 Example XY1 MEASURE INTEG VALUE gt XYl MEASURE INTEG VALUE 1 000E 00 XY x MEASure MODE Function Sets or queries the automated measureme
39. lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt Function Queries all SPI bus signal search data settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt BCOunt Function Sets or queries the starting position of data comparison for SPI bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt BCOunt lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt BCOunt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATA l BCOUNT 0 SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATA BCOUNT gt SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATA1 BCOUNT 0 SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt CONDition Function Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for SPI bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt CONDition FALSe TRUE SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt CONDition lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1to2 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATAIL CONDITION FALSE SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATAL CONDITION gt SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATA1 CONDITION FALSE SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA y DBYTe Function Sets or queries the data size in bytes for SPI bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI S
40. trend display ote te tiis ce t et trigger Ae B N trigger eed s actionsoristrigger s cem me A Delay B trigger CAN bus signal trigger 5 236 edge OR trigger odii aea edge qualify Migger si ec eects aa aa edge trigger ips FlexRay bus signal trigger ssssssss TOR CCI os M I2C bus signal trigger ccccecceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeee LIN bus signal trigger see pulse width ttigger iecore roce eret SPI b s signal trigger otc ies state trigger state width trigger trigger type Suey MB auge VART signal trigger tts user defined bus signal trigger TRIGger group susss trigger mode xs ife o Ss OW Ceres rece CC trigger positions eni ee eG trigger source m TYGGE C IM DLM4038 17EN Index U Page UART signal analysis analysis result list eere bitord r ees bit rate grouping 2 SOUICO N UART signal search 2 2 x cr Lectt oce UART signal trigger s upper level query USB keyboard type a WS Bite aCe sacs rr rmm rere erroe USB cable trt rre tr rere ete ei e D re net USB Fitlbz scien tetto ovt terere DRE Dei deus user defined bus signal analysis Dit tate ics cce etos tke TOR ERE EPA OU coax user defined bus signal search
41. 1to2 XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 STATE ON XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 STATE gt XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 STATE 1 XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt VALue Function Syntax Example Queries the voltage of a horizontal cursor in the XY display XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 VALUE gt XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 VALUE 1 000E 00 XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt Function Syntax Queries all vertical cursor settings for the XY display XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt POSition Function Syntax Example Sets or queries a vertical cursor position in the XY display XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt POSition lt NRf gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt POSition x 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 POSITION 1 XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 POSITION gt XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 POSITION 1 000E 00 XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt STATe Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the on off status of the voltage of an XY display vertical cursor gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt STATe lt Boolean gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 STATE ON XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 STATE
42. ATRigger BTRigger CAN EFRame MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN EFRAME MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN EFRAME MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN EFRAME MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN EFRame STUFF Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger stuff error setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN EFRame STUFF lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN EFRame STUFF Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN EFRAME STUFF ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN EFRAME STUFF gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN EFRAME STUFF 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData Function Queries all ID and data condition settings for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData ACK Function Queries all ACK settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData ACK TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData ACK MODE Function Sets or queries the ACK mode which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData ACK MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData ACK MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA ACK MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA ACK MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDD
43. CHANnel lt x gt LSCale BVALue Sets or queries an offset B value 5 68 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE Sets or queries the on off status of linear scaling 5 68 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale UNIT Sets or queries a unit that is attached to linear scaling results 5 68 CHANnel lt x gt OFFSet Sets or queries the offset voltage of a channel 5 68 CHANnel lt x gt POSition Sets or queries the vertical position of a channel 5 68 CHANnel x PROBe Queries all probe attenuation settings of a channel 5 68 CHANnel lt x gt PROBe DZCalibrate Performs demagnetization and zero adjustment on each channel 5 68 CHANnel x PROBe MODE Sets or queries the probe attenuation setting of a channel 5 68 CHANnel x PROBe PZCalibrate Executes zero calibration of current probes for a channel 5 68 CHANnel x VARiable Sets or queries the voltage scale of a channel in 0 01 V division steps 5 68 CHANnel lt x gt VDIV Sets or queries the voltage scale in V division of a channel 5 69 CHUTil Group CHUTil Queries all of the settings for copying settings between channels 5 70 CHUTil ALL DISPlay Sets the display of all channels to ON or OFF 5 70 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 5 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page CHUTil COPYch Queries all of the settings for copying settings
44. I2T Sets or queries the scaling mode 5 53 SCALe MODE ANALysis PANalyzecx I2T Sets or queries the sensitivity of the center position for manual scaling 5 53 SCALe SENSitivity ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T TRANge Sets or queries the measurement time period 5 53 Time Range ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup Queries all power supply analysis input settings 5 54 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup Executes automatic deskewing for power supply analysis 5 54 ADESkew ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup I Queries all current input channel settings for power supply analysis 5 54 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup 1 Sets or queries the deskew setting of the current input channel for power 5 54 DESKew supply analysis ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup 1 Sets or queries the current input channel for power supply analysis 5 54 INPut ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup I1 Queries all current to voltage conversion ratio settings for the current input 5 54 PROBe channel probe for power supply analysis ANALysis PANalyzecx SETup U Queries all voltage input channel settings for power supply analysis 5 54 ANALysis PANalyzecx SETup U Sets or queries the deskew setting of the voltage input channel for power 5 54 DESKew supply analysis ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup U Sets or queries the voltage input channel for power supply analysis 5 54 INPut IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands
45. SERialbus lt x gt ASETup EXECute Function Executes auto setup on a serial bus signal Syntax SERialbus lt x gt ASETup EXECute lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 ASETUP EXECUTE SERialbus lt x gt CAN Function Queries all CAN bus signal settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze Function Queries all CAN bus signal analysis settings Syntax SERialbus x CAN ANALyze lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup Function Queries all CAN bus signal analysis bus settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup BRATe Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup BRATe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 33300 83300 125000 250000 500000 1000000 lt NRf gt of USER See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP BRATE 83300 SERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP BRATE SERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP BRATE 83300 SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup RECessive Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal analysis recessive level Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup RECessive HIGH LOW SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup RECess
46. SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp Jumps to the CRC Field in the CAN bus signal search result 5 143 CRC SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp Jumps to the Data Field in the CAN bus signal search result 5 143 DATA SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp Jumps to the Identifier in the CAN bus signal search result 5 143 IDENtifier SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp Jumps to the SOF in the CAN bus signal search result 5 143 SOF SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SELect Sets which detected point to display in the CAN bus signal search zoom 5 143 window and queries the zoom position of the detected point SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SELect Queries the number of detected points in the CAN bus signal search 5 143 MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup Queries all CAN bus signal search condition settings 5 143 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup Queries all CAN bus signal search error settings 5 143 EFRame SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the CAN bus signal search error frame setting 5 143 EFRame MODE SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the CAN bus signal search CRC error setting 5 144 EFRame CRC SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the CAN bus signal search stuff error setting 5 144 EFRame STUFF SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup Queries all ID and data condition settings for CAN bus signal searching 5 144 IDData SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARc
47. SNAP ZWAVe EXECute Function Saves a specific type of file This is an overlap command Syntax FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT HARMonics HLISt MEASure SBUS SETup SNAP ZWAVe EXECute String Example Below is an example for waveform data FILE SAVE BINary EXECUTE DATA FILE SAVE AHIStogram FFT HARMonics SBUS ZWAVe SELect Function Sets or queries the area of a specific type of data to save Syntax FILE SAVE AHIStogram FFT HARMonics SBUS ZWAVe SELect lt NRf gt FILE SAVE AHIStogram FFT HARMonics SBUS ZWAVe SELect lt NRf gt 1 to 2 1 to 4 for ZWAVe Example Below are examples for FFT FILE SAVE FFT SELECT 1 FILE SAVE FFT SELECT FILE SAVE AHISTOGRAM SELECT 1 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary COMPression Function Sets or queries the save compression method of a specific type of data Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary COMPression DECimation OFF PTOPeak FILE SAVE ASCii BINary COMPression Example Below is an example for waveform data FILE SAVE BINary COMPRESSION DECIMATION FILE SAVE BINary COMPRESSION gt FILE SAVE BINary COMPRESSION DECIMATION FILE SAVE ASCii BINary HISTory Function Sets or queries how history waveforms will be saved Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary HISTory ALL AVERage ONE FILE SAVE ASCii BINary HISTory Example Below is an example for waveform data
48. TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern Function Queries all user defined bus signal trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern BITSize Function Sets or queries the bit length setting for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern BITSize lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern BITSize lt NRf gt 1 to 128 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN BITSIZE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN BITSIZE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN BITSIZE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern BRATe Function Sets or queries the bit rate setting for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern BRATe lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern BRATe lt NRf gt 1000 to 50000000 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN BRATE 1000 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN BRATE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN BRATE 1000 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CLOCk Function Queries all clock signal settings for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CLOCk 5 220 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CLOCk MODE Function Sets or queries the clock signal enable or disable status for user defined bus sig
49. USERdef fine AVERage MODE x 1 to 4 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE MODE EXPONENT MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE MODE gt MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE MODE EXPONENT Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 MATH lt x gt USERdefine CONSitant lt y gt Function Sets or queries a constant for user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine CONSitant lt y gt lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine CONSitant lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to4 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE CONSITANT1 1 MATH1 USERDEFINE CONSITANT1 gt MATH1 USERDEFINE CONSITANT1 1 0000E 00 Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 MATH lt x gt USERdefine DEFine Function Sets or queries the equation for user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine DEFine lt String gt MATH x USERdef fine DEFine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 128 characters Example MATH1 USERDEFINE DEFINE C1 C2 MATH1 USERDEFINE DEFINE gt MATHI USERDEFINE DEFINE C1 C2 Description You can only use the characters and symbols that appear on the DLM4000 soft keyboard MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt Function Queries all filter settings for user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 MATH lt x
50. lb A lb A lb A lb A lb A lb A lb Tup ADDRess DA Lb A lb A lb A Lb A lb A lb G Lb G S us x 12C SEARch Queries all general call settings for I C bus signal searching 5 161 E ENeralcall 75 us x 12C SEARch Queries all general call s 7 bit master address settings for I C bus signal 5 161 SETup GENeralcall searching BIT7Maddress SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets the general call s 7 bit master address for IC bus signal searching in 5 161 SETup GENeralcall hexadecimal notation BIT7Maddress HEXa SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets or queries the general call s 7 bit master address for 1 C bus signal 5 162 SETup GENeralcall searching in binary notation BIT7Maddress PATTern IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 spueululo2 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets or queries the general call s second byte type for 1 C bus signal 5 162 SETup GENeralcall SBYTe searching SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets or queries the I C bus signal search type 5 162 SETup MODE SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Queries all NON ACK ignore mode settings for IC bus signal searching 5 162 SETup NONack SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets
51. lt NRf gt 5 to 5 in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example CURSOR TY DEGREE POSITION1 2 CURSOR TY DEGREE POSITION1 gt CURSOR TY DEGREE POSITION1 2 0000000 CURSor TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt Function Sets or queries the position of the angle reference start point Reference1 or the angle reference end point Reference2 Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example CURSOR TY DEGREE REFERENCE1 1 CURSOR TY DEGREE REFERENCE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE REFERENCE1 1 0000000 CURSor TY DEGRee RVALue Function Sets or queries the reference angle Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee RVALue lt NRf gt CURSor TY DEGRee RVALue lt NRf gt 1 to 720 Example CURSOR TY DEGREE RVALUE 180 CURSOR TY DEGREE RVALUE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE RVALUE 180 CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform that you want to measure using the angle cursors Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe NRf ALL MATH lt x gt CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE 1 CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE 1 CURSor TY DEGRee UNIT Function Sets or queries the unit of angle cursor measurement Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee
52. lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 User s Manual for this information TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 MSBLSB 7 0 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 MSBLSB gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 MSBLSB 7 0 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt PATTern lt y gt Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the data field data which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering in binary notation TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt PATTern lt y gt lt String gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt PATTern lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to8 lt String gt Eight characters each representing a byte Each character can be 0 1 or X TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATAL DATA PATTERN1 11011111 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 PATTERN1 11011111 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt PFORmat Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the data field data input format which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt PFORmat BINary HEXa TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt PFORmat lt x gt 1to2 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLE
53. lt x gt 1to4 SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATAL PATTERN1 gt SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATA1 PATTERN1 11001010 5 177 IM DLM4038 17EN spueululo2 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup BITorder Function Sets or queries the UART signal analysis bit order Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup BITorder MSBFirst LSBFirst SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup BITorder lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP BITORDER MSBFIRST SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP BITORDER gt SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP BITORDER MSBFIRST SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup BRATe Function Sets or queries the UART signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup BRATe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 lt NRf gt of USER See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP BRATE 2400 SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP BRATE gt SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP BRATE 2400 SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup BSPace Function Sets or queries the byte space setting for UART signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup BSPace lt Time gt
54. lt y gt lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt of CHANnel lt y gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 5 168 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt SOURce CHANnel lt y gt MAT H lt y gt HYSTeresis Function Sets or queries a source waveform hysteresis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SOURce CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt HYSTeresis lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt SOURce CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt HYSTeresis lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt of CHANnel lt y gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS 1 SERIALBUS1 SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS gt SERIALBUS1 SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 SERialbus lt x gt SOURce CHANnel lt y gt MAT H lt y gt LEVel Function Sets or queries a source waveform level Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SOURce CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt LEVel lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt SERialbus lt x gt SOURce CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt LEVel lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt of CHANnel lt y gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 lt Voltage gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL OV SERIALBUS1 SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL gt SERIALBUS1 SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 000E 00 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Function Queries all user defined bus signal
55. spueululo2 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SIGNal DECimal lt x gt Function Sets a signal reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering in decimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SIGNal DECimal x NRf TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SIGNal DECimal lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Feature Guide for this information Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL DECIMAL1 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL DECIMAL1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL DECIMAL1 1 000E 00 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SIGNal ITEM Function Sets the signal item which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SIGNal ITEM String String Up to 32 characters Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL ITEM TEST TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData RTR Function Sets or queries the RTR value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData RTR lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData RTR Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA RTR ON TRIGGER ATRI
56. 0 to 63 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA MSBLSB 1 0 TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA MSBLSB gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA MSBLSB 1 0 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 195 spueululo2 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA PATTern lt x gt Function Sets or queries the data value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger A1 IDData DATA TRIGger AT D x 21108 Example TRIGGER ATR PATTERN1 00 TRIGGER ATR PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER ATR PATTERN1 00 ata DATA Rigger BT PATTern lt x gt Rigger BT PATTern lt x gt GGER CAN ID 10101 GGER CAN ID GGER CAN 10101 Rigger CAN lt String gt Rigger CAN DATA DATA DATA DATA IDDATA DATA TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA PFORmat Function Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger A1 IDData RIGger AT IDData DATA R GGER ATR m Example T DATA Rigger BT PFORmat BI Rigger BT PFORmat GGER CAN ID PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATR PFORMAT gt TR GGER CAN ID PFORMAT BINARY Rigger CAN Nary HEXa Rigger CAN DATA DATA DATA DATA GGER ATRIGGER CAN
57. ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DCLass lt x gt 1 to 2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DCLass POWer Function Sets or queries the power value for class D harmonic analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DCLass POWer lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DCLass POWer lt x gt 1 to 2 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DCLASS POWER 1V ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DCLASS POWER gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DCLASS POWER 1 000E 00 5 50 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DETail Function Queries all harmonic analysis result list settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DETail lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DETail DISPlay Function Sets or queries the display position of the analysis result list of harmonic analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DETail DISPlay FULL LOWer UPPer ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DETail DISPlay lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DETAIL DISPLAY FULL ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DETAIL DISPLAY ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DETAIL DISPLAY FULL ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DETail LIST ITEM Function Queries the items displayed in the harmonic analysis result list Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x
58. ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA Function Queries all address pattern data settings for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA BCOunt Function Sets or queries the position for comparing data patterns for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger 1I2C ADDRess DATA BCOunt lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C DRess DATA BCOunt lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER 12C ADDRESS DATA BCOUNT 0 TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA BCOUNT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER 12C ADDRESS DATA BCOUNT 0 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA BMODe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the position for comparing data patterns for 1 C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA BMODe lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA BMODe Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA BMODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA BMODE gt iTRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA BMODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA CONDition Function Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C Ress DATA CONDition FALSe TRUE Gger
59. CHANnel lt x gt MA Queries all of the settings of a waveform for state or state edge searching 5 136 TH lt x gt SEARch PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MA Sets or queries a source waveform hysteresis for state or state width 5 136 TH lt x gt HYSTeresis searching IM DLM4038 17EN 5 19 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SEARCh PPATtern CHANnelcx MA Sets or queries a source waveform search level for state or state width 5 136 TH lt x gt LEVel searching SEARCh PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MA_ Sets or queries a source waveform search pattern for state or state width 5 137 TH x PATTern searching SEARch PPATtern CLOCk Queries all clock channel settings for state or state width searching 5 137 SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk Sets or queries the clock channel hysteresis for state or state width 5 137 HYSTeresis searching SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk LEVel Sets or queries the clock channel search level for state or state width 5 137 searching SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SLOPe Sets or queries the clock channel slope for state or state width searching 5 137 SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk SOURce Sets or queries the clock channel source waveform state or state width 5 137 searching SEARch PPATtern LOGic Sets or queries the state or state
60. CONDition lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA CONDITION DONTCARE SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA CONDITION gt SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA CONDITION DONTCARE SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA DBYTe Function Sets or queries the number of data bytes for UART signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA DBYTe lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA DBYTe lt x gt 1to4 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 byte Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA DBYTE 1 SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA DBYTE SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA DBYTE 1 SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA HEXa lt y gt Function Sets the data for UART signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA HEXa y String lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA HEXAl1 12 SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA PATTern lt y gt Function Sets or queries the data value for UART signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA PATTern lt y gt lt String gt SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA PATTern lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA PATTERN1 00110101 SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH
61. DISPlay FULL LOWer UPPer SERialbus lt x gt SPI DETail DISPlay lt x gt 1 to 4 SERIALBUS1 SPI DETAIL DISPLAY FULL SERIALBUS1 SPI DETAIL DISPLAY gt SERIALBUS1 SPI DETAIL DISPLAY FULL Example SERialbus lt x gt SPI DETail LIST ITEM Function Queries all items that will be displayed in the SPI bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI DETail LIST ITEM lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI DETAIL LIST ITEM gt SERIALBUS1 SPI DETAIL LIST ITEM No Time ms Data SERialbus lt x gt SPI DETail LIST VALue Function Queries the automatically measured values for the specified analysis number in the SPI bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI lt DETail LIST VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 SPI DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 SERIALBUS1 SPI DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 0 077002 Data1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 spueululo2 SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch Function Queries all SPI bus signal search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch ABORt Function Aborts the SPI bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch ABORt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH ABORT SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch EXECute Function Executes a SPI bus signal search Syntax S
62. Example X SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MSBLSB 7 0 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MSBLSB SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MSBLSB 7 0 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 153 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA PATTern lt y gt Function Sets or queries the data value which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA PATTern lt y gt lt String gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA PATTern lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to8 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA PATTERN1 00001010 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA PATTERN1 gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA PATTERN1 00001010 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA PFORmat Function Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA PFORmat BINary HEXa SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA PFORmat lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA DATA PFORMAT BINARY SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA DATA PFORMAT gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARC
63. Function Sets or queries the display mode for the LIN bus signal analysis result list Syntax gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail DISPlay FULL LOWer UPPer SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail DISPlay lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN DETAIL DISPLAY FULL SERIALBUS1 LIN DETAIL DISPLAY gt SERIALBUS1 LIN DETAIL DISPLAY FULL SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail LIST ITEM Function Queries all items that will be displayed in the LIN bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail LIST ITEM lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN DETAIL LIST ITEM SERIALBUS1 LIN DETAIL LIST ITEM No Time ms ID ID Field Data Checksum Information SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail LIST VALue Function Queries all of the data for the specified analysis number in the LIN bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail LIST VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 LIN DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 gt SERIALBUS1 LIN DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 1 0016 30 F0 2D04 CE SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch Function Queries all LIN bus signal search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch ABORt Function Aborts the LIN bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch ABORt x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH ABORT SERi
64. GENERALCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGGER ATRIGGER 12C GENERALCALL SBYTE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER 12C GENERALCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C INCLuderw Function Sets or queries the on off status of the R W address bit in IC bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C INCLuderw lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C INCLuderw Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C INCLUDERW ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C INCLUDERW gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C INCLUDERW 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C MODE Function Sets or queries the trigger type for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C MODE ADRData EVERystart GENeralcall HSMode NONack STARtbyte TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C MODE ADRDATA TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER 12C MODE ADRDATA IM DLM4038 17EN 5 211 spueululo2 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C NONack Function Queries all NON ACK ignore mode settings for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C NONack TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C NONack HSMode Function Sets or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in high speed mode for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C NONack
65. However this does not work if the DLM4000 has received a COMMunicate LOCKout ON command from the PC The DLM4000 switches to Local mode when it receives a COMMunicate REMote OFF command from the PC regardless of the local lockout state The REMOTE indicator at the top center of the screen disappears once the DLM4000 is in Local mode All keys are enabled The Remote mode settings are retained even when the DLM4000 switches to Local mode Note You cannot use the Ethernet interface at the same time as other interfaces GP IB and USB interfaces Setting the Timeout Value If the DLM4000 is not accessed for a specified amount of time set as a timeout value the DLM4000 closes the connection to the network You can set the timeout value in the range of 0 to 600 s The default value is 0 s For instructions on how to set the timer value see section 2 4 Network Configuration on the DLM4000 IM DLM4038 17EN 2 3 92ej19 U 319UJ9Uu13 2 3 Ethernet Interface Connection Connection Procedure Connect a UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair or STP Shielded Twisted Pair cable that is connected to a hub or other network device to the Ethernet port on the DLM4000 rear panel Ethernet mo Hub or router that supports 1000BASE T CYOKOGAWA 4 Hater raram Network card
66. I2C SCL lt NRf gt 1 to 8 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt x of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C SCL 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C SCL gt iTRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C SCL 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C SDA Function Sets or queries the data signal for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C SDA NRf PODA x PODB x PODL x TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C SDA lt NRf gt 1 to 8 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt lt x gt of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C SDA 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C SDA gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C SDA 1 Description The data signal that you can specify varies depending on the TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C SCL setting For details see the DLM4000 User s Manual TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN Function Queries all LIN bus signal trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN BLENgth Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger break length Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN BLENgth lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN BLENgth Rf gt 10 to 13 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN BLENGTH 10 RIGGER ATRIGGER LIN BLENGTH gt iTRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN BLENGTH 10 5 212 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN BRAT
67. IDDATA CCOUNT CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA CCOUNT CONDITION BETWEEN BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt COUNt lt x gt Function Sets or queries the cycle count which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt COUNt x NRf TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt COUNt lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 0 to 63 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA CCOUNT COUNT1 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA CCOUNT COUNT1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA CCOUNT COUNT1 1 Descriptions For TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt CONDition EQUal GREater NOTEqu1 set the cycle count setting using TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt COUNt For TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt CONDition LESS set the cycle count setting using TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger Bj ata CCOunt COUNt2 1 LEXray ID For TRIGger D ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt CONDition B R BETWeen NOTBetween set the smaller value using T BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt Gger ATRigger COUNt1 and set the larger value using TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOu
68. IM DLM4038 17EN 6 5 Output and Error Queues Output Queue The output queue stores query response messages For example if you send a WAVeform SEND command which requests for the transmission of acquired data the data is stored in the output queue until it is read As shown below data is stored in order and read from the oldest message first The output queue is cleared when Anew message is received from the controller Adeadlock occurs see page 4 2 Adevice clear command DCL or SDC is received The DLM4000 is turned off and then back on The CLS command does not clear the output queue You can determine whether or not the output queue is empty by checking the status byte bit 4 MAV D2 M D1 D1 D2 D1 Error Queue When an error occurs the error queue stores the error number and message For example if the DLM4000 receives an incorrect program message from the controller the error number 113 and the error message Undefined header are stored in the error queue when the DLM4000 displays the error message You can use the STATus ERRor query to read the contents of the error queue Like the output queue the messages in the error queue are read from the oldest one first If the error queue overflows the last message is replaced with the following message 350 Queue overflow The error queue is cleared when A CLS command is received
69. LOGic PODA PODB STATe THReshold Function Sets or queries the detection level of the state display reference clock waveform of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB STATe HReshold lt NRf gt LOGic PODA PODB STATe THReshold lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for his information Example LOGIC PODA PODB STATE HRESHOLD lt NRF gt LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE THRESHOLD gt LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE THRESHOLD lt NRF gt 4 H Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODB Function Queries all settings of logic input port B Syntax LOGic PODB Example LOGIC PODB Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODB ALL Function Queries all bit settings of logic input port B Syntax LOGic PODB ALL Example LOGIC PODB ALL Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODB ALL DISPlay Function Turns on or off all bit displays of logic input port B Syntax LOGic PODB ALL DISPlay lt Boolean gt Example LOGIC PODB ALL DISPLAY ON Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODB ALL LEVel Function Sets the user defined threshold level for logic input port B Syntax LOGic PODB ALL LEVel lt Voltage gt LOGic PODB ALL LEVel Voltage 10 to 10 V in 0 1 V steps Example
70. MATH ANALysis PANalyzecx SWLoss Queries all of the settings for the automated measurement of power supply 5 57 MEASure analysis parameters ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Queries the setting of a power supply analysis parameter 5 57 MEASure lt Parameter gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Queries the continuous statistical processing count of a power supply 5 57 MEASure Parameter COUNt analysis parameter ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Queries a statistical value of a power supply analysis parameter 5 58 MEASure lt Parameter gt MAXimum ME AN MINimum SDEViation ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the on off status of a power supply analysis parameter 5 58 MEASure lt Parameter gt STATe ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Queries an automatically measured value of a power supply analysis 5 58 MEASure lt Parameter gt VALue parameter ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the calculation method for high and low points 5 58 METhod ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the measurement source window 5 58 RANGe SS ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the on resistance value for total loss computation 5 59 RDS ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Queries all scaling settings 5 59 SCALe IM DLM4038 17EN 5 3 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss
71. MEASure PEAK BASic Queries all of the settings for frequency measurement between peak values 5 86 DFRequency for FFT analysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Sets or queries the on off status of the frequency measured between peak 5 87 DFRequency STATe values for FFT analysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic Queries the frequency between peak values for FFT analysis 5 87 DFRequency VALue gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Queries all of the settings for power measurement between peak values for 5 87 DV FFT analysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Sets or queries the on off status of the power measured between peak 5 87 DV STATe values for FFT analysis gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Queries the power between peak values for FFT analysis 5 87 DV VALue gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Queries all of the settings for a peak frequency for FFT analysis 5 87 FREQuency lt y gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Sets or queries the on off status of a peak frequency value for FFT analysis 5 87 FREQuency lt y gt STATe IM DLM4038 17EN 5 9 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Queries a peak frequency value for FFT analysis 5 87 FREQuency lt y gt VALue g
72. PMEASURE1 UDPROXIMAL UNIT gt ANALYSIS PMEASUREl UDPROXIMAL UNIT 1 0000000E 00 0 0000000E 00 1 0000000E 00 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UMEThod Function Sets or queries the high and low points Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UMEThod AUTO M AXimum HISTogram ANALysis PMEAsure cx UMEThod x 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UMETHOD AUTO ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UMETHOD ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UMETHOD AUTO ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UNIT Function Sets or queries the watthour unit Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UNIT J WH ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UNIT lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UNIT J ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UNIT gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UNIT J O ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt 3 Function Queries all automatic measurement settings for a 3 Calc item a Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure x USER y v x 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt COUNt Function Queries the statistical processing count of the automatically measured value of a Calc item Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt COUNt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER COUNT gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER COUNT 1 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt DEFine Function Sets or queries the expression for the automatically measured value of a Calc item Syntax
73. PMODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the UART signal trigger format 5 228 BTRigger UART FORMat TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the UART signal trigger type 5 228 BTRigger UART MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the UART signal trigger polarity 5 228 BTRigger UART POLarity TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the source signal for UART signal triggering 5 228 BTRigger UART SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the UART signal trigger sample point 5 229 BTRigger UART SPOint TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh Queries all state width trigger settings 5 229 TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh Sets or queries the trigger condition of a channel for state width triggering 5 229 CHANnel lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh Queries all clock signal settings for state width triggering 5 229 CLOCk TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh Sets or queries the clock signal polarity for state width triggering 5 229 CLOCk POLarity TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh Sets or queries the clock signal for state width triggering 5 229 CLOCk SOURce TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh Sets or queries the trigger condition for state width triggering 5 229 CONDition TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh LOGic Sets or queries the combination condition for state width triggering 5 229 TRIGger ATRigger Queries all the settings for the state width trigger logic input 5 229 WIDTh PODA PODB PODL TRIGger ATRigger Sets the logic i
74. SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA CONDition BETWeen EQUal FALSe GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqu1 TRUE SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA CONDITION BETWEEN SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA CONDITION SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA CONDITION BETWEEN SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA DBYTe Function Sets or queries the number of data bytes for LIN bus signal searching Syntax gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA DBYTe lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA DBYTe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DBYTE 1 SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DBYTE SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DBYTE 1 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA DECimal lt y gt Function Sets or queries the data value for LIN bus signal searching in decimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA DECimal lt y gt lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA DECimal lt y gt lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 1 SERIALBUS1
75. SPATTERN SEARCH SELECT SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SELECT 1 500E 00 Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SELect MAXimum Function Queries the number of detected points in the user defined bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SELect MAXimum lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SELECT MAXIMUM SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SELECT 100 Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup Function Queries all user defined bus signal search condition settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup lt x gt 1to4 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup BITSize Function Sets or queries the bit length setting for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup BITSize lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup BITSize lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 128 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SETUP BITSIZE 1 SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SETUP BITSIZE gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SETUP BITSIZE 1 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup HEXa Function Sets or queries the data condition for user defined bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERia
76. Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor SYNCh lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor SYNCh lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR SYNCH ON SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR SYNCH gt SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR SYNCH 1 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor TIMeout Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search timeout error setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor TIMeout lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor TIMeout lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR TIMEOUT ON SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR TIMEOUT SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR TIMEOUT 1 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData Function Queries all ID and data condition settings for LIN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData lt x gt 1 to 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 165 spuewwog 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA Function Queries all LIN bus signal search data settings Syntax gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA CONDition Function Sets or queries the data conditions for LIN bus signal searching Syntax
77. TV USERDEFINE HSYNC 10 000E 03 TRIGger ATRigger TV USERdefine SGUard Function Sets or queries the user defined TV trigger sync guard setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV USERdefine SGUard lt NRf gt Gger ATRigger TV USERdefine SGUard lt NRf gt 60 to 90 96 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV USERDEFINE SGUARD 60 TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV USERDEFINE SGUARD gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV USERDEFINE SGUARD 60 3 pel x TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger TYPE Function Sets or queries the trigger type Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger TYPE PATTern WIDTh OR TV SIMPle PULSe QUALify CANBus FLEXray I2CBus LINBus SPATtern SPIBus UART TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger TYPE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER TYPE SIMPLE TRIGGER ATRIGGER TYPE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER TYPE SIMPLE i Description The settings that are available for TRIGger BTRigger TYPE are PATTern SIMPle QUALify CANBus FLEXray I2CBus LINBus SPATtern SPIBus UART TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART Function Queries all UART signal trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART 5 226 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART BITorder Function Sets or queries the UART signal trigger bit order Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UA
78. TWINdow Sets or queries which window will display the detected points 5 139 SEARch TYPE Sets or queries search type 5 139 SEARch WIDTh Queries all pulse width search settings 5 139 SEARCh WIDTh HYSTeresis Sets or queries the pulse width search level hysteresis 5 139 SEARch WIDTh LEVel Sets or queries the pulse width search level 5 139 SEARch WIDTh POLarity Sets or queries the pulse width search level polarity 5 139 SEARch WIDTh SOURce Sets or queries the pulse width search source waveform 5 139 SEARCh WIDTh TIME lt x gt Sets or queries the pulse width for pulse width searching 5 139 SEARch WIDTh TYPE Sets or queries the pulse width search type 5 140 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt Queries all serial bus signal analysis and search settings 5 141 SERialbus lt x gt ASETup Executes auto setup on a serial bus signal 5 141 SERialbus lt x gt ASETup ABORt Aborts auto setup on a serial bus signal 5 141 SERialbus lt x gt ASETup EXECute Executes auto setup on a serial bus signal 5 141 SERialbus lt x gt CAN Queries all CAN bus signal settings 5 141 SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze Queries all CAN bus signal analysis settings 5 141 SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze Queries all CAN bus signal analysis bus settings 5 141 SETup SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze Sets or queries the CAN bus signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate 5 141 SETup BRATe SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze Sets or queries
79. TY MARKer M lt x gt DT lt y gt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DT lt y gt STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER M1 DT1 STATE ON CURSOR TY MARKER M1 DT1 STATE gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 DT1 STATE 1 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DT lt y gt VALue Function Queries the time value between marker cursors Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DT lt y gt VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER M1 DT1 VALUE gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 DT1 VALUE 0 0000000E 00 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DV lt y gt Function Queries all of the settings related to vertical axis measurement between marker cursors Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DV lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 4 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DV lt x gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value measured between marker cursors Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DV lt y gt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DV lt y gt STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER M1 DV1 STATE ON CURSOR TY MARKER M1 DV1 STATE gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 DV1 STATE 1 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DV lt y gt VALue Function Syntax Example Queries the vertical value between marker cursors CURSor TY MARKer M lt x g
80. Up to LOGIC PODB LOGIC PODB gt LOGIC PO BIT lt x gt LABel lt String gt BIT lt x gt LABel 8 characters BIT1 LABEL ABC BIT1 LABEL DB BIT1 LABEL ABC Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODB BIT lt x gt LEVel Sets or queries the label of a bit of logic input port Function Syntax Example B LOGic PODB LOGic PODB x 0to7 BIT lt x gt LEVel lt Voltage gt BIT lt x gt LEVel Voltage 10 to 10 V in 0 1 V steps LOGIC PODB LOGIC PODB LOGIC PO BIT1 LEVEL 10 BIT1 LEVEL DB BIT1 LEVEL 10 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODB BIT lt x gt TYPE Selects the threshold level of a bit of logic input Function Syntax Example port B LOGic PODB CMOS2 CMOS3 LOGic PODB x 0to7 LOGIC PODB LOGIC PODB gt LOGIC PO BIT x TYPE CMOS1 CMOS5 ECL BIT x TYPE BIT1 TYPE CMOS1 BIT1 TYPE DB BIT1 TYPE CMOS1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODB DESKew Function Sets or queries the deskewing of logic input port B Syntax LOGic PODB DESKew lt Time gt LOGic PODB DESKew Time 100 to 100 ns in 10 ps steps Example LOGIC PODB DESKEW 100 LOGIC PODB DESKEW LOGIC PODB DESKEW 100 Description An erro
81. ejie1u gr d9 B 3 4 GP IB Interface Specifications GP IB Interface Specifications Electrical and mechanical specifications IEEE St d 488 1978 Functional specifications See the table below Protocol IEEE St d 488 2 1992 Code ISO ASCII Mode Addressable mode Address setup You can set the address to a number from 0 to 30 on the GP IB setup Screen that you can access from the UTILITY menu Clearing remote mode You can clear Remote mode by pressing SHIFT CLEAR TRACE key except when Local Lockout has been activated by the controller Functional Specifications Function Subset Name Description Source handshaking SH1 Full source handshaking capability Acceptor handshaking AH1 Full acceptor handshaking capability Talker T6 Basic talker capability serial polling untalk on MLA My Listen Address and no talk only capability Listener L4 Basic listener capability unlisten on MTA My Talk Address and no listen only capability Service request SR1 Full service request capability Remote local RL1 Full remote local capability Parallel polling PPO No parallel poll capability Device clear DC1 Full device clear capability Device trigger DTO No device trigger capability Controller co No controller capability Electric characteristics E1 Open collector Data Transfer Rate The following table contains approximate response times for the DLM4000 to transmit waveform data Model DLM4038 Co
82. lap VienmiCo m 5 232 WPARameter Group m ese abes 5 235 XY GROUP ss 5 239 ZOOM CI EET 5 242 Common Command Group cu n5 nata iive aoctor sheds endi xn aaia Ta oare aea 5 244 Status Reports 6 1 About STATUS RE POMS EL 6 1 6 2 Status Byte eM 6 3 6 3 Standard Event REGIStE EP 6 4 6 4 Extended Event Register iiie eod eere ia eletto tiber oes drea 6 5 6 5 Quiput and Error QUEUES isisisi iacere hcec ertet de les sk iani ea di E inea en ttets 6 6 Appendix 1 ASCII Character Codes ssssseeeeeneneenn emen nennen enne App 1 Appendbic2 Error Messages eerte peter pe tides sare Ie ERES ER E ERR ka den Epai y ee ER App 2 Appendix 3 About the IEEE 488 2 1992 Standard ssssssssssseeeee App 5 vi IM DLM4038 17EN Chapter 1 USB Interface 1 1 Component Names and Functions Front Panel L YOKOGAWA Bi UTILITY key Press this key to select the USB interface CLEAR TRACE key SHIFT CLEAR TRACE Press this key to switch to local mode In local mode remote mode remote control using communication commands is cleared and key operation becomes possible However key operation is invalid when Local Lockout see page 1 3 is enabled by the controller
83. lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt I2C ANALyze SETup CLOCk Function Queries all C bus signal analysis clock settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C ANALyze SETup CLOCk lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt I2C ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURce Function Sets or queries the clock source for 1 C bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus x I2C ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt PODA lt y gt PODB y PODL lt y gt SERialbus x I2C ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURCe x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt lt y gt of PODL lt y gt 0 to 7 Example SERIALBUS1 12C ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 12C ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK SOURCE gt SERIALBUS1 1I2C ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK SOURCE 1 SERialbus lt x gt I2C ANALyze SETup DATA Function Queries all PC bus signal analysis data settings Syntax SERialbus x I2C ANALyze SETup DATA lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt I2C ANALyze SETup DATA SOURce Function Sets or queries the I C bus signal data source Syntax SERialbus x 12C ANALyze SETup DATA SOURce lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt PODL lt y gt SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C ANALyze SETup DATA SOURce lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt lt y gt of PODL lt y gt 0 to 7 Example S
84. lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP MODE DATA SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP MODE gt SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP MODE DATA spuewwog SERialbus lt x gt ZLINkage Function Sets or queries whether or not the analysis numbers of serial bus signal analysis results are linked to zoom locations Syntax SERialbus lt x gt ZLINkage lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt ZLINkage lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 ZLINKAGE ON SERIALBUS1 ZLINKAGE gt SERIALBUS1 ZLINKAGE 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 181 l 5 26 SNAP Group SNAP Function Takes a snapshot Syntax SNAP Example SNAP 5 182 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 27 SSTart Group SSTart Function Sets the trigger mode to SINGLE and starts waveform acquisition Returns zero if data acquisition is stopped before the specified time period Returns 1 if waveform acquisition is not stopped within the specified time period Syntax SSTart lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 36000 in 100 ms steps Start and wait lt NRf gt 0 start without any waiting lt NRf gt 36000 to 1 in 100 ms steps Wait without starting Example SSTART 10 SSTART 1 Descriptions If you specify a positive time value the DLM4000 starts waveform acquisition in Single Trigger mode and waits until the waveform acquisition is stopped within the specified time period f you set the time value to zero
85. may not necessarily correspond to the n query If you want to make sure that every response is retrieved divide the program messages into individual messages Precautions to Be Taken when Exchanging Messages e If the controller sends a program message that does not contain a query the controller can send the next program message at any time If the controller sends a program message that contains a query the controller must finish receiving the response message before it can send the next program message If the controller sends the next program message before receiving the response message in its entirety an error will occur A response message that is not received in its entirety will be discarded If the controller tries to receive a response message when there is none an error will occur If the controller tries to receive a response message before the transmission of the program message is complete an error will occur Ifthe controller sends a program message containing multiple message units but the message contains incomplete units the DLM4000 will try to execute the ones that are believed to be complete However these attempts may not always be successful In addition if such a message contains queries the DLM4000 may not necessary return responses Deadlock The DLM4000 can store at least 1024 bytes of messages in its transmit and receive buffers the number of available bytes varies depending on the oper
86. x XTRace Sets or queries the channel that is assigned to the X axis in the XY display 5 241 XY x YTRace Sets or queries the channel that is assigned to the Y axis in the XY display 5 241 ZOOM Group ZOOM lt x gt Queries all waveform zoom settings 5 242 ZOOM x ALLocation Queries all zoom source waveform settings 5 242 ZOOM lt x gt ALLocation ALL Sets the zoom source to all waveforms 5 242 ZOOM lt x gt ALLocation CHANnel lt y gt Sets or queries the zoom source waveform 5 242 MATH lt y gt ZOOM lt x gt DISPlay Sets or queries the on off status of a zoom waveform display 5 242 ZOOM x FORMat Sets or queries the format of a zoom waveform display 5 242 ZOOM x MAG Sets or queries the magnification of a zoom waveform display 5 242 ZOOM x MAGFine Sets or queries the magnification FINE of a zoom waveform display 5 242 ZOOM x MAIN Sets or queries the display ratio of a zoom waveform display 5 242 ZOOM lt y gt POSition Sets or queries the position of a zoom box 5 242 ZOOM x VERTical Queries all vertical zoom settings 5 242 ZOOM lt x gt VERTical CHANnel lt y gt M Queries all of the settings of a trace for vertical zooming 5 243 ATH lt y gt ZOOM lt x gt VERTical CHANnel lt y gt M Sets or queries the vertical zoom factor 5 243 ATH lt y gt MAG ZOOM lt x gt VERTical CHANnel lt y gt M Sets or queries the vertical zoom position 5 243 ATH lt y
87. 00000E 00 MATH lt x gt USERdefine SCALe SENSitivity Function Sets or queries the span from the center value for scaling in user defined computation Syntax gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine SCALe SENSitivity lt NRf gt gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine SCALe ENSitivity x gt 1to4 NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE SCALE SENSITIVITY 10 MATH1 USERDEFINE SCALE SENSITIVITY gt MATH1 USERDEFINE SCALE SENSITIVITY 10 0000E 00 AA 0 5 122 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 21 MEASure Group You cannot use commands that relate to logic waveforms on models that are not equipped with logic inputs MEASure Function Queries all of the settings for automated measurement of waveform parameters Syntax MEASure MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Function Queries the on off status of all parameter of a waveform Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 Function Queries all the parameter ON OFF settings of the specified waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA AREA2 x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 ALL Function Collectively turns on or off all measurement items
88. 03 Descriptions You can specify BUS when LOGic PODL MODE is set to ON and the CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe is set to 8 An error will occur if you specify BUS when the above settings have not been made If BUS is not specified the cursor values are output according to the LOGic PODL BITOrder and LOGic PODL BIT x DISPlay settings If BUS is specified the cursor values are output according to the LOGic PODL BUS ASSignment setting CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe is set to ALL cursor values are output in the following order channel 1 to channel 7 channel 8 or the logic bus logic input waveform computed waveform 1 to 4 If LOGic PODL BUS DISP1ay is set to OFF the cursor value will be NAN Not A Number 5 80 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 11 DISPlay Group DISPlay Function Queries all display settings Syntax DISPlay DISPlay ACCumulate Function Queries all accumulated waveform display settings Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Function Sets or queries the accumulation mode Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate MODE COLor OFF PERSistence DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Example DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE COLOR DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE COLOR DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence Function Sets or queries the accumulation time Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence lt Time gt INFinity DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence Time 100 ms to
89. 100 s Example DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE 100ms DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE 100ms DISPlay COLor Function Queries all waveform color settings Syntax DISPlay COLor DISPlay COLor CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Function Sets or queries a waveform color Syntax DISPlay COLor CHANnel x MATH lt x gt BLUE BGReen CYAN DBLue RAY GREen LBLue LGReen MAGenta GReen ORANge PINK PURPle RED SPINk K EQ ELLow DISPlay COLor CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Example DISPLAY COLOR CHANNEL1 BLUE DISPLAY COLOR CHANNEL1 DISPLAY COLOR CHANNEL1 BLUE DISPlay COLor PODA PODB PODA PODBS PODLState Function Sets or queries the logic waveform color and state display color Syntax DISPlay COLor PODA_PODB PODA_PODBS PODLState BLUE BGReen CYAN DBLue GRAY GREen LBLue LGReen MAGenta MGReen ORANge PINK PURPle RED SPINk YELLow DISPlay COLor PODA_PODB PODA_PODBS PODLState Example DISPLAY COLOR PODLSTATE BLUE DISPLAY COLOR PODLSTATE DISPLAY COLOR PODLSTATE BLUE S DISPlay FORMat 3 Function Sets or queries the display format 3 Syntax DISPlay FORMat AUTO SINGle DUAL a o TRIad QUAD HEXa OCTal DISPlay FORMat Example DISPLAY FORMAT AUTO DISPLAY FORMAT DISPLAY FORMAT AUTO
90. 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ATRigger Sets the sub address for the 7 bit sub address for I2C bus signal triggering 5 209 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess in hexadecimal notation BIT7APsub SADDress HEXa TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the sub address for the 7 bit sub address for 1 C bus signal 5 209 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess triggering in binary notation BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the address condition enable disable mode for I C bus signal 5 209 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess triggering MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the address input format which is one of the address 5 209 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess conditions for I C bus signal triggering PFORmat TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the address type which is one of the address conditions for 5 210 BTRigger 12C ADDRess ADDRess C bus signal triggering TYPE TRIGger ATRigger Queries all address pattern data settings for IC bus signal triggering 5 210 BTRigger 2C ADDRess DATA TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the position for comparing data patterns for 1 C bus signal 5 210 BTRigger 2C ADDRess DATA triggering BCOunt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the on off status of the position for comparing data patterns 5 210 BTRigge
91. 1US lt Register gt A register value expressed as binary octal decimal or hexadecimal Example Extended event register value gt STATUS EESE HFE A lt Multiplier gt or Unit can be attached to the lt NRf gt form that was described earlier The following types of expressions are possible lt Character data gt Predefined character string mnemonic Select from the available strings in braces Example Select the input coupling of CH1 gt CHANnel1 COUPling AC DC DC50 GND lt Boolean gt Indicates ON and OFF Specify ON OFF or a value Example Turn on the CH1 display CHANnell DISPlay ON String data User defined string Example Comment attached to screen data output MATH1 UNIT USERdefine VOLT Filename Indicates a file name Example Save file name FILE SAVE WAVeform NAME CASE1 lt Block data gt Data that contains 8 bit values Example Response to acquired waveform data gt 800000010ABCDEFGHIJ lt Decimal gt lt Decimal gt indicates a value expressed as a decimal number as shown in the table below Decimal values are written in the NR form as specified in ANSI X3 42 1975 Symbol Description Example NR1 Integer 125 1 1000 lt NR2 gt Fixed point number 125 0 90 001 lt NR3 gt Floating point number 125 0E 0 9E 1 1E4 lt NRf gt Any form from lt NR1 gt to lt NR3 gt Format Example lt NR
92. 26 112 10 132 26 152 10 172 26 UB Z j z 1A 26 2A 42 3A 58 4A 74 5A 90 6A 106 7A 122 B 33 53 11 73 27 113 11 133 27 153 11 173 27 ESC K k 1B 27 2B 43 3B 59 4B 75 5B 91 6B 107 7B 123 C 34 54 12 74 28 114 12 134 28 154 12 174 28 FS L l 1C 28 2C 44 3C 60 4C 76 5C 92 6C 108 7C 124 D 35 55 13 75 29 115 13 135 29 155 13 175 29 GS M m 1D 29 2D 45 3D 61 4D 77 5D 93 6D 109 7D 125 E 36 56 14 76 30 116 14 136 30 156 14 176 30 RS N n 1E 30 2E 46 3E 62 4E 78 5E 94 6E 110 7E 126 F 37 57 15 77 UNL 117 15 137 UNT 157 15 177 US O O m RUBOUT 1F 31 2F 47 3F 63 4F 79 SF 95 6F 111 7F 127 Universal Listener Talker Secondary command address address command Exam p le Octal GP IB code ASCII character code Hexadecimal Decimal IM DLM4038 17EN App 1 xipueddy E Appendix 2 Error Messages This section explains communication error messages Messages can be displayed in English or in another language on the DLM4000 However when they are read from a PC or other similar device messages are displayed in English If servicing is necessary to solve the problem indicated by a message contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer Only communication error messages are listed here For other error messages see the User s Manual IM DLM4038 02EN Communication syntax errors Communication execution errors Device specific and other errors Communication query err
93. 3 8 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger a PATTern CLOCk SOURce s Function Sets or queries the clock signal for state triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger Example PATTern CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt NONE PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt SIE PATTern CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Gger ATRigger BTRigger PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt x of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 TR SOURCE 1 TR SOURCE gt GGER ATRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK GGER ATRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern CONDition Function Sets or queries the trigger condition for state triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger Example PATTern CONDition ENTer EXIT PATTern CONDition CONDITION ENTER m gt R Gger ATRigger BTRigger GGER ATRIGGER PATTERN GGER ATRIGGER PATTERN CONDITION TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN CONDITION ENTER IM DLM4038 17EN 5 217 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern LOGic Function Sets or queries the combination condition for state triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern LOGic AND OR TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern LOGic Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN LOGIC AND TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN LOGIC TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN LOGIC AND
94. 5 103 e HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the search criterion of a search condition 5 103 CONDition HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the search mode of a search condition 5 103 MODE HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Queries all parameter search settings 5 103 PARameter HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s item for parameter 5 103 PARameter ITEM searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s upper and lower limits 5 103 PARameter LIMit for parameter searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s source waveform for 5 104 PARameter TRACe parameter searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Queries the specified waveform parameter s measured value for parameter 5 104 PARameter VALue searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Queries all polygonal zone search settings 5 104 POLYgon HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the horizontal position that will be used for polygonal zone 5 104 POLYgon HPOSition searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the source window that will be used for polygonal zone 5 104 POLYgon RANGe searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the source waveform that will be used for polygonal zone 5 104 POLYgon TRACe searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or qu
95. 5 135 search start point 5 139 search type 5 139 self test 5 245 SERialbUs group coit t Detur deci 5 141 service request enable register ssuuss 5 245 skip mode ss 5 138 SNAP group 5 182 snapshot 5 182 ha c 5 188 DOA M 5 55 SPD 3 6 spectrum for FFT SPI bus signal analysis analysis resultlist 2 2 ei nere bitotdet rer reden erre chip select SPlIb s signal Seatcli usc caue tse weenie SPIb s sigrial trigger ete oie SSTart group standard event register ssssssssssseeeees arise state display state or state width search state trigger m state width trigger ires treni edet e ER status Dyle c status byte register STATus group status reports Jess STOP group ttt et ee tiec tt eee rp STORE GOUD EE string data switching lOSS 2i Etenim rs e tr ers yip Me ENAERE SYSTemigroup societe nter tip pe ete eee eit pps T Page T Y Waveform Fatigo coru edere cio ea creta i TCP IP SOS er eie tete 2 5 Tithe div Vallie uet ste ieri eset lei e eee rac oes time D8S8 osse perm E TIMA SE group crai ca eor eai cerent timeout value total OSS incre nere ree 5 56 transition filter
96. 5 71 5 9 COMMumicate eire om 5 72 Lees grCIrelUjo c 5 74 511 DISPlayGrou jo ccm 5 81 5 12 RERGEOUD eere Etenim tutes usd 5 83 a e E o EEEO o EXE 5 90 514 GONOJO GEOUD err e rer ott viens it EE pui Hec ieers 5 94 5 15 HCOPY Groups 5 100 5 16 HISTON Group ido ante d reete etie a IE eue reges 5 102 517 IMAGE GOUD m 5 107 SAG INLTIalize GROUP seinne a eaa ae rai ei 5 108 IM DLM4038 17EN Contents Chapter 6 Appendix Index 5 19 5 20 5 21 5 22 5 23 5 24 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 30 5 31 5 32 5 33 5 34 5 35 5 36 5 37 5 38 5 39 LOGIC GROUP m 5 109 MATELGEOUD ditioni dette eie iet mti ere pare rere errr ne Tere rere rerret 5 118 MEASure cpsj 5 123 FRE Gall Gnu ps zoe se ES 5 133 asa mcum es 5 134 js dece r a aS ar e ae aE Eae 5 135 oSERhialb s Group sre oe eee n ned e tectus 5 141 hide m 5 182 SUED EC o 5 183 SPARE CoU 5 184 S TATus GFoup a iac etri eset ce dte ne efte ee eite ind 5 185 telo 5 186 SI3sel cic 5 187 SEXIES 5 188 TIMebase GrOUp 6 r rti ete d gt abiti duae utum 5 191 Hejraci 5 192
97. 79 STATe AT cursors CURSor TY VERTical PERDt Queries the 1 AT value which is measured between the AT cursors 5 79 VALue CURSor TY VERTical Sets or queries the position of a AT cursor 5 79 POSition lt x gt CURSor TY VERTical T lt x gt Queries all time axis settings for a AT cursor 5 79 CURSor TY VERTical T lt x gt Sets or queries the on off status of the time value of a AT cursor 5 79 STATe CURSor TY VERTical T lt x gt Queries the time value of a AT cursor 5 79 VALue CURSor TY VERTical TRACe Sets or queries the source waveform that you want to measure using the AT 5 79 cursors CURSor TY VERTical V lt x gt Queries all vertical axis settings for a AT cursor 5 79 CURSor TY VERTical V lt x gt Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value of a AT cursor 5 79 STATe CURSor TY VERTical V lt x gt Queries the vertical value of a AT cursor 5 80 VALue DISPlay Group DISPlay Queries all display settings 5 81 DISPlay ACCumulate Queries all accumulated waveform display settings 5 81 DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Sets or queries the accumulation mode 5 81 DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence Sets or queries the accumulation time 5 81 DISPlay COLor Queries all waveform color settings 5 81 DISPlay COLor CHANnel lt x gt MATH Sets or queries a waveform color 5 81 lt x gt DISPlay COLor PODA PODB PODA Sets or queries the logic waveform color and state dis
98. ACQuire RLENgth Sets or queries the record length 5 47 ACQuire SAMPling Sets or queries the sampling mode 5 47 o ANALysis Group 3 ANALysis Queries all of the settings for the analysis feature 5 48 3 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all of the settings for the waveform histogram feature 5 48 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt DISPlay Sets or queries the on off status of a waveform histogram display 5 48 2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets or queries the horizontal range of a waveform histogram 5 48 HORizontal ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all of the settings for waveform histogram measurement including 5 48 MEASure the mode on off status ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets or queries the measurement mode of a waveform histogram 5 48 MEASure MODE ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all of the measurement settings for a waveform histogram when the 5 48 MEASure PARameter histogram parameter measurement mode is set to Param ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Collectively turns on or off all of the measurement items of a waveform 5 48 MEASure PARameter ALL histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all of the settings for the specified measurement item of a waveform 5 48 MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets or queries the on off status of the specified measurement item of a 5 48 MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt waveform histogram STATe ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt
99. ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IMEThod Sets or queries the high and low points 5 60 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt INDicator Sets or queries the measurement location indicator 5 60 M ANALysis P EAsure x MEASure Queries all the settings for automated measurement of power measurement 5 61 parameters ANALysis P MEASure Pa MEAsure x rameter gt Queries the setting of a power measurement parameter 5 61 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Queries the normal statistical processing count of the power measurement 5 61 MEASure lt Parameter gt COUNt parameter ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure lt Queries a statistical value of a power measurement parameter 5 61 Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimu m SDEViation ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Queries the on off status of the power measurement parameter 5 61 MEASure lt Parameter gt STATe ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Queries an automatically measured value of a power measurement 5 61 MEASure lt Parameter gt VALue parameter ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure Collectively turns on or off the power measurement parameter 5 61 ALL ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MODE Sets or queries the on off status of power measurement 5 61 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt RANGe Sets or queries the measurement source window 5 61 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup Queries all power measurement input set
100. ATRigger BTRigger LIN ata DATA MODE lt Boolean gt BTRigger LIN D TRIGger ATRigger D R IDData DATA MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA MSBLsb Function Sets or queries the data MSB and LSB bits for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA MSBLsb NRf NRf BTRigger LIN TRIGger ATRigger IDData DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt 0 to 63 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA MSBLSB 0 TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA MSBLSB gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA MSBLSB 0 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA PATTern lt x gt Function Sets or queries the data value for LIN bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA PATTern lt x gt String TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN Data DATA PATTern lt x gt Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA PATTERN1 00110101 TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA PATTERN1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA PATTERN1 00110101 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA PFORmat Function Sets or queries the input format which is one
101. BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess Function Queries all 7 bit address settings for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXa Function Sets the 7 bit address for the 7 bit sub address for IC bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXa String Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB ADDRESS HEXA AB 5 208 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern Function Sets or queries the 7 bit address for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern String TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 00111010 TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 00111010 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress Function Queries all sub addr
102. COUNt Queries the statistical processing count of the automatically measured value 5 131 of a Calc item MEASure USER lt x gt DEFine Sets or queries the expression for the automatically measured value of a 5 131 Calc item MEASure USER lt x gt MAXimum MEAN Queries a statistical value that is calculated on the automatically measured 5 131 MINimum SDEViation value of a Calc item MEASure USER lt x gt NAME Sets or queries the name of a Calc item 5 131 MEASure USER lt x gt STATe Sets or queries the on off status of automated measurement of a Calc item 5 132 Oo MEASure USER x UNIT Sets or queries the unit of a Calc item 5 132 o MEASure USER lt x gt VALue Queries the automatically measured value of a Calc item 5 132 3 MEASure WAIT Waits for the completion of waveform parameter automated measurement 5 132 with a set timeout 2 RECall Group RECall SETup lt x gt EXECute Recalls setup data from an internal memory area 5 133 REFerence Group gt REFerence lt x gt Queries all reference waveform settings 5 134 REFerence lt x gt DISPlay Sets or queries the display on off status of a reference waveform 5 134 REFerence lt x gt LABel Queries all label settings of a reference 5 134 REFerence lt x gt LABel DEFine Sets or queries a reference waveform label 5 134 REFerence lt x gt LABel MODE Sets or queries the label display on off status of a reference 5 134 REFerence lt x gt LOAD Loads a reference waveform 5 134 REFe
103. DISPlay FGRid Function Sets or queries the on off status of the fine grid display Syntax DISPlay FGRid Boolean DISPlay FGRid Example DISPLAY FGRID ON DISPLAY FGRID DISPLAY FGRID 1 DISPlay GRATicule Function Sets or queries the graticule grid Syntax DISPlay GRATicule CROSshair FRAMe GRID LINE DISPlay GRATicule Example DISPLAY GRATICULE CROSSHAIR DISPLAY GRATICULE DISPLAY GRATICULE CROSSHAIR DISPlay INTENsity Function Queries all intensity settings for the display items Syntax DISPlay INTENsity IM DLM4038 17EN 5 81 5 11 DISPlay Group DISPlay INTENsity WAVeform Function Sets or queries the waveform intensity Syntax DISPlay INTENsity WAVeform lt NRf gt DISPlay INTENsity WAVeform lt NRf gt 1 to 64 Example DISPLAY INTENSITY WAVEFORM 10 DISPLAY INTENSITY WAVEFORM DISPLAY INTENSITY WAVEFORM 10 DISPlay INTENsity CURSor GRID MARK er ZBOX Function Sets or queries the intensity of a display item Syntax DISPlay INTENsity CURSor GRID MARKer ZBOX lt NRf gt DISPlay INTENsity CURSor GRID MARKer ZBOX lt NRf gt 0 to 31 Example Below are examples for cursors DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR 10 DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR 10 DISPlay INTERpolate Function Sets or queries the interpolation method Syntax DISPlay INTERpolate OFF LINE PULSe SINE DISPlay INTERpolate Example
104. Description This range is used to convert lt Block data gt that is transmitted by WAVeform SEND to physical values WAVeform RECord Function Sets or queries the record number that WAVeform commands will be applied to Syntax WAVeform RECord lt NRf gt AVERage MINimum WAVeform RECord lt NRf gt 0 to 19999 Example WAVEFORM RECORD 0 WAVEFORM RECORD WAVEFORM RECORD 0 Description Specify AVERage to specify the history average waveform Specify MINimum to specify the minimum record number The record number that you can set varies depending on the acquisition setting For details see the Features Guide IM DLM4038 17EN 5 233 5 35 WAVeform Group WAVeform RECord MINimum Function Queries the minimum record number of the source channel Syntax WAVeform RECord MINimum Example WAVEFORM RECORD MINIMUM WAVEFORM RECORD 19999 WAVeform SEND Function Queries the waveform data specified by the WAVeform TRACe command Syntax WAVeform SEND lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 20000 The range of values varies depending on the record length Example WAVEFORM SEND 8 number of bytes 8 digits data byte sequence or lt NRf gt lt NRf gt Descriptions The output format for WAVeform SEND varies depending on the WAVeform FORMat setting 1 If ASCii is specified the DLM4000 returns the data in this format Voltage Voltage Voltage 2
105. FILE SAVE BINary HISTORY ALL gt FILE SAVE BINary HISTORY gt FILE SAVE BINary HISTORY ALL FILE SAVE ASCii BINary LENGth Function Sets or queries the number of data points to save when compressing or sampling decimating various types of data Syntax gt FILE SAVE ASCii BINary LENGth lt NRf gt FILE SAVE ASCii BINary LENGth lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example Below is an example for waveform data FILE SAVE ASCII LENGTH FILE SAVE ASCII LENGTH gt FILE SAVE ASCII LENGTH FILE SAVE ASCii BINary RANGe Function Sets or queries the save range for a specific type of data Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary RANGe MAIN Z1 22 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary RANGe Example Below is an example for waveform data FILE SAVE BINary RANGE MAIN gt FILE SAVE BINary RANGE FILE SAVE BINary RANGE MAIN 5 92 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 13 FILE Group FILE SAVE ASCii TINFormation Time Information Function Sets or queries whether waveform data is saved with time information ON or without it OFF Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii TINFormation lt Boolean gt FILE SAVE ASCii TINFormation Example FILE SAVE ASCII TINFORMATION ON FILE SAVE ASCII TINFORMATION FILE SAVE ASCII TINFORMATION 1 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary TRACe Function Sets or queries the waveforms to save for a specific type of data Sy
106. FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 BCOUNT 1 5 202 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt CONDition Function Sets or queries the data field data condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt CONDition BETWeen EQUal FALSe GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqu1 TRUE 1 TRIGger ATRigger LEXray IDData DATA x CONDition lt x gt 1to2 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 CONDITION BETWEEN BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt DBYTe Function Sets or queries the number of data field data bytes which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA x DBYTe lt NRf gt 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA x DBYTe lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 DBYTE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 DBYTE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 DBYTE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA l
107. FlexRay bus signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray BRATe lt NRf gt E H3 j Es Gger ATRigger FLEXray BRATe lt NRf gt 2500000 5000000 10000000 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY BRATE 5000000 GGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY BRATE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY BRATE 5000000 BTRigger J po TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray ERRor Function Queries all FlexRay bus signal trigger error settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray ERRor TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray ERRor BSS Function Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal trigger BSS error setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LEXray ERRor BSS lt Boolean gt J m Gger ATRigger LEXray ERRor BSS Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY ERROR BSS ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY ERROR BSS gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY ERROR BSS 1 BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray ERRor CRC Function Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal trigger CRC error setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger EXray ERRor CRC lt Boolean gt BTRigger n 3 J Fl Gger ATRigger FLEXray ERRor CRC Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY ERROR CRC ON RIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY ERROR CRC gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY ERROR CRC 1 BTRigger
108. Function Sets or queries the horizontal range of a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt HORizontal NRf NRf ANALysis AHIStogram x HORizontal x 1to2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 divisions Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 HORIZONTAL 0 1 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 HORIZONTAL gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 HORIZONTAL 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure Function Queries all of the settings for waveform histogram measurement including the mode on off status Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis AHITStogram lt x gt MEASure MODE Function Sets or queries the measurement mode of a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure MODE OFF PARameter ANALysis AHIStogram x MEASure MODE x 21102 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE MODE OFF ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE MODE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE MODE OFF ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter Function Queries all of the measurement settings for a waveform histogram when the histogram parameter measurement mode is set to Param Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter ALL Function Collectively turns on or off all of the measurement items of a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARa
109. GO results Syntax GONogo ACTion MAIL MODE lt Boolean gt GONogo ACTion MAIL MODE Example GONOGO ACTION MAIL MODE ON GONOGO ACTION MAIL MODE GONOGO ACTION MAIL MODE 1 GONogo ACTion SAVE Function Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will waveform data to the storage medium for NO GO results Syntax GONogo ACTion SAVE lt Boolean gt GONogo ACTion SAVE Example GONOGO ACTION SAVE ON GONOGO ACTION SAVE GONOGO ACTION SAVE 1 Description Set or query the media type by using the FILE DIRECTORY DRIVE GONogo COUNt Function Queries the number of performed GO NO GO determinations Syntax GONogo COUNt Example GONOGO COUNT gt GONOGO COUNT 100 GONogo EXECute Function Executes GO NO GO determination This is an overlap command Syntax GONogo EXECute Example GONOGO EXECUTE GONogo LOGic Function Sets or queries the GO NO GO determination logic Syntax GONogo LOGic AND OFF OR GONogo LOGic Example GONOGO LOGIC AND GONOGO LOGIC GONOGO LOGIC AND GONogo NGCount Function Queries the GO NO GO determination NO GO count Syntax GONogo NGCount Example GONOGO NGCOUNT GONOGO NGCOUNT 5 5 94 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 14 GONogo Group GONogo NGStopcount Function Sets or queries the number of NO GO results at which the DLM4000 will stop performing determinations Syntax GONogo NGStopcount NRf INFi
110. HSMode Boolean TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C NONack HSMode Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C NONACK HSMODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C NONACK HSMODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C NONACK HSMODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C NONack READaccess Function Sets or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in read access mode for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C NONack READaccess lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C NONack READaccess Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C NONACK READACCESS ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C NONACK READACCESS gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C NONACK READACCESS 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C NONack STARtbyte Function Sets or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in start bytes for IC bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C NONack STARtbyte lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C NONack STARtbyte Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C NONACK STARTBYTE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C NONACK STARTBYTE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C NONACK STARTBYTE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C SCL Function Sets or queries the clock signal for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C SCL lt NRf gt PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger
111. I DESKEW 1NS ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP I DESKEW gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP I DESKEW 1 000E 09 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup I PROBe Function Queries all current to voltage conversion ratio settings of the probe connected to the current input channel for power measurement Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup I1 PROBe CO 001 CO 002 CO 005 CO 01 CO o02 CO 05 CO IJCO 2 CO S CIJCZ CS C10 C20 C50 C100 C200 C500 C1000 C2000 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup 1 PROBe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASUREl SETUP I PROBE CO 001 ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP I PROBE gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP I PROBE CO 001 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup RTRace Function Sets or queries the deskewing source trace for power measurement Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup RTRace I U ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup RTRace lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP RTRACE I ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP RTRACE ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP RTRACE I ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup U Function Queries all voltage input channel settings for power measurement Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup U lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP U ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup U DESKew Function Set or queries auto deskewing of the voltage input channel for power measurement Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SET
112. INDIcator PPReamble Function Sets or queries the indicator payload preamble which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator PPReamble 0 1 X BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger EXray IDData INDIcator PPReamble BTRigger rj E D Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR PPREAMBLE TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR PPREAMBLE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR PPREAMBLE 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 205 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator STFRame Function Sets or queries the indicator start frame which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator STFRame 0 1 X BTRigger J pel Gger ATRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator STFRame BTRigger Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR STFRAME 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR STFRAME gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR STFRAME 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator SYFRame Function Sets or queries the indicator sync frame which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger FLEXray IDData INDI
113. Invalid suffix Check the units where the syntax contains Voltage 4 6 Time lt Frequency gt or Current 134 Suffix too long Check the units where the syntax contains Voltage 4 6 Time lt Frequency gt or Current 138 Suffix not allowed Units of measurement can only be used where the 4 6 syntax contains Voltage Time lt Frequency gt or Current 141 Invalid character data Be sure to select one of the listed choices when the 4 7 and syntax contains chapter 5 144 Character data too long Check the spelling of the strings when the syntax 4 7 and contains chapter 5 148 Character data not allowed Use a data type other than String data 4 5 and chapter 5 150 String data error Enclose parameters with single or double quotation 4 7 marks where the syntax contains String data App 2 IM DLM4038 17EN Appendix 2 Error Messages Code Message Corrective Action Page 151 Invalid string data The parameter is either too long or it contains an 4 7 and unusable character chapter 5 158 String data not allowed Use a data type other than String data 4 6 and chapter 5 161 Invalid block data Block data cannot be used 4 7 and chapter 5 168 Block data not allowed Block data cannot be used 4 7 and chapter 5 171 Missing Right Mathematical operations cannot be used 172 Invalid expression Mathematic
114. LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 gt SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 1 000E 00 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA ENDian Function Sets or queries the data endian setting for LIN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA ENDian BIG LITTle SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA ENDian lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA ENDIAN BIG SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA ENDIAN gt SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA ENDIAN BIG SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA HEXa lt y gt Function Sets the data for LIN bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA HEXa lt y gt lt String gt lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1 to 8 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA HEXA1 12 5 166 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA MODE IDData DATA PFORmat Function Sets or queries the data enable disable condition Function Sets or queries the input format which is one of for LIN bus signal searching the data conditions for LIN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN S
115. LIN2 0 SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup REVision lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup SOURce Function Syntax Example REVISION LIN1 3 SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP REVISION gt SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP REVISION LIN1 3 Sets or queries the LIN bus signal analysis source Oo SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup 3 SOURce lt NR gt MATH lt y gt 3 SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup a SOURce lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1 to 4 SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP SOURCE gt SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP SOURCE 1 SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup SPOint Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the LIN bus signal sample point SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup SPOint lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup SPOint lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT 18 8 SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT gt SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT 18 8 SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail Function Syntax Queries all LIN bus signal analysis result list settings SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail lt x gt 1 to 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 163 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail DISPlay
116. LOGIC PODB ALL LEVEL 10 LOGIC PODB ALL LEVEL LOGIC PODB ALL LEVEL 10 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODB ALL TYPE Function Selects the threshold level for logic input port B Syntax LOGic PODB ALL TYPE CMOS1 CMOS2 CMOS3 CMOS5 ECL LOGic PODB ALL TYPE Example LOGIC PODB ALL TYPE CMOS1 LOGIC PODB ALL TYPE LOGIC PODB ALL TYPE CMOS1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODB BIT lt x gt Function Queries all settings of a bit of logic input port B Syntax LOGic PODB BIT lt x gt lt x gt 0to7 Example LOGIC PODB BIT1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported IM DLM4038 17EN 5 113 spueululo2 5 19 LOGic Group LOGic PODB BIT x DISPlay Function Syntax Example Turns on or off a LOGic PODB Il bit displays of logic input port B BIT lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt LOGic PODB lt x gt 0to7 LOGIC PODB LOGIC PODB gt LOGIC PO BIT x DISPlay BIT1 DISPLAY ON BIT1 DISPLAY DB BIT1 DISPLAY 1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODB BIT x LABel Function Syntax Example Sets or queries t he user defined threshold level of a bit of logic input port B LOGic PODB LOGic PODB lt x gt 0to7 lt String gt
117. NOTBetween NOTEqu1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID x CCOunt CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 CCOUNT CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 CCOUNT CONDITION gt iTRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 CCOUNT CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt CCOunt COUNt lt y gt Function Sets or queries the reference value for the cycle counts of the frame IDs for FlexRay bus signal triggering this is one of the OR conditions Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID x CCOunt COUNt lt y gt NRf TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt CCOunt COUNt lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 2 lt NRf gt 0 to 63 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID CCOUNT COUNT1 100 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 CCOUNT COUNT1 gt iTRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 CCOUNT COUNT1 100 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt FID Function Queries all the ID conditions of the frame IDs for FlexRay bus signal triggering this is one of the OR conditions Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt FID lt x gt 1 to 4 5 206 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt FID CONDition Fun
118. NRf gt CHUTil COPYch SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example CHUTIL COPYCH SOURCE 1 CHUTIL COPYCH SOURCE CHUTIL COPYCH SOURCE 1 CHUTil COPYch DESTination Function Queries all copy destination channel settings Syntax CHUTil COPYch DESTination CHUTil COPYch DESTination ALL Function Sets or queries whether the copy destination channels are set to all channels Syntax CHUTil COPYch DESTination ALL lt Boolean gt CHUTil COPYch DESTination ALL Example CHUTIL COPYCH DESTINATION ALL ON CHUTIL COPYCH DESTINATION ALL CHUTIL COPYCH DESTINATION ALL CHUTil COPYch DESTination CHANnel c x Function Sets or queries whether the channel is a destination for the copy operation of settings between channels Syntax ECHUTII COPYch DESTination CHANnel x Boolean CHUTil COPYch DESTination CHANnel lt x gt gt 1to8 Example CHUTIL COPYCH DESTINATION CHANNEL1 ON CHUTIL COPYCH DESTINATION CHANNEL1 CHUTIL COPYCH DESTINATION CHANNEL1 1 CHUTil COPYch UNDO Function Cancels the copying of settings between channels Syntax CHUTil COPYch UNDO Example CHUTIL COPYCH UNDO 5 70 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 8 CLEar Group CLEar Function Clears traces Syntax CLEar Example CLEAR IM DLM4038 17EN 5 71 spueululo2 5 9 COMMunicate Group The commands in this group deal with communication There are no front panel
119. PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis PMEAsSure lt x gt USER lt y gt STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER STATE ON ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER STATE ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER STATE 1 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt UNIT Function Sets or queries the unit of a Calc item Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt UNIT lt String gt ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt UNIT lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 4 characters Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER UNIT ABC ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER UNIT gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER UNIT ABC ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt VALue Function Queries the automatically measured value of a Calc item Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER VALUE gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER VALUE 0 0 Descriptions If the value is immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number e The lt NRf gt is used to specify which iteration of automated measurement to query the measured value from If lt NRf gt is set to 1 the oldest measured value in the automated measurement memory is queried Ifa measured value does not exist at the specified iteration the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number
120. PPU Parallel Poll Unconfigure is not supported What Are Interface Messages Interface messages are commands that a controller transmits They are also referred to as interface commands or bus commands They are classified as follows Uni line Messages Uni line messages are sent over a single control line The following three messages are available IFC Interface Clear REN Remote Enable DY Identify 3 6 IM DLM4038 17EN 3 6 Responses to Interface Messages Multi line Messages Multi line messages are sent over eight data lines The messages are grouped as follows Address Commands Address commands are valid when the DLM4000 is designated as a listener or a talker The following five commands are available Commands available to a device designated as a listener GTL Go To Local SDC Selected Device Clear PPC Parallel Poll Configure GET Group Execute Trigger Commands available to a device designated as a talker TCT Take Control Universal Commands Universal commands are available to all devices regardless of their listener or talker designation The following five commands are available LLO Local Lockout DCL Device Clear PPU Parallel Poll Unconfigure SPE Serial Poll Enable SPD Serial Poll Disable There are other interface messages listener address talk address and secondary commands Interface messages
121. PROTect EXECute lt Boolean gt lt String gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information FILE PROTECT EXECUTE DATA PNG ON lt String gt REName EXECute Renames a file FILE REName EXECute lt String gt lt String gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information FILE RENAME EXECUTE DATA PNG 000 PNG lt String gt SAVE Queries all file save settings FILE SAVE SAVE ANAMing Sets or queries the on off status of the auto naming feature for saving files FILE SAVE ANAMing DATE DATE2 NUMBering OFF ON FILE SAVE ANAMing FILE SAVE ANAMING DATE FILE SAVE ANAMING FILE SAVE ANAMING DATE IM DLM4038 17EN 5 91 spueululo2 5 13 FILE Group FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT HLISt HARMonics SBUS ZWAVe Function Queries all of the settings related to the saving of a specified type of file Syntax FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT HLISt HARMonics SBUS ZWAVe FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT HLISt HARMonics MEASure SBUS SET up SNAP ZWAVe ABORt Function Aborts the saving of a specific type of data Syntax FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT HARMonics HLISt MEASure SBUS SETup SNAP ZWAVe ABORt Example Below is an example for waveform data gt FILE SAVE BINary ABORT FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT HARMonics HLISt MEASure SBUS SET up
122. REFerence COUNt Sets or queries the count number of a reference waveform for measuring the delay between channels of a logic waveform in the specified area 5 130 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt POD Sets or queries the slope of the reference waveform used to measure the 5 130 L lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay delay between the specified logic waveform and the reference waveform in REFerence SLOPe the specified area MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt POD Sets or queries whether the reference point for measuring the delay between 5 130 L lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay channels of a logic waveform will be set to the trigger point or a waveform in REFerence SOURce the specified area MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt POD Sets or queries the reference waveform edge used to measure the delay 5 131 L lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay between the specified logic waveform and the reference waveform in the REFerence TRACe specified area MEASure RANGe lt x gt Sets or queries the measurement source window 5 131 MEASure TRANge lt x gt Time Range Sets or queries a time range 5 131 MEASure USER lt x gt Queries all automatic measurement settings for a Calc item 5 131 MEASure USER lt x gt
123. RESOLUTION ACQUIRE RESOLUTION 1 Description The maximum record length is reduced to half when High Resolution mode is turned on ACQuire RLENgth Function Sets or queries the record length Syntax ACQuire RLENgth lt NRf gt lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example ACQUIRE RLENGTH 1250 ACQUIRE RLENGTH ACQUIRE RLENGTH 1250 ACQuire SAMPling Function Sets or queries the sampling mode Syntax ACQuire SAMPling REAL INTerporate REPetitive Example ACQUIRE SAMPLING REAL ACQUIRE SAMPLING gt ACQUIRE SAMPLING REAL IM DLM4038 17EN 5 47 spueululo2 5 3 ANALysis Group You cannot use commands that relate to power supply analysis on models that are not equipped with the optional power supply analysis feature ANALysis Function Queries all of the settings for the analysis feature Syntax ANALysis ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Function Queries all of the settings for the waveform histogram feature Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt DISPlay Function Sets or queries the on off status of a waveform histogram display Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 DISPLAY ON ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 DISPLAY ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 DISPLAY 1 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt HORizontal
124. SERialbus lt x gt SP1I SEARch Sets or queries the starting position of data comparison for SPI bus signal 5 176 SETup DATA lt y gt BCOunt searching SERialbus lt x gt SP1I SEARch Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for SPI bus 5 176 SETup DATA lt y gt CONDition signal searching SERialbus lt x gt SP1I SEARch Sets or queries the data size in bytes for SPI bus signal searching 5 176 SETup DATA lt y gt DBYTe SERialbus lt x gt SP1I SEARch Sets the data for SPI bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation 5 177 SETup DATA lt y gt HEXa lt z gt SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch Sets or queries the data enable disable condition for SPI bus signal 5 177 SETup DATA lt y gt MODE searching SERialbus lt x gt SP1I SEARch Sets or queries the data value for SPI bus signal searching in binary notation 5 177 SETup DATA lt y gt PATTern lt z gt SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch Sets or queries the input format which is one of the data conditions for SPI 5 177 SETup DATA lt y gt PFORmat bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt TYPE Sets or queries search type 5 177 SERialbus lt x gt UART Queries all UART signal analysis and search settings 5 177 SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze Queries all UART signal analysis settings 5 177 SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze Queries all UART signal analysis bus settings 5 177 SETup SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze Sets or queries th
125. SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup BSPace x 1 to 4 lt Time gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP BSPACE 0 15S SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP BSPACE gt SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP BSPACE 1 000E 01 SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup GROuping Function Sets or queries the on off status of grouping for UART signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup GROuping lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup GROuping x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP GROUPING ON SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP GROUPING gt SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP GROUPING 1 SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup POLarity Function Sets or queries the polarity setting for UART signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup POLarity NEGative POSitive SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup POLarity lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP POLARITY NEGATIVE SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP POLARITY gt SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP POLARITY NEGATIVE SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup SOURce Function Sets or queries the source signal for UART signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup SOURce lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt PODA lt y gt PODB lt y
126. SETUP DATA PATTERN1 SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA PATTERN1 00110101 SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA PFORmat Function Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the ID and data conditions for UART signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA PFORmat BINary HEXa SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA PFORMAT BINARY SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA PFORMAT SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP DATA PFORMAT BINARY SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup ERRor Function Queries all UART signal search error settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup ERRor lt x gt 1 to 4 5 180 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus x UART SEARch SETup ERRor FRAMing Function Sets or queries the UART signal search framing error setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup ERRor FRAMing lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup ERRor FRAMing lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP ERROR FRAMING ON FRAMING gt SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP ERROR FRAMING 1 SERialbus x UART SEARch SETup ERRor PARity Function Sets or queries the UART signal search parity error setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup ERRor PARity l
127. SETup Cs SOURce lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt NONE PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt PODL lt y gt SERialbus x SPI ANALyze SETup CS8 SOURce lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt lt y gt of PODL lt y gt 0 to 7 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CS SOURCE SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CS SOURCE gt SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CS SOURCE Description The chip select signal that you can specify varies depending on the SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURce setting For details see the DLM4000 User s Manual SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup DATA lt y gt SOURce Function Sets or queries the data signal for SPI bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup DATA lt y gt SOURce lt NRf gt MATH lt z gt PODA lt z gt PODB lt z gt PODL lt z gt SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup DATA lt y gt SOURce lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt z gt of MATH lt z gt 1 to 4 PODA lt z gt PODB lt z gt lt z gt of PODL lt z gt 0 to 7 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP DATAl SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP DATAL SOURCE gt SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP DATA1 SOURCE 1 Description The data signal that you can specify varies depending on the SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze S
128. SETup U lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup U DESKew Function Sets or queries the deskew setting of the voltage input channel for power supply analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup U DESKew lt Time gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup U DESKew x 1to2 Time 100 0 ns to 100 0 ns in 10 ps steps Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP U DESKEW 1NS ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP U DESKEW ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP U DESKEW 1 000E 09 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup U INPut Function Sets or queries the voltage input channel for power supply analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup U INPut 113 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup U INPut Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP U INPUT 1 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP U INPUT gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP U INPUT 1 5 54 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup U PROBe Function Sets or queries the probe attenuation setting of the voltage input channel for power supply analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup U PROBe lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup U PROBe lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP U PROBE 1 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP U PROBE ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP U PROBE 1 000 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup RTRace Function Sets or q
129. STARtbyte lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP NONACK STARTBYTE ON SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP NONACK STARTBYTE gt SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP NONACK STARTBYTE 1 SERialbus lt x gt LIN Function Queries all LIN bus signal analysis and search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze Function Queries all LIN bus signal analysis settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup Function Queries all LIN bus signal analysis bus settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup BRATe Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup BRATe x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 lt NRf gt of USER See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP BRATE 2400 SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP BRATE gt SERIALBUS1 LIN ANALYZE SETUP BRATE 2400 Syntax Example SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup REVision Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal analysis revision number Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze SETup REVision BOTH LIN1 3
130. Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail DISPlay FULL LOWer UPPer SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail DISPlay lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN DETAIL DISPLAY FULL SERIALBUS1 CAN DETAIL DISPLAY gt SERIALBUS1 CAN DETAIL DISPLAY FULL SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail LIST ITEM Function Queries all items that will be displayed in the CAN bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail LIST ITEM x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN DETAIL LIST ITEM gt SERIALBUS1 CAN DETAIL LIST ITEM No Time ms Frame ID DLC Data CRC Ack Information SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail LIST VALue Function Queries all of the data for the specified analysis number in the CAN bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail LIST VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 CAN DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 SERIALBUS1 CAN DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 0 0750 Data 012 1 FE 2263 y SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Function Queries all CAN bus signal search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch lt x gt 1to4 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch ABORt Function Aborts the CAN bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch ABORt lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH ABORT SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch EXECute Function Executes a CAN bus signal search Synta
131. UNIT lt String gt CURSor TY DEGRee UNIT lt String gt Up to four characters Example CURSOR TY DEGREE UNIT DEG CURSOR TY DEGREE UNIT gt CURSOR TY DEGREE UNIT DEG CURSor TY DEGRee V x Function Queries all angle cursor voltage settings Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee V x x 21t02 CURSor TY DEGRee V lt x gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of an angle cursor voltage Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee V x STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY DEGRee V x STATe x 21102 Example CURSOR TY DEGREE V1 STATE ON CURSOR TY DEGREE V1 STATE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE V1 STATE 1 spuewwoyg CURSor TY DEGRee V lt x gt VALue Function Queries the vertical value of the angle cursor Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee V lt x gt VALue BUS lt x gt 1 to 2 Example CURSOR TY DEGREE V1 VALUE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE V1 VALUE 10 000000E 03 Descriptions You can specify BUS when LOGic PODL MODE is set to ON and CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe is set to 8 An error will occur if you specify BUS when the above settings have not been made If BUS is not specified the cursor values are output according to the LOGic PODL BITOrder and LOGic PODL BIT x DISPlay settings If BUS is specified the cursor values are output according to the LOGic PODL BUS ASSignment setting CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe is set to ALL cursor values are output in the fo
132. V1 STATE ON FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC V1 STATE gt FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC V1 STATE 1 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic V lt y gt VALue Function Queries a peak value for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic V lt y gt VALue lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC V1 VALUE gt FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC V1 VALUE 1 000E 00 FFT lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the waveform display mode for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MODE AVERage MAXHold NORMal FFT lt x gt MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MODE AVERAGE FFT1 MODE gt FFT1 MODE AVERAGE FFT lt x gt RANGe Function Sets or queries the measurement source window for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt RANGe MAIN 2Z1 2Z2 FFT lt x gt RANGe lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 RANGE MAIN FFT1 RANGE FFT1 RANGE MAIN FFT lt x gt RPOSition Function Sets or queries the center point for magnifying the vertical axis for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt RPOSition lt NRf gt FFT lt x gt RPOSition lt x gt 1 to 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 divisions Example FFT1 RPOSITION 1 FFT1 RPOSITION gt FFT1 RPOSITION 1 000E 00 FFT lt x gt TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt TRACe lt NR gt MATH lt y gt FFT lt x gt TRACe lt x gt 1 to 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1to4 Example FFT1 TRACE 1
133. WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram lt x gt 1 to2 MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt STATe lt Boolean gt WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure MODE PARameter Parameter STATe Function Sets or queries the automatic measurement mode lt x gt 1 to2 of the histogram display for waveform parameter Parameter C1 C2 DC MAXimum MEAN measurement MEDian MINimum PEAK SD2integ Syntax WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg MODE OFF PARameter Example Below are examples for the maximum WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE MODE PARAMETER MAXIMUM STATE ON lt x gt 1to2 WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE Example WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER MAXIMUM STATE MODE OFF gt WPARAMETERI HISTOGRAM MEASURE WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE MODE PARAMETER MAXIMUM STATE 1 gt WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE MODE OFF WPARameter x HISTogram MEASure PARameter Function Queries all automatic measurement settings of the histogram parameter for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter lt x gt 1to2 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 235 5 36 WPARameter Group WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt VALue Function Queries the measured value of a histogram parameter for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPAR
134. X lt y gt VALue Function Sets or queries the voltage value of a horizontal cursor in the XY display safe operating area Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor X lt y gt VALue lt x gt 1 to2 lt y gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA CURSOR X1 VALUE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA CURSOR X1 VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor Y y Function Queries all XY display safe operating area vertical cursor settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor Y y x 21t02 lt y gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor Y lt y gt POSition Function Sets or queries a vertical cursor position in the XY display safe operating area Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor Y lt y gt POSition lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor Y y POSition x 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 divisions Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA CURSOR Y1 POSITION 1 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA CURSOR Y1 POSITION gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA CURSOR Y1 POSITION 1 000E 00 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 55 spuewwog 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor Y y VALue Function Sets or queries the voltage value of a vertical cursor in the XY display safe operating area Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor Y y VALue Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA CURSOR Y1 VALUE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA CU
135. ZOOM lt x gt ALLocation CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 y of CHANnel lt y gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 Example ZOOM1 ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 ON ZOOM1 ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 gt ZOOM1 ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 1 ZOOM lt x gt DISPlay Function Sets or queries the on off status of a zoom waveform display Syntax ZOOM lt x gt DISPlay Boolean ZOOM lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 1to2 Example ZOOM1 DISPLAY ON ZOOM1 DISPLAY gt ZOOM1 DISPLAY 1 ZOOM lt x gt FORMat Function Sets or queries the format of a zoom waveform display Syntax Z00M x FORMat DUAL HEXa MAIN OCTal QUAD SINGle TRIad ZOOM x FORMat x 21102 Example ZOOM1 FORMAT DUAL ZOOMI FORMAT ZOOM1 FORMAT DUAL ZOOM lt x gt MAG Function Sets or queries the magnification of a zoom waveform display Syntax ZOOM x MAG lt NRf gt ZOOM x MAG lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Feature Guide for this information Example ZO0OM1 MAG 2 5 ZOOM1 MAG gt ZOOM1 MAG 2 5 ZOOM lt x gt MAGFine Function Sets or queries the magnification FINE of a zoom waveform display Syntax ZOOM lt x gt MAGFine lt NRf gt ZOOM lt x gt MAGFine lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Feature Guide for this information Example ZOOM1 MAGFINE 2 5 ZOOM1 MAGFINE ZOOM1 MAGFINE 2 5 ZOOM lt x gt MAIN Function Sets or queries the displa
136. a channel in 0 01 V division steps Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VARiable lt Voltage gt lt Current gt CHANnel lt x gt VARiable lt x gt 1to8 lt Voltage gt lt Current gt See the DLM4000 User s Manual for this information Example CHANnel1 VARIABLE 1V CHANNEL1 VARIABLE CHANnell VARIABLE 1 000E 00 5 68 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 6 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt VDIV Function Sets or queries the voltage scale in V division of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VDIV lt Voltage gt lt Current gt CHANnel lt x gt VDIV lt x gt 1to8 lt Voltage gt lt Current gt See the DLM4000 User s Manual for this information Example CHANnell VDIV 2V CHANNEL1 VDIV CHANnell VDIV 2 000E 00 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 69 spueululo2 5 7 CHUTil Group CHUTi1 Function Queries all of the settings for copying settings between channels Syntax CHUTil CHUTil ALL DISPlay Function Sets the display of all channels to ON or OFF Syntax CHUTil ALL DISPlay Boolean CHUTil ALL DISPlay Example CHUTIL ALL DISPLAY ON CHUTil COPYch Function Queries all of the settings for copying settings between channels Syntax CHUTil COPYch CHUTil COPYch EXECute Function Copies settings between channels Syntax CHUTil COPYch EXECute Example CHUTIL COPYCH EXECUTE CHUTil COPYch SOURCe Function Sets or queries the copy source channel Syntax CHUTil COPYch SOURce lt
137. at the top center of the screen disappears once the DLM4000 is in Local mode All keys are enabled The Remote mode settings are retained even when the DLM4000 switches to Local mode Note You cannot use the USB interface at the same time as other interfaces GP IB and Ethernet interfaces IM DLM4038 17EN 1 3 e eyieyu JSN 1 3 USB Interface Connection Notes about Connections Be sure to insert the USB cable connector firmly into the USB port If you are connecting multiple devices by using a USB hub connect the DLM4000 to the USB hub port that is closest to the port that the controller is connected to Do not connect a USB cable to the GO NO GO output terminal Doing so may damage the DLM4000 IM DLM4038 17EN 1 4 Configuring the DLM4000 USB Settings This section explains the settings listed below You must configure these settings when controlling the DLM4000 remotely through a USB interface Communication interface e eyieju JSN Opening the Remote Control Menu Press UTILITY and then press the Remote Control soft key to open the menu shown below Remote 4 Device Set the communication interface to USB USB OAG Set the mode to USB TMC USBTMO Note Onlyuse the selected communication interface If you send commands simultaneously from another communication interface that has not been selected the DLM4000 will not execute the commands properly To remotely control the DLM4000 through a USB
138. cursor Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal V lt x gt VALue lt x gt 1 to 2 Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL V1 VALUE gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL V1 VALUE 1 5000000E 00 Description If CHANnel x LSCale MODE is set to ON the scaled value will be queried CURSor TY MARKer Function Queries all marker cursor settings Syntax CURSor TY MARKer CURSor TY MARKer FORM Function Sets or queries the marker cursor form Syntax CURSor TY MARKer FORM LINE MARK CURSor TY MARKer FORM CURSOR TY MARKER FORM LINE CURSOR TY MARKER FORM gt CURSor TY MARKER FORM LINE Example CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt Function Queries all settings for the specified marker Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt lt x gt 1to4 5 76 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 10 CURSor Group CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt ALL Function Collectively turns on or off the measured values of the marker cursor on the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt ALL lt Boolean gt Example CURSOR TY MARKER M11 ALL ON CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DT lt y gt Function Queries all of the settings related to time measurement between marker cursors Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DT lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to4 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DT lt y gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the time value measured between marker cursors Syntax CURSor
139. cursor on the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee ALL lt Boolean gt Example CURSOR TY DEGREE ALL ON CURSor TY DEGRee D x Function Queries all angle cursor angle settings Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee D lt x gt x 21102 CURSor TY DEGRee D lt x gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of an angle cursor angle Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee D lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY DEGRee D lt x gt STATe lt x gt 1to2 Example CURSOR TY DEGREE D1 STATE ON CURSOR TY DEGREE D1 STATE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE D1 STATE 1 CURSor TY DEGRee D lt x gt VALue Function Queries an angle cursor angle Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee D lt x gt VALue lt x gt 1to2 Example CURSOR TY DEGREE D1 VALUE CURSOR TY DEGREE DI1 VALUE 120 00000E 00 CURSor TY DEGRee DD Function Queries all of the settings for the angle difference between the angle cursors Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee DD CURSor TY DEGRee DD STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the angle difference value D which is measured between the angle cursors Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee DD STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY DEGRee DD STATe Example CURSOR TY DEGREE DD STATE ON CURSOR TY DEGREE DD STATE CURSOR TY DEGREE DD STATE 1 CURSor TY DEGRee DD VALue Function Queries the angle difference value D which is measured between the angle cursors Synt
140. ends of the horizontal axis for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt HORizontal LRIGht RANGe lt Frequency gt lt Frequency gt FFT lt x gt HORizontal LRIGht RANGe lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 0 to 62 5 G Hz Example FFT1 HORIZONTAL LRIGHT RANGE 1HZ 2HZ FFT1 HORIZONTAL LRIGHT RANGE gt FFT1 HORIZONTAL LRIGHT RANGE 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 FFT lt x gt HORizontal MODE Function Sets or queries the FFT analysis horizontal axis mode Syntax gt FFT lt x gt HORizontal MODE AUTO CSPan LRIGht FFT lt x gt HORizontal MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 HORIZONTAL MODE AUTO FFT1 HORIZONTAL MODE FFT1 HORIZONTAL MODE AUTO FFT lt x gt LENGth Function Sets or queries the number of FFT points for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt LENGth lt NRf gt FFT lt x gt LENGth lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1250 2500 12500 25000 125000 250000 Example FFT1 LENGTH 1250 FFT1 LENGTH FFT1 LENGTH 1250 FFT lt x gt MEASure Function Queries all automatic measurement settings for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure lt x gt 1to2 FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer Function Queries all marker cursor measurement settings for FFT analysis Syntax gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer lt x gt 1to2 FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Function Queries all Basic marker cursor item settings for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic lt
141. example if an event occurs and the logical AND of a standard event register bit and its corresponding enable register bit is 1 then bit 5 ESB is set to 1 At this point if bit 5 of the service request enable register is 1 bit 6 MSS is set to 1 and the DLM4000 requests service from the controller You can check what type of event occurred by reading the contents of the status byte Reading the Status Byte There are two ways to read the contents of the status byte STB Query An STB query causes bit 6 to function as an MSS bit This query does not cause any of the status byte bits to be cleared after the status byte is read Serial Polling Serial polling causes bit 6 to function as an RQS bit After the status byte is read only the RQS bit is cleared You cannot read the MSS bit when serial polling is used Clearing the Status Byte There is no way to clear all of the bits in the status byte The bits that are cleared vary for each operation as follows STB Query None of the bits are cleared Serial Polling Only the RQS bit is cleared When a CLS command is received When a CLS command is received the status byte itself is not cleared but the contents of the standard event register which affect the bits in the status byte are cleared As a result the corresponding status byte bits are cleared Because the output queue is not cleared with a CLS command bit 4 MAV in the status byte is not affect
142. for UART signal searching SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Queries all UART signal search error settings 5 180 SETup ERRor SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Sets or queries the UART signal search framing error setting 5 181 SETup ERRor FRAMing SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Sets or queries the UART signal search parity error setting 5 181 SETup ERRor PARity SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Sets or queries the UART signal search parity mode setting 5 181 SETup ERRor PMODe SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Sets or queries the format setting for UART signal analysis 5 181 SETup FORMat SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Sets or queries the UART signal search mode 5 181 SETup MODE SERialbus lt x gt ZLINkage Sets or queries whether or not the analysis numbers of serial bus signal 5 181 analysis results are linked to zoom locations SNAP Group SNAP Takes a snapshot 5 182 SSTart Group SSTart Sets the trigger mode to SINGLE and starts waveform acquisition Returns 5 183 zero if data acquisition is stopped before the specified time period Returns 1 if waveform acquisition is not stopped within the specified time period STARt Group STARt Starts waveform acquisition 5 184 TATus Group STATus Queries all of the settings for the communication status feature 5 185 STATus CONDition Queries the contents of the condition register 5 185 STATus EESE Sets or queries the extended event enable register 5 185 STATus EESR Queries
143. frame IDs for FlexRay bus 5 207 BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID x signal triggering this is one of the OR conditions FID CONDition TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID reference value for the frame IDs for FlexRay bus 5 207 BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID x signal triggering this is one of the OR conditions FID ID lt y gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the frame ID enable disable condition which is one of the 5 207 BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt OR conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal trigger mode 5 207 BTRigger FLEXray MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the trigger source for FlexRay bus signal triggering 5 207 BTRigger FLEXray SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Queries all IC bus signal trigger settings 5 207 BTRigger 20 TRIGger ATRigger Queries all address pattern settings for I C bus signal triggering 5 207 BTRigger 2C ADDRess TRIGger ATRigger Queries all address pattern address settings for I C bus signal triggering 5 207 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess TRIGger ATRigger Queries all 10 bit address settings for I C bus signal triggering 5 207 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress TRIGger ATRigger Sets the 10 bit address for I C bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation 5 208 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess BITl10ADdress HEXa TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the 10 bit address for I C bus
144. gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle TRACe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 RECTANGLE TRACE 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 RECTANGLE TRACE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBERI1 RECTANGLE TRACE 1 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle VERTical Function Sets or queries the vertical position of the rectangle that will be used for rectangular zone determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle VERTical lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle VERTical lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 divisions Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER RECTANGLE VERTICAL 1 2 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 RECTANGLE VERTICAL gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 RECTANGLE VERTICAL 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE Function Queries all waveform zone determination settings Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE lt x gt 1 to 4 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE RANGe Function Sets or queries the source window that will be used for waveform zone determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE RANGe MAIN Z1 22 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE RANGe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 WAVE RANGE MAIN GONOGO Z PARAMETER NUMBER1 WAVE RANGE g
145. gt XY x 2 MEASure CURSor DY STATe x 1 to 4 XY1 MEASURE CURSOR DY STATE ON XY1 MEASURE CURSOR DY STATE gt XY1 MEASURE CURSOR DY STATE 1 spuewwog XY x MEASure CURSor DY VALue Function Syntax Example Queries the voltage difference between theXY display s vertical cursors XY x MEASure CURSor DY VALue x 1 to 4 XY1 MEASURE CURSOR DY VALUE XY1 MEASURE CURSOR DY VALUE 6 000E 00 XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt Function Syntax Queries all horizontal cursor settings for the XY display gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1102 XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt POSition Function Syntax Example Sets or queries a horizontal cursor position in the XY display XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt POSition lt NRf gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt POSition x 1 to 4 lt y gt 1102 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 POSITION 1 XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 POSITION gt XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 POSITION 1 000E 00 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 239 5 37 XY Group XY x MEASure CURSor X Xy STATe Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the on off status of the voltage of an XY display horizontal cursor gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt STATe lt Boolean gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt
146. gt 1 to 4 XY x MEASure CURSor Function Queries all cursor measurement settings for the XY display Syntax XY x MEASure CURSor lt x gt 1 to 4 XY x MEASure CURSor DX Function Queries all settings for the voltage difference between theXY display s horizontal cursors Syntax XY x MEASure CURSor DX lt x gt 1 to 4 XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor DX STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the voltage difference between theXY display s horizontal cursors XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor DX STATe lt Boolean gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor DX STATe Syntax lt x gt 1 to 4 XY1 MEASURE CURSOR DX STATE ON XY1 MEASURE CURSOR DX STATE gt XY1 MEASURE CURSOR DX STATE 1 Example XY x MEASure CURSor DX VALue Function Queries the voltage difference between theXY display s horizontal cursors Syntax XY x MEASure CURSor DX VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 Example XY1 MEASURE CURSOR DX VALUE gt XY1 MEASURE CURSOR DX VALUE 6 000E 00 XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor DY Function Syntax Queries all settings for the voltage difference between the XY display s vertical cursors gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor DY lt x gt 1 to 4 XY x MEASure CURSor DY STATe Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the on off status of the voltage difference between the XY display s vertical cursors XY x MEASure CURSor DY STATe lt Boolean
147. gt PODL lt y gt SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup SOURce x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt lt y gt of PODL lt y gt 0 to 7 Example SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP SOURCE gt SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP SOURCE 1 5 178 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup SPOint Function Sets or queries the UART signal analysis sample point Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup SPOint NRf SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup SPOint lt x gt 1to4 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT 18 8 SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT gt SERIALBUS1 UART ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT 18 8 SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail Function Queries all UART signal analysis result list settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail lt x gt 1to4 SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail DISPlay Function Sets or queries the display mode for the UART signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail DISPlay FULL LOWer UPPer SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail DISPlay lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART DETAIL DISPLAY FULL SERIALBUS1 UART DETAIL DISPLAY gt SERIALBUS1 UART DETAIL DISPLAY FULL SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail LIST ITEM Functio
148. gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T MEASURE 12T STATE ON ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T MEASURE 12T STATE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T MEASURE I2T STATE 1 5 52 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PANalyze cx I2T MEASure I2T VALue Function Queries an automatically measured value of a Joule integral Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T MEASure I2T VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt 1 to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T MEASURE 12T VALUE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T MEASURE I2T VALUE 10 0000E 03 Descriptions If the value is immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number The lt NRf gt is used to specify which iteration of automated measurement to query the measured value from f lt NRf gt is set to 1 the oldest measured value in the automated measurement memory is queried fa measured value does not exist at the specified iteration the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number f lt NRf gt is omitted the most recent measured value is queried If cyclic statistical processing for automated measurement is being executed and lt NRf gt is specified the measured values over a cycle in iteration lt NRf gt from the left of the display on the displayed waveform is queried If lt NRf gt is omitted the measured values over the last cycle on the displayed waveform is queried ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt
149. gt HARMonics DETail LIST ITEM lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DETAIL LIST ITEM gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DETAIL LIST ITEM Order Measure A Limit A Measure Limit nfo ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DETail LIST VALue Function Queries all of the data for the specified analysis number in the harmonic analysis result list Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DETail LIST VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 2 to 40 harmonic order Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DETAIL LIST VALUE 2 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DETAIL LIST VALUE 2 0 031 0 020 3 149 2 000 NG ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DMODe Function Sets or queries the harmonic analysis display mode Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DMODe LINear LOG ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DMODe lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DMODE LINEAR ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DMODE ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS DMODE LINEAR ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics GROuping Function Sets or queries the harmonic analysis grouping Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics GROuping OFF TYPE1 TYPE2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics GROuping lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS GROUPING OFF ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS GR
150. gt SPI ANALyze SETup ITIMe lt x gt 1 to 4 Time 10 ns to 1 ms Example SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP ITIME 2US SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP ITIME gt SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP ITIME 2 00000E 06 SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup MODE Function Sets or queries the data signal wiring system three wire or four wire for SPI bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup MODE WIRE3 WIRE4 SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP MODE WIRE3 SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP MODE gt SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP MODE WIRE3 SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup MSBLsb Function Sets or queries the data MSB and LSB bits for SPI bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup MSBLsb NRf NRf SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup MSBLsb lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 31 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP MSBLSB 7 0 SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP MSBLSB gt SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP MSBLSB 7 0 SERialbus lt x gt SPI DETail Function Queries all SPI bus signal analysis result list settings Syntax SERialbus x SPI DETail lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPI DETail DISPlay Function Sets or queries the display mode for the SPI bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus x SPI DETail
151. gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt lt y gt of PODL lt y gt 0 to 7 lt y gt of XY lt y gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 PARAMETER TRACE 1 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 PARAMETER TRACE gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBERI PARAMETER TRACE 1 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter VALue Function Queries the specified waveform parameter s measured value for parameter searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 PARAMETER VALUE gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBERI PARAMETER VALUE 1 98E 03 Description If HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt CONDition is set to OFF or when the value is otherwise immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number HISTory SEARCh NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon Function Queries all polygonal zone search settings HISTory SEARCh NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon HPOSition Function Sets or queries the horizontal position that will be used for polygonal zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon HPOSition lt NRf gt HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon HPOSition lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 POLYGON HPOSITION 1 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER POLYGON HPOSITION gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBERI POLYGON HPOSITION 1 000E 00 Description If HISTory SE
152. image data value 5 107 MAGe TONE Sets or queries the color tone of the screen image data that will be saved 5 107 INITialize Group INITialize EXECute Executes initialization 5 108 INITialize UNDO Undoes initialization 5 108 LOGic Group LOGic Queries all logic input waveform settings 5 109 LOGic PODA Queries all settings of logic input port A 5 109 LOGic PODA ALL Queries all bit settings of logic input port A 5 109 LOGic PODA ALL DISPlay Turns on or off all bit displays of logic input port A 5 109 LOGic PODA ALL LEVel Sets the user defined threshold level for logic input port A 5 109 LOGic PODA ALL TYPE Selects the threshold level for logic input port A 5 109 LOGic PODA BIT lt x gt Queries all settings of a bit of logic input port A 5 109 LOGic PODA BIT lt x gt DISPlay Turns on or off all bit displays of logic input port A 5 109 LOGic PODA BIT lt x gt LABel Sets or queries the label of a bit of logic input port A 5 109 LOGic PODA BIT x LEVel Sets or queries the user defined threshold level of a bit of logic input port A 5 109 LOGic PODA BIT x TYPE Selects the threshold level of a bit of logic input port A 5 110 LOGic PODA DESKew Sets or queries the deskewing of logic input port A 5 110 LOGic PODA HYSTeresis Sets or queries the hysteresis of logic input port A 5 110 LOGic PODA PODB Queries all settings of logic input ports A and B 5 110 LOGic PODA PODB BITOrder Sets or queries the location of
153. information about how to synchronize a program using WAI see page 5 7 The COMMunicate OPSE command is used to specify the overlap command 5 246 IM DLM4038 17EN Chapter 6 Status Reports 6 1 About Status Reports Status Reports The figure below shows the format of status reports that are read by serial polling This status report format is an extended version of the status report format defined in IEEE 488 2 1992 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 Service request enable register d i amp OR A i E 4d A MSS 7 6 ESBMAVIEESEAV 1 0 Status byte Ras 4 A IY Y Service request occurrence Output Error o E queue queue 2 o a 7 6 5 4 32 1 0 Standard event enable register i H o lt lt A o i amp OR A A 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Standard event register 15 14 13 12 11 1019 8 7 6 5 4 83 24 1 0 Extended event enable register F5 j t_ tk NEN a tg OR A Ld ty E EM A A 15 14 13 12 11 1009 8 7 65 A4 83 241 0 Extended event register A A 15 14 13 12 1
154. keys that correspond to the commands in this group COMMunicate Function Queries all communication settings Syntax COMMunicate COMMunicate HEADer Function Sets or queries whether or not a header is added to the response to a query Example with header CHANNEL1 PROBE MODE 10 Example without header 10 Syntax COMMunicate HEADer Boolean COMMunicate HEADer Example COMMUNICATE HEADER ON COMMUNICATE HEADER COMMUNICATE HEADER 1 COMMunicate LOCKout Function Sets or clears local lockout Syntax COMMunicate LOCKout lt Boolean gt COMMunicate LOCKout Example COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT ON COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT 1 COMMunicate OPSE Operation Pending Status Enable register Function Sets or queries the overlap command that is used by the OPC OPC and WAI commands Syntax COMMunicate OPSE Register COMMunicate OPSE Register 0 to 65535 See the figure for the COMMunicate WAIT command Example COMMUNICATE OPSE 65535 COMMUNICATE OPSE COMMUNICATE OPSE 2400 Description In the above example all bits are set to 1 to make all overlap commands applicable However bits fixed to O are not set to 1 so the response to the query only indicates 1 for bits 5 6 8 and 11 COMMunicate OPSR Operation Pending Status Register Function Queries the operation pending status register Syntax COMMunicate OPSR Example COMMUNICATE OPSR gt 0
155. lt NRf gt WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor POSition lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 division Example WPARAMETERI TREND CURSOR POSITION1 1 WPARAMETERI TREND CURSOR POSITION1 gt WPARAMETERI1 TREND CURSOR POSITION1 1 000E 00 WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HRANge Function Sets or queries the trend display source window for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HRANge MAIN Z1 22 WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HRANge lt x gt 1to2 Example WPARAMETER1 TREND HRANGE MAIN WPARAMETER1 TREND HRANGE WPARAMETER1 TREND HRANGE MAIN WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HSPan Function Sets or queries the horizontal span of the trend display for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HSPan lt NRf gt WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HSPan lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 Example WPARAMETER1 TREND HSPAN 1 WPARAMETER1 TREND HSPAN WPARAMETER1 TREND HSPAN 1 WPARameter lt x gt TRENd VERTical Function Sets or queries the vertical range of the trend display for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt TRENd VERTical lt NRf gt lt NRf gt WPARameter lt x gt TRENd VERTical lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example WPARAMETER1 TREND VERTICAL 1 WPARAMETER1 TREND VERTICAL gt WPARAMETER1 TREND VERTICAL 1 00000E 00 WPARameter lt x gt VTDispla
156. lt x gt Function Sets or queries the state of a channel for state triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern CHANnel lt x gt DONTcare HIGH IN LOW OFF OUT TRIGger ATRigger PATTern CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1to8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN CHANNEL1 DONTCARE TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN CHANNEL1 DONTCARE Description If TRIGger SOURce CHANne1 lt x gt WINDow is set to ON select from IN OFF OUT otherwisw select from DONTcare HIGH LOW BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern CLOCk Function Queries all clock signal settings for state triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern CLOCk TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern CLOCk SLOPe Function Sets or queries the clock signal slope for state triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern CLOCk SLOPe ENTer EXIT FALL RISE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern CLOCk SLOPe Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK SLOPE FALL TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK SLOPE gt SLOPE Descriptions An error will occur if TRIGger PATTern CLOCk SOURce NONE is specified If TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x WINDow TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN CLOCK FALL is set to ON select from ENTer EXIT Oo otherwise select from FALL RISE
157. lt x gt 1to8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CHANNEL1 HIGH TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CHANNEL1 HIGH Description If TRIGger WIDTh WINDow is set to ON select from IN OFF OUT otherwise select from DONTcare HIGH LOW TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CLOCk Function Queries all clock signal settings for state width triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CLOCk TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CLOCk POLarity Function Sets or queries the clock signal polarity for state width triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CLOCk POLarity RISE FALL TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CLOCk POLarity Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CLOCK POLARITY RISE TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CLOCK POLARITY TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CLOCK POLARITY RISE TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CLOCk SOURce Function Sets or queries the clock signal for state width triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CLOCk SOURce NRf NONE PODA x PODB x POD TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt lt x gt of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CLOCK SOURCE 1 L lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CONDition Function Sets or queries the trigger condition for state width triggering Syntax TRIGger AT
158. marker cursor Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt V VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER M lt x gt V VALUE gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 V VALUE 1 5000E 03 Description If CHANnel x LSCale MODE is set to ON the scaled value will be queried CURSor TY TYPE Function Sets or queries the cursor type Syntax CURSor TY TYPE DEGRee HAVertical HORizontal MARKer OFF VERTical CURSor TY TYPE Example CURSOR TY TYPE HORizontal CURSOR TY TYPE CURSOR TY TYPE HORizontal CURSor TY VERTical Function Queries all AT cursor settings Syntax CURSor TY VERTical CURSor TY VERTical ALL Function Collectively turns on or off the measured values of the AT cursor on the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY VERTical ALL lt Boolean gt Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL ALL ON CURSor TY VERTical DT Function Queries all time axis settings for the AT cursors Syntax CURSor TY VERTical DT CURSor TY VERTical DT STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the time value measured between the AT cursors Syntax CURSor TY VERTical DT STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY VERTical DT STATe Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL DT STATE ON CURSOR TY VERTICAL DT STATE CURSOR TY VERTICAL DT STATE 1 CURSor TY VERTical DT VALue Function Queries the time value between the AT cursors Syntax CURSor TY VERTical DT VALue Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL DT VALU
159. means that the SRQ occurred due to a command syntax error Aquery using ESR will clear the contents of the standard event register Forinformation about the standard event register see page 6 4 IDN IDeNtify Function Queries the DLM4000 model Syntax IDN Example IDN YOKOGAWA DLM4038 91M835868 F1 01 Description The information is returned in this form lt Manufacturer gt lt Model gt lt Serial no gt lt Firmware version gt The following values are returned for lt Model gt DLM4038 for the DLM4038 and DLM4058 for the DLM4058 OPC OPeration Complete Function Sets bit 0 the OPC bit of the standard event register to 1 upon the completion of the specified overlap command Syntax OPC Example OPC Descriptions For information about how to synchronize a program using OPC see page 4 8 The COMMunicate OPSE command is used to specify the overlap command f OPC is not the last command of the message its operation is not guaranteed 5 244 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 39 Common Command Group OPC OPeration Complete Function If you send OPC the DLM4000 returns ASCII code 1 when the specified overlap command is completed Syntax OPC Example OPC gt 1 Description For information about how to synchronize a program using OPC see page 4 8 The COMMunicate OPSE command is used to specify the overlap command f OPC is not the last command of the message i
160. measured value of a waveform parameter inthe 5 124 AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt specified area VALue MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Copies the on off status of all measurement items of a waveform to all other 5 125 AREA AREA2 COPY waveforms in the specified area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Sets or queries a cycle mode in the specified area 5 125 AREA AREA2 CYCLe MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Queries all of the settings for measuring the delay between channels of a 5 125 AREA AREA2 DELay waveform in the specified area MEASure CHANnel x MATH x Queries all of the settings for a source waveform for measuring the delay 5 125 AREA AREA2 DELay MEASure between channels of a waveform in the specified area MEASure CHANnel x MATH x Sets or queries the count number of a source waveform for measuring the 5 125 AREA AREA2 DELay MEASure delay between channels of a waveform in the specified area COUNt MEASure CHANnel x MATH x Sets or queries the slope of a source waveform for measuring the delay 5 125 AREA AREA2 DELay MEASure between channels of a waveform in the specified area SLOPe MEASure CHANnel x MATH x Queries all reference waveform settings used to measure the delay between 5 125 gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay the specified waveform and the reference waveform in the specified area REFerence MEASure CHANnel x MATH x Sets o
161. of a waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 ALL ON MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt Function Queries the setting of a waveform parameter of a waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Parameter AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY21Integ V1 V2 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt COUNt Function Queries the statistical processing count of a waveform parameter in the specified area Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt COUNt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Parameter AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ V1 V2 Example Below is an
162. on the TRIGger ATRigger BT Rigger SPATtern DATA SOURCe setting For details see the DLM4000 User s Manual TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CS Function Queries all chip select signal settings for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CS TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CS ACTive Function Sets or queries the chip select signal active state for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TR SPATtern Gger ATRigger BTRigger CS ACTive HIGH LOW Gger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CS ACTive GGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN CS VE HIGH GGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN CS ACTIVE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN CS VE HIGH Example TR TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CS SOURce spueululo2 Function Sets or queries the chip select signal for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CS SOURce NRf NONE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CS SOURcCe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example TRIGGER ATR SOURCE 1 RIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN CS SOURCE gt iTRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN CS SOURCE 1 Description The chip select signal that you can specify varies depending on the TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern DATA SOURCe setting For details see the DLM4000 User s Manual GGER SPATTERN CS TRIGger ATRigg
163. port A Syntax LOGic PODA HYSTeresis HIGH LOW LOGic PODA HYSTeresis Example LOGIC PODA HYSTERESIS HIGH LOGIC PODA HYSTERESIS LOGIC PODA HYSTERESIS HIGH LOGic PODA PODB Function Queries all settings of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB Example LOGIC PODA PODB Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB BITOrder Function Sets or queries the location of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BITOrder lt String gt LOGic PODA PODB BITOrder String Up to 40 characters Example LOGIC PODA_PODB BITORDER ABC LOGIC PODA PODB BITORDER gt iLOGIC PODA PODB BITORDER ABC Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 Function Queries all bus settings of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 Example LOGIC PODA_PODB BUS2 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 ASSignment Function Sets or queries the assignment of a bus of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 ASSignment String LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 ASSignment String Up to 16 characters Example LOGIC PODA PODB BUS2 ASSIGNMENT ABC LOGIC PODA PODB BUS2 ASSIGNMENT LOGIC PODA PODB BUS2 ASSIGNMENT ABC Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not suppo
164. port using communication commands set USB Function shown in the figure above to USB TMC restart the DLM4000 and install the driver see below for more information To activate the USB Function settings you need to restart the DLM4000 Turn off the DLM4000 power Switch wait ten seconds or more and then turn on the switch Install the YOKOGAWA USB TMC Test and Measurement Class driver on your PC For information about how to obtain the YOKOGAWA USB TMC driver contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer You can also access the YOKOGAWA USB driver download webpage and download the driver http tmi yokogawa com service support downloads Do not use USB TMC drivers or software supplied by other companies IM DLM4038 17EN 1 5 Chapter2 Ethernet Interface 2 1 Component Names and Functions Front Panel L YOKOGAWA Bi UTILITY key Press this key to select the USB interface CLEAR TRACE key SHIFT CLEAR TRACE Press this key to switch to local mode In local mode remote mode remote control using communication commands is cleared and key operation becomes possible However key operation is invalid when Local Lockout see page 2 3 is enabled by the controller Rear Panel Ethernet port This port is for connecting the DLM4000 to a controller such as a PC using an Ethernet cable
165. queries the Frame ID value which is one of the ID and data 5 205 BTRigger FLEXray DData FID conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering ID lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the Frame ID enable disable condition which is one of the ID 5 205 BTRigger FLEXray DData FID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering MODE TRIGger ATRigger Queries all indicator settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus 5 205 BTRigger FLEXray DData signal triggering NDIcator TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the indicator enable disable condition which is one of the ID 5 205 BTRigger FLEXray DData and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering NDIcator MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the indicator null frame which is one of the ID and data 5 205 BTRigger FLEXray DData conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering NDIcator NFRame TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the indicator payload preamble which is one of the ID and 5 205 BTRigger FLEXray DData data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering NDIcator PPReamble TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the indicator start frame which is one of the ID and data 5 206 BTRigger FLEXray DData conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering NDIcator STFRame TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the indicator sync frame which is one of the ID and data 5 206 BTRigger FLEXray DData conditions for FlexRay bus signal trigge
166. reference waveform in the specified area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 125 spuewwog 5 24 MEASure Group MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence COUNt Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the edge count of the reference waveform used to measure the delay between the specified waveform and the reference waveform in the specified area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence COUNt lt NR gt MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence COUNt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 44 lt NRf gt 1 to 10 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT 2 MEASURE CHANNEL AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT 2 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence SLOPe Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the slope of the reference waveform used to measure the delay between the specified waveform and the reference waveform in the specified area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence SLOPe FALL RISE MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt
167. set to Single N Syntax TRIGger SCOunt lt NRf gt TRIGger SCOunt lt NRf gt 1 to 20000 Example TRIGGER SCOUNT 100 TRIGGER SCOUNT TRIGGER SCOUNT 100 TRIGger SOURce Function Queries all trigger source settings for enhanced triggering Syntax TRIGger SOURce TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Function Queries all of the settings of the specified trigger source for enhanced triggering Syntax TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1to8 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt COUPling Function Sets or queries the specified trigger source trigger coupling for enhanced triggering Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt COUPling AC DC TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt COUPling lt x gt 1to8 Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 COUPLING AC TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 COUPLING gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 COUPLING AC TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HFRejection HIghFrequencyREJECTION Function Sets or queries the low pass filter setting of the specified trigger source for enhanced triggering Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HFRejection lt Frequency gt OFF TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HFRejection lt x gt 1to8 lt Frequency gt 15 KHz to 20 MHz Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HFREJECTION 15KHZ TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL HFREJECTION gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HFREJECTION 15000 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt
168. signal triggering in binary 5 208 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess notation BIT10ADdress PATTern TRIGger ATRigger Queries all 7 bit address settings for I C bus signal triggering 5 208 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress TRIGger ATRigger Sets the 7 bit address for I C bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation 5 208 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress HEXa TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the 7 bit address for I C bus signal triggering in binary 5 208 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess notation BIT7ADdress PATTern TRIGger ATRigger Queries all 7 bit sub address settings for IC bus signal triggering 5 208 BTRigger 12C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub TRIGger ATRigger Queries all 7 bit address settings for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus 5 208 BTRigger 2C ADDRess ADDRess signal triggering BIT7APsub ADDRess TRIGger ATRigger Sets the 7 bit address for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal triggering 5 208 BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess in hexadecimal notation BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXa TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the 7 bit address for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus 5 209 BTRigger 12C ADDRess ADDRess signal triggering in binary notation BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern TRIGger ATRigger Queries all sub address settings for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal 5 209 BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess triggering BIT7APsub SADDress 5 36 IM DLM4038
169. the DLM4000 starts waveform acquisition and returns zero without waiting until the waveform acquisition is stopped f you specify a negative time value the DLM4000 does not start waveform acquisition and simply waits until the waveform acquisition in progress is stopped within the specified time period IM DLM4038 17EN 5 183 spueululo2 5 28 STARt Group STARt Function Starts waveform acquisition Syntax STARt Example START Description Stop waveform acquisition by using the STOP command 5 184 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 29 STATus Group The commands in the STATus group are used to make settings and inquiries related to the communication status feature There are no front panel keys that correspond to the commands in this group For information about status reports see chapter 6 STATus Function Queries all of the settings for the communication status feature Syntax STATus STATus CONDition Function Queries the contents of the condition register Syntax STATus CONDition Example STATUS CONDITION STATUS CONDITION 16 Description For information about the condition register see chapter 6 Status Reports STATus EESE Function Sets or queries the extended event enable register Syntax STATus EESE lt Register gt STATus EESE lt Register gt 0 to 65535 Example STATUS EESE 257 STATUS EESE gt STATUS EESE 257 Description For information about the e
170. the ID pattern which is one of the ID and data conditions for 5 196 BTRigger CAN IDData CAN bus signal triggering in binary notation DENtifier ID PATTern TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID frame format standard or extended which is one of 5 197 BTRigger CAN IDData the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering DENtifier MFORmat o TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID input format which is one of the ID and data 5 197 3 BTRigger CAN IDData conditions for CAN bus signal triggering 3 DENtifier PFORmat E TRIGger ATRigger Queries all message and signal settings for the ID and data conditions for 5 197 F BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal CAN bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets the message item which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN 5 197 BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal bus signal triggering MESSage ITEM TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the message and signal conditions for CAN bus signal 5 197 BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal triggering SELect TRIGger ATRigger Queries all signal settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal 5 197 BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal triggering SIGNal TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the signal data condition which is one of the ID and data 5 197 BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal conditions for CAN bus signal triggering SIGNal CONDition TRIGger ATRigger Sets a signal reference value wh
171. the multi target feature will send output to a network 5 100 printer HCOPy MULTitarget FILE Sets or queries whether the multi target feature will send output to a file 5 100 HCOPy MULTitarget WAVeform Sets or queries whether the multi target feature will send output to a 5 100 waveform file HCOPy NETPrint Queries all network printer output settings 5 100 HCOPy NETPrint MODE Sets or queries whether the DLM4000 will print to the network printer in 5 100 normal copy or hard copy mode HCOPy NETPrint TONE Sets or queries the network printer output color setting 5 100 HCOPy NETPrint TYPE Sets or queries the network printer output command type 5 101 HCOPy PRINter Queries all built in printer output settings 5 101 HCOPy PRINter MAG Sets or queries the magnification used when the DLM4000 prints to the built 5 101 in printer in long copy mode HCOPy PRINter MODE Sets or queries whether the DLM4000 will print to the built in printer in short 5 101 long or hard copy mode 5 12 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page HCOPy PRINter RANGe Sets or queries the source window used when the DLM4000 prints to the 5 101 built in printer in long copy mode HCOPy PRINter REPort Sets or queries whether the DLM4000 will print additional information on the 5 101 built in printer HCOPy PRINter TRANge Sets or queries the output range used when the DLM4000 prin
172. there are query only commands whose responses the DLM4000 will attach headers to Example MEASure TRACe1 AREA1 PTOPeak VALue lt PMT gt 10 0E 00 lt RMT gt If You Want the DLM4000 to Return Responses without Headers You can configure the DLM4000 so that even responses that have both headers and data are returned without headers Use the COMMunicate HEADer command for this purpose Abbreviated Form The DLM4000 normally returns response headers with the lower case section removed You can configure the DLM4000 so that full headers are returned Use the COMMunicate VERBose command for this purpose The sections enclosed in braces are also omitted in the abbreviated form IM DLM4038 17EN M9IAJ9AQ BuruueJ80Jd gt 4 4 Data Data Data contains conditions and values that are written after the header A space separates the data from the If a value has more significant digits than are available the value will be rounded header Data is grouped as follows Data Description Decimal A value expressed in decimal notation Example Probe attenuation for CH1 gt CHANnell PROBe 100 Voltage Time lt Frequency gt Current Voltage Time Frequency and Current indicate decimal values that have physical significance lt Voltage gt lt Time gt A physical value lt Frequency gt Example Time axis range lt Current gt gt TIMebase TDIV
173. x BCOunt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA1 BCOUNT 0 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA1 BCOUNT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATAl BCOUNT 0 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt CONDition Function Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt CONDition FALSe TRUE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt CONDition lt x gt 1to2 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATAI1 CONDITION FALSE TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATAL CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATAl CONDITION FALSE x TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt DBYTe Function Sets or queries the data size in bytes for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt DBYTe lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt DBYTe lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA1 DBYTE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA DBYTE TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA1 DBYTE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt HEXa lt y gt Function Sets a data value for SPI bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt HEXa lt y gt lt String gt x 21102 lt y gt 1to4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATAI1 HEXA
174. x gt 1 to2 lt y gt 1to2 FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC REQUENCY1 STATE ON FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC REQUENCY1 STATE gt FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC REQUENCY1 STATE 1 n n Example nj nj nj IM DLM4038 17EN 5 85 spueululo2 5 12 FFT Group FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic FREQuency lt y gt VALue Function Queries the frequency of a marker cursor for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic FREQuency lt y gt VALue lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC FREQUENCY1 VALUE FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC FREQUENCY1 VALUE 1 000E 00 Example FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic POSition lt y gt Function Sets or queries the position of a marker cursor for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic POSition lt y gt lt NRf gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic POSition lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions Example FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC POSITION1 1 FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC POSITION1 FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC POSITION1 1 000E 00 FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic V lt y gt Function Queries all of the settings for level measurement of a marker cursor for FFT analysis Syntax gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic V lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic V lt
175. x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress HEXa Function Sets the sub address for the 7 bit sub address for IC bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress HEXa String lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB SADDRESS HEXA EF SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern Function Sets or queries the sub address for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern String SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 00111010 SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN gt SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 00111010 spuewwog SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess MODE Function Sets or queries the address condition enable disable mode for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess MODE lt Boolean gt
176. x gt 1to2 5 84 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 12 FFT Group FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic ALL Function Collectively turns on or off all Basic marker cursor items for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC ALL ON FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency Function Queries all of the settings for frequency measurement between marker cursors for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency lt x gt 1to2 FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the frequency measured between marker cursors for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency STATe lt Boolean gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency STATe lt x gt 1to2 FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE ON FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE gt FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE 1 Example FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency VALue Function Queries the frequency between marker cursors for FFT analysis Syntax gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency VALue lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DFREQUENCY VALUE gt FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DFREQUENCY VALUE 1 000E 00 FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DV Function Queries all of the
177. y gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the level of marker cursor for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic V lt y gt STATe lt Boolean gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic V lt y gt STATe lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC V1 STATE ON FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC V1 STATE FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC V1 STATE 1 FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic V lt y gt VALue Function Queries the level of a marker cursor for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic V lt y gt VALue lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC V1 VALUE gt FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC V1 VALUE 1 000E 00 FFT lt x gt MEASure MODE Function Sets or queries the FFT analysis automatic measurement mode Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MODE MARKer OFF PEAK gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE MODE MARKER FFT1 MEASURE MODE gt FFT1 MEASURE MODE MARKER FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Function Queries all peak measurement settings for FFT analysis Syntax gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK lt x gt 1to2 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Function Queries all Basic peak item settings for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic lt x gt 1to2 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic ALL Function Collectively turns on or off all Basic pea
178. 00 returns NAN not a number e The lt NRf gt is used to specify which iteration of automated measurement to query the measured value from If lt NRf gt is set to 1 the oldest measured value in the automated measurement memory is queried Ifa measured value does not exist at the specified iteration the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number If NRf is omitted the most recent measured value is queried If cyclic statistical processing for automated measurement is being executed and lt NRf gt is specified the measured values over a cycle in iteration NRf from the left of the display on the displayed waveform is queried If lt NRf gt is omitted the measured values over the last cycle on the displayed waveform is queried The last parameter STATus which can be omitted is valid when the parameter is FALL NWIDth PERiod NWIDth or RISE When STATus is omitted the DLM4000 returns negative values of these parameters when the measured values are less than the measurement resolution When STATus is included the DLM4000 returns LOW RESOL 5 124 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 21 MEASure Group MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 COPY Function Copies the on off status of all measurement items of a waveform to all other waveforms in the specified area Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 COPY lt x gt of C
179. 1 AB TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the data enable disable condition for SPI bus signal triggering on off Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA1 MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA1 MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA1 MODE 1 x x TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt PATTern lt y gt Function Sets or queries the data value for SPI bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt PATTern lt y gt lt String gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt PATTern lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA PATTERN1 11001010 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA PATTERN1 11001010 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt PFORmat Function Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the data conditions for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt PFORmat BINary HEXa TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt PFORmat lt x gt 1to2 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATAIL PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA PFORMAT gt TRIGG
180. 1 10 91 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Transition filter A AA 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Condition register IM DLM4038 17EN 6 1 6 1 About Status Reports Overview of Registers and Queues Name Function Write Read Status byte Serial polling RQS STB MSS Service request enable Status byte mask SRE SRE register Standard event register Indicates device status ESR changes Standard event enable Standard event register ESE ESE register mask Extended event register Indicates device status changes STATus EESR Extended event enable register Extended event register mask STATus EESE STATus EESE Condition register Current device status STATus CONDition Transition filter Conditions that change the STATus FILTer lt x gt STATus FILTer lt x gt extended event register Output queue Stores response messages Query commands for queries Error queue Stores error numbers and STATus ERRor messages Registers and Queues That Affect the Status Byte The following registers affect the status byte bits ESB of the status byte to 1 or 0 MAV of the status byte to 1 or 0 EES of the status byte to 1 or 0 EAV of the statys byte to 1 or 0 Standard event register Sets bit 5 Output queue Sets bit 4 Extended event register Sets bit 3 Error queue Se
181. 1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA ACK TYPE ACK SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA Function Queries all data settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA lt x gt 1to4 Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData ACK lt x gt 1 to 4 5 144 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA CONDition Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the comparison condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA CONDition BETWeen EQUal FALSe GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqu1 TRUE SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA CONDITION BETWEEN SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA CONDITION SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA CONDITION BETWEEN SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA DECimal lt y gt Function Syntax Example Sets a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching in decimal notation SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA DECimal lt y gt lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA DECimal lt y
182. 1I2T RANGe Function Sets or queries the measurement source window Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T RANGe MAIN Z1 22 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T RANGe lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T RANGE MAIN ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T RANGE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T RANGE MAIN ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 1I2T SCALe Function Queries all scaling settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T SCALe lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 1I2T SCALe CENTer Function Sets or queries the center value for manual scaling Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T SCALe CENTer NRf ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 1I2T SCALe CENTer lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T SCALE CENTER 1 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T SCALE CENTER gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T SCALE CENTER 1 00000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T SCALe MODE Function Sets or queries the scaling mode Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T SCALe MODE AUTO MANual ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T SCALe MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T SCALE MODE AUTO ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T SCALE MODE ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T SCALE MODE AUTO ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 1I2T SCALe SENSitivity Function Sets or queries the sensitivity of the center position for manual scaling Syntax ANALysis PANalyzecx I2T SCALe SENSitivity lt NRf gt A
183. 2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DTYPE IGBT ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DTYPE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DTYPE IGBT ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss ILEVel Function Sets or queries the current level used to determine the zero loss period for total loss computation Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss ILEVel lt NRf gt lt Current gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss ILEVel lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt lt Current gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS ILEVEL 1 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS ILEVEL gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS ILEVEL 1 0E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MATH Function Sets or queries the on off status of the power waveform display Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MATH OFF POWer ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MATH lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MATH OFF ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MATH ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MATH OFF spueululo2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure Function Queries all of the settings for the automated measurement of power supply analysis parameters Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure lt Parameter gt Function Queries the setting of a power supply analysis parameter Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure lt Para
184. 24 SEARch Group SEARCh EDGE SOURce Function Sets or queries the edge search source waveform Syntax SEARch EDGE SOURce NRf MATH x PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt SEARch EDGE SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt x of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example SEARCH EDGE SOURCE 1 SEARCH EDGE SOURCE gt SEARCH EDGE SOURCE 1 SEARCh EPOint Function Sets or queries search end point Syntax SEARch EPOint lt NRf gt SEARCh EPOint lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example SEARCH EPOINT 0 SEARCH EPOINT gt SEARCH EPOINT 0 000E 00 Description This command is valid only when SEARch TYPE is set to EDGE or PWIDth For all other cases search end point is fixed to 5 divisions SEARch EXECute Function Executes searching This is an overlap command Syntax SEARch EXECute Example SEARCH EXECUTE SEARch MARK Function Sets or queries the on off status of detection point marks Syntax SEARCh MARK lt Boolean gt SEARCh MARK Example SEARCH MARK ON SEARCH MARK SEARCH MARK 1 SEARch MAG lt x gt Function Sets or queries the zoom factor of a zoom window Syntax SEARCh MAG x NRf SEARch MAG lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SEARCH MAG1 2 SEARCH MAG1
185. 2T MATH I2T ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T MATH gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T MATH I2T ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 1I2T MEASure Function Queries all Joule integral automatic measurement settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 1I2T MEASure lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T MEASure I2T Function Queries Joule integral settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt I2T MEASure I2T x 21102 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T MEASure I2T COUNt Function Queries the normal statistical processing count of the Joule integral Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T MEASure I2T COUNt x 21102 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 I2T MEASURE I2T COUNT gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 I2T MEASURE I2T COUNT 100 ANALysis PANalyze cx I2T MEASure I2T MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Function Queries a statistical value of a Joule integral Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T MEASure I2T MAXimum lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T MEASURE 12T MAXIMUM gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T MEASURE I2T MAXIMUM 10 0000E 03 Description If the statistical value is immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T MEASure I2T STATe Function Sets or queries whether or not a Joule integral will be measured Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T MEASure I2T STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T MEASure I2T STATe lt x
186. 3 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA CCOUNT COUNT1 10 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA CCOUNT COUNT1 gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA CCOUNT COUNT1 10 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData CCOunt MODE Function Sets or queries the cycle count mode which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData CCOunt MODE lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData CCOunt MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA CCOUNT MODE ON SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA CCOUNT MODE gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA CCOUNT MODE 1 c o SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA Function Queries all ID and data condition settings for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus x FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA BCOunt Function Sets or queries the position for comparing data patterns which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA BCOunt NRf SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA BCOunt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 253 Exa
187. 4 FFT analysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal MODE Sets or queries the FFT analysis horizontal axis mode 5 84 gt FFT lt x gt LENGth Sets or queries the number of FFT points for FFT analysis 5 84 FFT lt x gt MEASure Queries all automatic measurement settings for FFT analysis 5 84 gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer Queries all marker cursor measurement settings for FFT analysis 5 84 FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Queries all Basic marker cursor item settings for FFT analysis 5 84 FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Collectively turns on or off all Basic marker cursor items for FFT analysis 5 85 ALL gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Queries all of the settings for frequency measurement between marker 5 85 DFRequency cursors for FFT analysis gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Sets or queries the on off status of the frequency measured between marker 5 85 DFRequency STATe cursors for FFT analysis Oo FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Queries the frequency between marker cursors for FFT analysis 5 85 o DFRequency VALue 3 FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Queries all of the settings for level measurement between marker cursors for 5 85 DV FFT analysis 2 FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Sets or queries the on off status of the level measured between marker 5 85 DV STATe cursors for FFT analysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Queries the level between marker cursors for FFT analysis 5 85 DV V
188. 4000 does not support the IEEE488 2 macro specifications 278 Macro header not found The DLM4000 does not support the IEEE488 2 macro specifications IM DLM4038 17EN App 3 xipueddy E Appendix 2 Error Messages Communication Query Errors 400 to 499 Code Message Corrective Action Page 410 Query INTERRUPTED Check the transmission and reception order 4 2 420 Query UNTERMINATED Check the transmission and reception order 4 2 430 Query DEADLOCKED Keep program messages to 1024 bytes or less in 4 2 length including lt PMT gt 440 Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response Do not write a query after IDN or OPT System Communication Errors 300 and 399 Error in System Operation Code Message Corrective Action Page 300 Communication device specific error Servicing required 399 Fatal error in the communication driver Servicing required Communication Warning 1 Code Message Corrective Action Page 1 OPC exists in message Write OPC or OPC at the end of program messages Other Error 350 Code Message Corrective Action Page 350 Queue overflow Read the error queue 6 6 390 Communication overrun error Reduce the baud rate Note Code 350 occurs when the error queue overflows This error is only returned in response to a STATus ERRor query it is never displayed on the screen App 4 IM DLM4038 17EN Appendix 3
189. 4038 17EN 5 149 spueululo2 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus cx FLEXray DETail LIST ITEM Function Queries all items that will be displayed in the FlexRay bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail LIST ITEM lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY DETAIL LIST ITEM gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY DETAIL LIST ITEM No Time ms S D IND ID Len CC Data Information SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail LIST VALue Function Queries the automatically measured values for the specified analysis number in the FlexRay bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail LIST VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 0 0001968 5 1111 4 4 2 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Function Queries all FlexRay bus signal search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch ABORt Function Aborts the FlexRay bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch ABORt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH ABORT SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch EXECute Function Executes a FlexRay bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch EXECute lt
190. 46 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 2 ACQuire Group ACQuire Function Queries all waveform acquisition settings Syntax ACQuire ACQuire AVERage Function Queries all of the settings related to averaging and the number of waveform acquisitions Syntax ACQuire AVERage ACQuire AVERage COUNt Function Sets or queries the attenuation constant for exponential averaging or the average count for linear averaging for Averaging mode Syntax ACQuire AVERage COUNt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 2 to 1024 in 2n steps Example ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT 2 ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT 2 ACQuire COUNt Function Sets or queries the number of waveform acquisitions in Normal Envelope and Averaging modes Syntax ACQuire COUNt NRf INFinity lt NRf gt 1 to 65536 Example ACQUIRE COUNT 1 ACQUIRE COUNT ACQUIRE COUNT 1 ACQuire INTerleave Function Sets or queries the on off status of Interleave mode Syntax ACQuire INTerleave lt Boolean gt Example ACQUIRE INTERLEAVE ON ACQUIRE INTERLEAVE ACQUIRE INTERLEAVE 1 ACQuire MODE Function Sets or queries the waveform acquisition mode Syntax ACQuire MODE AVERage ENVelope NORMa1 Example ACQUIRE MODE AVERAGE ACQUIRE MODE ACQUIRE MODE AVERAGE ACQuire RESolution Function Sets or queries the on off status of High Resolution mode Syntax ACQuire RESolution lt Boolean gt Example ACQUIRE RESOLUTION ON ACQUIRE
191. 7 STATe cursors CURSor TY MARKer M x DT y Queries the time value between marker cursors 5 77 VALue CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DV lt y gt Queries all of the settings related to vertical axis measurement between 5 77 marker cursors CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DV lt x gt Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value measured between 5 77 STATe marker cursors CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DV lt y gt Queries the vertical value between marker cursors 5 77 VALue CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt JUMP Makes a marker cursor in the T Y display jump to the specified zoom 5 77 waveform CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt Sets or queries the time value of a marker cursor 5 77 POSition CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt T Queries all time axis settings for a marker cursor 5 77 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt T Sets or queries the on off status of the time value of a marker cursor 5 77 STATe CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt T Queries the time value of a marker cursor 5 77 VALue CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt TRACe Sets or queries the source waveform that you want to measure using the 5 78 marker cursors CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt V Queries all vertical axis settings for a marker cursor 5 78 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt V Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value of a marker cursor 5 78 STATe CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt V Queries the vertical value of a marker cursor 5 7
192. 8 VALue CURSor TY TYPE Sets or queries the cursor type 5 78 CURSor TY VERTical Queries all AT cursor settings 5 78 CURSor TY VERTical ALL Collectively turns on or off the measured values of the AT cursor on the T Y 5 78 display CURSor TY VERTical DT Queries all time axis settings for the AT cursors 5 78 CURSor TY VERTical DT STATe Sets or queries the on off status of the time value measured between the AT 5 78 cursors CURSor TY VERTical DT VALue Queries the time value between the AT cursors 5 78 CURSor TY VERTical DV Queries all vertical axis settings for the AT cursors 5 78 CURSor TY VERTical DV STATe Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value measured between the 5 78 T cursors CURSor TY VERTical DV VALue Queries the vertical value between the AT cursors 5 78 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 7 spuewwog 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page CURSor TY VERTical JUMP Makes a vertical cursor in the T Y display jump to the specified zoom 5 79 waveform CURSor TY VERTical PERDt Queries all time axis settings for 1 AT which is measured between the AT 5 79 cursors CURSor TY VERTical PERDt Sets or queries the on off status of the 1 AT which is measured between the 5
193. 9 backlight SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE Sets or queries the on off status of the feature that automatically turns off the 5 189 LCD backlight SYSTem LCD AUTO TIME Sets or queries the amount of time until the LCD backlight is turned off 5 189 SYSTem LCD BRIGhtness Sets or queries the LCD brightness 5 189 SYSTem LCD MODE Sets or queries the on off status of the LCD backlight 5 189 SYSTem LMODe Legacy Mode Sets or queries whether to initialize the settings to the default values of 5 189 legacy models when Default Setup is executed SYSTem MLANguage Sets or queries the menu language 5 189 SYSTem OCANcel Offset Cancel Sets or queries whether or not the specified offset voltage will be applied to 5 189 measurement and computation on off SYSTem TOUT Queries all trigger out settings 5 189 SYSTem TOUT POLarity Sets or queries the trigger out polarity 5 189 SYSTem USBKeyboard Sets or queries the USB keyboard type 5 190 TIMebase Group TIMebase Queries all time base settings 5 191 TIMebase SRATe Sample RATE Queries the sample rate 5 191 TIMebase TDIV Sets or queries the Time div value 5 191 TRIGger Group TRIGger Queries all trigger settings 5 192 TRIGger ABN Queries all A gt B N trigger settings 5 192 TRIGger ABN COUNt Sets or queries the number of times condition B must be met for the A gt B N 5 192 trigger TRIGger ACTion Queries all action on trigger settings 5 192 TRIGger ACTio
194. ACE 1 XY XTRACE gt XY XTRACE 1 When XY lt x gt 1 or 2 you can specify lt NRf gt 1 to 4 and MATH lt y gt 1 or 2 When XY lt x gt 3 or 4 you can specify lt NRf gt 5 to 8 and MATH lt y gt 3 or 4 XY lt x gt YTRace Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the channel that is assigned to the Y axis in the XY display XY lt x gt YTRace lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt XY lt x gt YTRace lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 XY YTRACE 1 XY YTRACE gt XY YTRACE 1 Descriptions When XY lt x gt 1 or 2 you can specify lt NRf gt 1 to 4 and MATH lt y gt 1 or 2 When XY lt x gt 3 or 4 you can specify lt NRf gt 5 to 8 and MATH lt y gt 3 or 4 IM DLM4038 1 7EN 5 241 spueululo2 5 38 ZOOM Group ZOOM lt x gt Function Queries all waveform zoom settings Syntax ZOOM lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 ZOOM lt x gt ALLocation Function Queries all zoom source waveform settings Syntax ZOOM lt x gt ALLocation lt x gt 1to2 ZOOM lt x gt ALLocation ALL Function Sets the zoom source to all waveforms Syntax ZOOM lt x gt ALLocation ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 1to2 Example ZOOM1 ALLOCATION ALL ON ZOOM lt x gt ALLocation CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt Function Sets or queries the zoom source waveform Syntax ZOOM lt x gt ALLocation CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt lt Boolean gt
195. ACTive HIGH LOW TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CS ACTive Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CS ACTIVE HIGH TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CS ACTIVE TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CS ACTIVE HIGH TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CS SOURce Function Sets or queries the chip select signal for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CS SOURce lt NRf gt PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CS S0URce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt lt x gt of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CS SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CS SOURCE TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CS SOURCE 1 Description The chip select signal that you can specify varies depending on the TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CLOCk SOURce setting For details see the DLM4000 User s Manual IM DLM4038 17EN 5 223 spueululo2 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt Function Queries all data signal settings for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt BCOunt Function Sets or queries the starting position of data comparison for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt BCOunt lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA
196. ALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MSBLSB DATA SIGN gt SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP gt SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MSBLSB 1 0 IDDATA DATA SIGN SIGN SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA PATTern lt y gt IDData IDENtifier Function Sets or queries the data value for LIN bus signal Function Queries all identifier settings for the ID and data searching in binary notation conditions for LIN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA PATTern lt y gt lt String gt IDData IDENtifier SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup lt x gt 1 to 4 IDData DATA PATTern lt y gt x 1 t04 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA IDData IDENtifier ID DATA PATTERN1 00110101 Function Queries all LIN bus signal search ID settings SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup DATA PATTERN1 IDData IDENtifier ID gt SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP lt x gt 1 to 4 IDDATA DATA PATTERN1 00110101 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 167 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier ID HEXa Function Sets the ID for LIN bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETu
197. ALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA FID CONDITION SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA FID CONDITION BETWEEN Example SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData FID ID lt y gt Function Sets or queries the frame ID value which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData FID ID lt y gt lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData FID ID lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 2047 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA FID ID1 100 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA FID ID1 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA FID ID1 100 5 154 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData FID MODE Function Sets or queries the frame ID enable disable condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData FID MODE lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData FID MODE x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA FID MODE ON SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA FID MODE gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA FID MODE SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator Func
198. ALue FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Queries all of the settings for frequency measurement of a marker cursor for 5 85 FREQuency lt y gt FFT analysis gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Sets or queries the on off status of the frequency of marker cursor for FFT 5 85 FREQuency lt y gt STATe analysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Queries the frequency of a marker cursor for FFT analysis 5 86 FREQuency lt y gt VALue FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Sets or queries the position of a marker cursor for FFT analysis 5 86 POSition lt y gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Queries all of the settings for level measurement of a marker cursor for FFT 5 86 V lt y gt analysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Sets or queries the on off status of the level of marker cursor for FFT 5 86 V lt y gt STATe analysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Queries the level of a marker cursor for FFT analysis 5 86 V lt y gt VALue FFT lt x gt MEASure MODE Sets or queries the FFT analysis automatic measurement mode 5 86 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Queries all peak measurement settings for FFT analysis 5 86 gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Queries all Basic peak item settings for FFT analysis 5 86 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Collectively turns on or off all Basic peak items for FFT analysis 5 86 ALL gt FFT lt x gt
199. AN IDData DATA triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the comparison condition which is one of the ID and data 5 194 BTRigger CAN IDData DATA conditions for CAN bus signal triggering CONDition TRIGger ATRigger Sets a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN 5 195 BTRigger CAN IDData DATA bus signal triggering in decimal notation DECimal x TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data length code DLC which is one of the ID and data 5 195 BTRigger CAN IDData DATA DLC conditions for CAN bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the byte order of the reference values which is one of the ID 5 195 BTRigger CAN IDData DATA and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering ENDian TRIGger ATRigger Sets a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN 5 195 BTRigger CAN IDData DATA bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation HEXa lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data enable disable condition which is one of the ID and 5 195 BTRigger CAN IDData DATA data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the MSB and LSB bits for the data which is one of the ID 5 195 BTRigger CAN IDData DATA and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering MSBLsb TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data value which is one of the ID and data conditions for 5 196 B
200. AN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier MODE lt Boolean gt Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR IDENTIFIER MODE ON gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR IDENTIFIER MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier MFORmat Function Sets or queries the ID frame format standard or extended which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier MFORmat EXTended STANdard TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN DOR IDENtifier MFORmat TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER MFORMAT EXTENDED TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER MFORMAT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER MFORMAT EXTENDED Example IM DLM4038 17EN 5 199 spueululo2 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier PFORmat Function Sets or queries the ID input format which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier PFORmat BINary HEXa MESSage TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN DOR IDENtifier PFORmat Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER PFORMAT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN I
201. ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt DEFine lt String gt ANALysis PMEAsSure lt x gt USER lt y gt DEFine lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1to4 lt String gt Up to 128 characters Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER DEFINE ABC ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER DEFINE ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER DEFINE ABC IM DLM4038 17EN 5 63 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt MAXim um MEAN MINimum SDEViation Function Queries a statistical value that is calculated on the automatically measured value of a Calc item Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER MAXIMUM gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER MAXIMUM 0 0 Description If the statistical value is immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt NAME Function Sets or queries the name of a Calc item Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt NAME lt String gt ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt NAME lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 8 characters Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER NAME ABC ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER NAME gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE USER NAME ABC ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of automated measurement of a Calc item Syntax ANALysis
202. ANCEL 1 SYSTem TOUT Function Queries all trigger out settings Syntax SYSTem TOUT SYSTem TOUT POLarity Function Sets or queries the trigger out polarity Syntax SYSTem TOUT POLarity NEGative POSitive SYSTem TOUT POLarity Example SYSTEM TOUT POLARITY NEGATIVE SYSTEM TOUT POLARITY SYSTEM TOUT POLARITY NEGATIVE IM DLM4038 17EN 5 189 5 32 SYSTem Group SYSTem USBKeyboard Function Sets or queries the USB keyboard type Syntax SYSTem USBKeyboard ENGLish JAPANese SYSTem USBKeyboard Example SYSTEM USBKEYBOARD JAPANESE SYSTEM USBKEYBOARD SYSTEM USBKEYBOARD JAPANESE 5 190 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 33 TIMebase Group TIMebase Function Queries all time base settings Syntax TIMebase TIMebase SRATe Sample RATE Function Queries the sample rate Syntax TIMebase SRATe Example TIMEBASE SRATE TIMEBASE SRATE 12 50E 06 TIMebase TDIV Function Sets or queries the Time div value Syntax TIMebase TDIV Time TIMebase TDIV Time 1 ns to 500 s Example TIMEBASE TDIV 2NS TIMEBASE TDIV TIMEBASE TDIV 2 000E 09 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 191 spueululo2 5 34 TRIGger Group The following table indicates how the communication commands for trigger types correspond to the menu items that appear on the screen Trigger Type Communication Setup Menu Command Trigger Menu Trigger Type Edge trigger SIMPle EDGE Trigger on the
203. ARCH SETUP EFRAME STUFF gt SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP EFRAME STUFF 1 SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData Function Queries all ID and data condition settings for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData ACK Function Queries all ACK settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData ACK MODE Function Sets or queries the ACK mode which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData ACK MODE lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData ACK MODE x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA ACK MODE ON SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA ACK MODE gt SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA ACK MODE 1 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData ACK TYPE Function Sets or queries the ACK condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData ACK TYPE ACK ACKBoth NONack SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData ACK TYPE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA ACK TYPE ACK SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA ACK TYPE SERIALBUS
204. ARCH WIDTH HYSTERESIS SEARCH WIDTH HYSTERESIS 1 0 SEARCh WIDTh LEVel Function Sets or queries the pulse width search level Syntax SEARCh WIDTh LEVel NRf Voltage SEARCh WIDTh LEVel lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SEARCH WIDTH LEVEL 1V SEARCH WIDTH LEVEL SEARCH WIDTH LEVEL 1 000E 00 Description When the probe type is set to current this command sets or queries the lt Current gt value spueululo2 SEARCh WIDTh POLarity Function Sets or queries the pulse width search level polarity Syntax SEARCh WIDTh POLarity HIGH LOW SEARch WIDTh POLarity Example SEARCH WIDTH POLARITY HIGH SEARCH WIDTH POLARITY gt SEARCH WIDTH POLARITY HIGH SEARch WIDTh SOURce Function Sets or queries the pulse width search source waveform Syntax SEARCh WIDTh SOURCe lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt NONE PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt SEARch WIDTh SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt lt x gt of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example SEARCH WIDTH SOURCE 1 SEARCH WIDTH SOURCE SEARCH WIDTH SOURCE 1 SEARCh WIDTh TIME lt x gt Function Sets or queries the pulse width for pulse width searching Syntax SEARCh WIDTh TIME x Time SEARCh WIDTh TIME lt x gt x 21t02 Time 1 ns to 500 s Example SEARCH WIDTH TIME1 1S SEARCH WIDTH
205. AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence SLOPe lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE FALL MEASURE CHANNEL AREA DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE FALL MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence SOURce Function Syntax Example Sets or queries whether the reference point for measuring the delay between channels of a waveform will be set to the trigger point or a waveform in the specified area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence SOURce TRACe TRIGger EASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence SOURce lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE 2 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence TRACe Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the reference waveform edge used to measure the delay between the specified waveform and the reference waveform in the specified area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt MEASure CHA
206. ARch NUMBercx POLYgon TRACe is set to XY o the lt NRf gt is 1 to 4 div HISTory SEARCh NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon RANGe Function Sets or queries the source window that will be used for polygonal zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon RANGe MAIN Z1 22 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon RANGe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 POLYGON RANGE MAIN HISTORY SEARCH NUMBERI POLYGON RANGE gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 POLYGON RANGE MAIN HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform that will be used for polygonal zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt XY lt y gt Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon lt x gt 1to4 TRACe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 lt y gt of XY lt y gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 POLYGON TRACE 1 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBERI POLYGON TRACE gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 POLYGON TRACE 1 5 104 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 16 HISTory Group HISTory SEARCh NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon VPOSition Function Sets or queries the vertical position that will be used for polygonal zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon VPOSition lt NRf gt H
207. ATA MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER 12C ADDRESS DATA MODE 5 210 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA PATTern lt x gt Function Sets or queries the data value which is one of the data conditions for IC bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA PATTern x lt String gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger 12C DRess DATA PATTern lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA PATTERN1 10001101 TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA PATTERN1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER 12C ADDRESS 10001101 DATA PATTERN TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA PFORmat Function Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the data conditions for IC bus signal triggering Synta x TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA PFORmat BINary HEXa TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA PFORmat Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA PFORMAT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DATA PFORMAT BINARY TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall Function Queries all general call settings for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall BI
208. ATA ACK MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData ACK TYPE Function Sets or queries the ACK condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN DData ACK TYPE ACK ACKBoth NONack TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN DData ACK TYPE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA ACK TYPE ACK TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA ACK TYPE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA ACK TYPE ACK TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA Function Queries all data settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA CONDition Function Sets or queries the comparison condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA CONDition BETWeen EQUal FALSe GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqu1 TRUE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA CONDition Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA CONDITION BETWEEN 5 194 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA DE
209. ATRigger TV HDT Sets or queries the TV trigger input polarity 5 225 V NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine POLarity TRIGger ATRigger TV LEVel Sets or queries the TV trigger level 5 225 TRIGger ATRigger TV LFORmat Sets or queries the format for specifying the line where TV triggering will be 5 225 used TRIGger ATRigger TV SOURce Sets or queries the TV trigger source 5 226 TRIGger ATRigger TV TYPE Sets or queries the TV trigger input type 5 226 TRIGger ATRigger TV Sets or queries the user defined TV trigger definition setting 5 226 USERdefine DEFinition TRIGger ATRigger TV Sets or queries the low pass filter HF rejection setting for user defined TV 5 226 USERdefine HFRejection triggering HighFrequencyREJECTION TRIGger ATRigger TV Sets or queries the horizontal sync frequency for user defined TV triggering 5 226 USERdefine HSYNc Hsync Freq TRIGger ATRigger TV Sets or queries the user defined TV trigger sync guard setting 5 226 USERdefine SGUard TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the trigger type 5 226 BTRigger TYPE IM DLM4038 17EN 5 41 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ATRigger Queries all UART signal trigger settings 5 226 BTRigger UART TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the
210. ATtern Queries all data signal settings for user defined bus signal analysis 5 170 ANALyze SETup DATA SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Sets or queries the data signal active state for user defined bus signal 5 170 ANALyze SETup DATA ACTive analysis SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Sets or queries the data signal for user defined bus signal analysis 5 171 ANALyze SETup DATA SOURce SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Queries all latch signal settings for user defined bus signal analysis 5 171 ANALyze SETup LATCh SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Sets or queries the latch signal slope for user defined bus signal analysis 5 171 ANALyze SETup LATCh POLarity SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Sets or queries the latch signal for user defined bus signal analysis 5 171 ANALyze SETup LATCh SOURce SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Sets or queries the analysis start point for user defined bus signal analysis 5 171 ANALyze SETup SPOint SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch Queries all user defined bus signal search settings 5 171 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch X Aborts the user defined bus signal search 5 171 ABORt SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch Executes a user defined bus signal search 5 172 EXECute SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch Sets which detected point to display in the user defined bus signal search 5 172 SELect zoom window and queries the zoom position of the detected point SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch Queries the number
211. A_PODB SIZE LARGE Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB STATe Function Queries all state display settings of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB STATe Example LOGIC PODA PODB STATE Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB STATe ASSignment Function Queries state display assignments of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB STATe ASSignment Example LOGIC PODA PODB STATE ASSIGNMENT Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB STATe ASSignment ALL Function Sets the state display assignments of all bits of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB STATe ASSignment ALL lt Boolean gt Example LOGIC PODA PODB STATE ASSIGNMENT ALL ON Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB STATe ASSignment lt x gt BIT Function Sets or queries the display assignments of all bits of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB STATe ASSignment lt x gt BIT lt Boolean gt BIT Example LOGIC PODA PODB STATEI ASSIGNMENT BIT ON LOGIC PODA PODB STATE1 ASSIGNMENT gt LOGIC PODA PODB STATE1 ASSIGNMENT BIT 1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB STATe ASSig
212. BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier MFORmat EXTended STANdard TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier MFORmat Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DENTIFIER MFORMAT EXTENDED TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DENTIFIER MFORMAT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DENTIFIER MFORMAT EXTENDED TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier PFORmat Function Sets or queries the ID input format which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier PFORmat BINary HEXa MESSage TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN DData IDENtifier PFORmat Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DENTIFIER PFORMAT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal Function Queries all message and signal settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal MESSage ITEM Function Sets the message item which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal MESSage ITEM String String Up to 32 characters Examp
213. BTRigger SIMPle SOURCe is set to EXTernal or LINE When the probe type is set to current this command sets or queries the Current value n TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle PROBe Function Sets or queries the external trigger source probe setting for edge triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle PROBe NRf TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger R SIMPle PROBe Rf 1 10 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE PROBE 1 RIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE PROBE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE PROBE 1 Description You cannot use this command query if TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger MPle SOURce is set to EXTernal or LINE v IM DLM4038 17EN 5 219 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle SLOPe Function Sets or queries the trigger source slope setting polarity setting when the window is set to ON for edge triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle SLOPe ENTer EXIT FALL RISE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle SLOPe Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE SLOPE ENTER TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE SLOPE TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE SLOPE ENTER Descriptions You can use this command query only if TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMP1le SOURce is set to EXTernal f TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt WINDow is set to ON select from ENTer EXIT otherwise select from FALL RISE TRIGger ATRigger B
214. Bit 5 PRN Printing This bit is set to 1 when the built in printer is in operation when data is being transmitted to a network printer or when screen capture data is being saved Bit 6 ACS Accessing This bit is set to 1 when a drive is being accessed Bit 7 MES Measuring This bit is set to 1 when automated measurement of waveform parameters is in progress Bit 8 HST History Search This bit is set to 1 when a history search is in progress Bit 10 NGO Go No go This bit is set to 1 when a GO NO GO search is in progress Bit 11 SCH Search This bit is set to 1 when a search is in progress Bit 12 NSG N Single This bit is set to 1 when consecutive acquisition is in progress when the trigger mode is set to NSingle Bit 14 AN Analysis This bit is set to 1 when an analysis is in progress The transition filter parameters detect changes in the specified condition register bits numeric suffixes 1 to 16 and overwrite the extended event register in the following ways RISE The specified extended event register bit is set to 1 when the corresponding condition register bit changes from 0 to 1 FALL The specified extended event register bit is set to 1 when the corresponding condition register bit changes from 1 to 0 BOTH The specified extended event register bit is set to 1 when the corresponding condition register bit changes from 0 to 1 or from 1 to 0 NEVer Always zero sjioday snjeis Bu
215. CQCOUNT gt TRIGGER ACTION ACQCOUNT 1 TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Function Sets or queries the whether or not the DLM4000 will sound an alarm as an action when trigger conditions are met on off Syntax TRIGger ACTion BUZZer lt Boolean gt TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Example TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER ON TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER 1 TRIGger ACTion HCOPy Function Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will print a screen capture as an action when trigger conditions are met on off Syntax TRIGger ACTion HCOPy lt Boolean gt TRIGger ACTion HCOPy Example TRIGGER ACTION HCOPY ON TRIGGER ACTION HCOPY TRIGGER ACTION HCOPY 1 5 192 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ACTion MAIL Function Queries all of the settings for email notification that is sent when trigger conditions are met Syntax TRIGger ACTion MAIL TRIGger ACTion MAIL COUNt Function Sets or queries the upper limit of email notifications that are sent when trigger conditions are met Syntax TRIGger ACTion MAIL COUNt lt NRf gt TRIGger ACTion MAIL COUNt lt NRf gt 1 to 1000 Example TRIGGER ACTION MAIL COUNT 1 TRIGGER ACTION MAIL COUNT TRIGGER ACTION MAIL COUNT 1 TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE Function Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will send email notification as an action Syntax TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE
216. Ch PPATtern CLOCk HYSTeresis lt NRf gt 0 3 to 4 divisions in 0 1 steps Example SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK HYSTERESIS 4 0 SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK HYSTERESIS gt SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK HYSTERESIS 4 0 Description If SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SOURce is set to NONE an error occurs SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk LEVel Function Sets or queries the clock channel search level for state or state width searching Syntax SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk LEVel lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk LEVel lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK LEVEL SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK LEVEL gt SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK LEVEL Description If SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SOURce is set to NONE an error occurs When the probe type is set to current this command sets or queries the Current value SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk SLOPe Function Sets or queries the clock channel slope for state or state width searching Syntax SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk SLOPe FALL RISE SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk SLOPe Example SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SLOPE RISE SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SLOPE SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SLOPE RISE Description If SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SOURce is set to NONE an error occurs SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SOURce Function Sets or queries the clock channel source waveform state or state width searching Sy
217. Cimal lt x gt Function Sets a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering in decimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA DECimal lt x gt lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA DECimal lt x gt lt x gt 1 to2 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Feature Guide for this information Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 1 000E 00 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA DLC Function Sets or queries the data length code DLC which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA DLC lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN Data DATA DLC lt NRf gt 0 to 8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA DLC 0 TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA DLC gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA DLC 0 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA ENDian Function Sets or queries the byte order of the reference values which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax Gger Al AN BIG GGER ATR AN D R D Example TRIGGER ATR D R D ata DATA ENDian BIG Rigger BT ENDian GGER CAN ID
218. DDRess DATA CONDition Function Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for IC bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA CONDition FALSe TRUE SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA CONDITION FALSE SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA CONDITION gt SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA CONDITION FALSE SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA DBYTe Function Sets or queries the number of data bytes that will be compared for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA DBYTe lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA DBYTe x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA DBYTE 1 SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA DBYTE SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA DBYTE 1 5 160 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA HEXa lt y gt Function Sets the data value which is one of the data conditions for IC bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA HEXa lt y gt lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP AD
219. DE PERCENT 5 56 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DPROximal PERCent Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as percentages Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DPROximal PERCent lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DPROximal PERCent lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 0 to 100 96 in steps of 1 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DPROXIMAL PERCENT 10 50 90 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DPROXIMAL PERCENT ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DPROXIMAL PERCENT 10 50 90 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DPROximal UNIT Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as voltages Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DPROximal UNIT lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DPROximal UNIT lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DPROXIMAL UNIT 1 0 1 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DPROXIMAL UNIT gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DPROXIMAL UNIT 1 0000000E 00 0 0000000E 00 1 0000000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DTYPe Function Sets or queries the device type for total loss computation Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DTYPe IGBT MOSFET OFF ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DTYPe lt x gt 1to
220. DEViation lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MEASURE AH MAXIMUM ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure Parameter STATe Function Queries the on off status of the power measurement parameter Syntax ANALysis PMEAsurecx MEASure Parameter STATe Boolean ANALysis PMEAsurecx MEASure Parameter STATe 1to4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MEASURE AH STATE ON ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MEASURE AH STATE gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MEASURE AH STATE 1 x ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure Parameter VALue Function Queries an automatically measured value of a power measurement parameter Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure lt Parameter gt VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 Parameter AH AHABs AHN AHP IAC IAVGfreq IDC IMN INPeak IPPeak IPTopeak IRMN IRMS LAMBda P Q S UACI UAVGfreq UDC UMN UNPeak UPPeak UPTopeak URMN URMS WH WHABs WHN WHP Z Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MEASURE AH VALUE ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure ALL Function Collectively turns on or off the power measurement parameter Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MEASURE ALL ON spueululo2 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the on off status of power measurement Syntax ANALysis PMEAsurecx MODE lt Boolean gt ANALysis PMEAsure cx MODE x 1
221. DICATOR 1 AVERAGE MEASure MODE Function Sets or queries the on off statistical processing status of automated measurement Syntax MEASure MODE OFF ON CONTinuous CYCLe HISTory MEASure MODE Example MEASURE MODE OFF MEASURE MODE MEASURE MODE OFF MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt Function Queries all the parameter on off status of the logic waveform Syntax MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt lt x gt O0to7 MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 Function Queries all the parameter on off status of the logic waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB x PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 x 0to7 MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 ALL Function Collectively turns on or off all measurement items of a logic waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure PODA x PODB x PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 ALL Boolean x 0to7 Example MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 ALL ON MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt Function Queries the setting of a logic waveform parameter in the specified area Syntax MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt x 20to7 Parameter AVGFreq DELay DUTYcycle FREQuenc
222. DISPLAY INTERPOLATE OFF DISPLAY INTERPOLATE gt DISPLAY INTERPOLATE OFF DISPlay MAPPing Function Sets or queries the split screen waveform mapping mode Syntax DISPlay MAPPing AUTO MANual DISPlay MAPPing Example DISPLAY MAPPING AUTO DISPLAY MAPPING DISPLAY MAPPING AUTO DISPlay SMAPping Function Queries all waveform mappings to the split screen Syntax DISPlay SMAPping DISPlay SMAPping CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Set Mapping Function Sets or queries the split screen mapping of a waveform Syntax DISPlay SMAPping CHANnel lt x gt lt NRf gt DISPlay SMAPping CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example DISPLAY SMAPPING CHANNEL1 1 DISPLAY SMAPPING CHANNEL1 gt DISPLAY SMAPPING CHANNEL1 1 DISPlay SVALue Scale VALUE Function Sets or queries the on off status of the scale value display Syntax DISPlay SVALue lt Boolean gt DISPlay SVALue DISPLAY SVALUE ON DISPLAY SVALUE DISPLAY SVALUE 1 Example 5 82 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 12 FFT Group gt FFT lt x gt Function Queries all of the settings for the FFT analysis feature gt FFT lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 Syntax FFT lt x gt AVERage Function Queries all FFT analysis averaging settings FFT lt x gt AVERage lt x gt 1to2 Syntax gt FFT lt x gt AVERage EWEight Function Set
223. DLM4000 Series Mixed Signal Oscilloscope Communication Interface USER S MANUAL YOKOGAWA 4 Yokogawa Meters amp Instruments Corporation IM DLM4038 17EN 2nd Edition Thank you for purchasing the DLM4000 Series Mixed Signal Oscilloscope This Communication Interface User s Manual explains the following interface features and commands USBinterface Ethernet interface GP IB interface option To ensure correct use please read this manual thoroughly before operation Keep this manual in a safe place for quick reference in the event that a question arises List of Manuals Notes The following manuals including this one are provided as manuals for the DLM4000 series Please read all manuals Manual Title Manual No Description DLM4000 Series IM DLM4038 01EN The manual explains all the DLM4000 Mixed Signal Oscilloscope features other than the communication Features Guide interface features DLM4000 Series IM DLM4038 02EN The manual explains how to operate the Mixed Signal Oscilloscope DLM4000 User s Manual DLM4000 Series IM DLM4038 03EN Provided as a printed manual This guide Mixed Signal Oscilloscope explains the handling precautions basic Getting Started Guide operations and specifications of the DLM4000 DLM4000 Series IM DLM4038 17EN This manual The manual explains the Mixed Signal Oscilloscope DLM4000 communication interface features Communication Interface User s Manual and instruction
224. DONTcare HIGH LOW 5 218 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger QUALify CONDition Function Sets or queries the trigger source qualify conditions for edge qualified triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger QUALify CONDition FALSe TRUE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger QUALify CONDition Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER QUALIFY CONDITION FALSE TRIGGER ATRIGGER QUALIFY CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER QUALIFY CONDITION FALSE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle Function Queries all edge trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle COUPling Function Sets or queries the edge trigger source trigger coupling Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle COUPling AC DC TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle COUPling Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE COUPLING AC TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE COUPLING TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE COUPLING AC Description You cannot use this command when TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle SOURCe is set to EXTernal or LINE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle HFRejection HighFrequencyREJECTION Function Sets or queries the on off status of the trigger source low pass filter HF rejection for edge triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle HFRejection lt Frequency gt OFF TRIGger ATR
225. DOR MSIGnal lt x gt MESSage ITEM Function Sets the message item which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger CAN IDOR MSIGnal x MESSage ITEM String lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 32 characters Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR MSIGNAL1 MESSAGE ITEM TEST TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR RTR Function Sets or queries the RTR value which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR RTR lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR RTR Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR RIR ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR RTR TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR RTR 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN MODE Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger mode setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN MODE EFRame IDData IDOR SOF TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN MODE EFRAME TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN MODE TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN MODE EFRAME TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN RECessive Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger recessive level Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN RECessive HIGH LOW TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN RECessive Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN RECESSIVE HIGH TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN RECESSIVE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN RECESSIVE H
226. DRESS DATA HEXA1 AB SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA MODE Function Sets or queries the data condition enable disable mode for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus x 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA MODE lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA MODE ON SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA MODE gt SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA MODE 1 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA PATTern lt y gt Function Sets or queries the data value which is one of the data conditions for I C bus signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA PATTern lt y gt lt String gt SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA PATTern lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to4 SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA PATTERN1 10001101 SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA PATTERN1 gt SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA PATTERN1 10001101 Example SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA PFORmat Function Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the data conditions for 1 C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA PFORmat BINary HEXa SERialbus lt x
227. Data DATA MSBLsb lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 63 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MSBLSB 1 0 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MSBLSB SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MSBLSB 1 0 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA PATTern lt y gt Function Sets or queries the data value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA PATTern lt y gt lt String gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA PATTern lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to8 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA PATTERN1 00110101 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA PATTERN1 gt SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA PATTERN1 00110101 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA PFORmat Function Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA PFORmat BINary HEXa SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA PFORmat lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA PFORMAT BINARY SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA PFORMAT gt SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA PFORMAT BINARY SERialbus lt
228. E gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL DT VALUE 2 50E 06 CURSor TY VERTical DV Function Queries all vertical axis settings for the AT cursors Syntax CURSor TY VERTical DV CURSor TY VERTical DV STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value measured between the T cursors Syntax CURSor TY VERTical DV STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY VERTical DV STATe Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL DV STATE ON CURSOR TY VERTICAL DV STATE CURSOR TY VERTICAL DV STATE 1 CURSor TY VERTical DV VALue Function Queries the vertical value between the AT cursors Syntax CURSor TY VERTical DV VALue Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL DV VALUE gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL DV VALUE 1 50E 03 Description If CHANnel x LSCale MODE is set to ON the scaled value will be queried 5 78 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 10 CURSor Group CURSor TY VERTical JUMP Function Makes a vertical cursor in the T Y display jump to the specified zoom waveform Syntax CURSor TY VERTical JUMP C1 Z1 C1 Z22 C2 Z1 C2 22 Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL JUMP C1 Z1 Description Jumps to the center of the zoom waveform C1 and C2 are used to indicate V cursors Cursor1 and Cursor2 CURSor TY VERTical PERDt Function Queries all time axis settings for 1 AT which is measured between the AT cursors Syntax CURSor TY VERTical PERDt CURSor TY VERTical PERDt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off s
229. EA1 DELAY MEASURE SLOPE FALL MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence Function Queries all reference waveform settings used to measure the delay between the specified logic waveform and the reference waveform in the specified area MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence COUNt Function Sets or queries the count number of a reference waveform for measuring the delay between channels of a logic waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence COUNt lt NRf gt MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB x PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence COUNt x 0to 7 lt NRf gt 1 to 10 Example MEASURE PODLI AREAI DELAY REFERENCE COUNT 2 MEASURE PODL1 AREAI DELAY REFERENCE COUNT gt MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT 2 MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence SLOPe Function Sets or queries the slope of the reference waveform used to measure the delay between the specified logic waveform and the reference waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure PODA x PODB x PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence SLOPe FALL RISE MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1
230. EARch SETup DATA lt y gt DBYTe lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt DBYTe lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATAIL DBYTE 1 SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATAL DBYTE gt SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATA1 DBYTE 1 5 176 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt HEXa lt z gt Function Sets the data for SPI bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt HEXa lt z gt lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 lt z gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATAI1 HEXA1 AB SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt MODE Function Sets or queries the data enable disable condition for SPI bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt MODE lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt MODE lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1to2 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATAI MODE ON SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATAI MODE gt SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATA1 MODE 1 SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt PATTern lt z gt Function Sets or queries the data value for SPI bus signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt PATTern lt z g
231. EARch SETup Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA MODE lt Boolean gt IDData DATA PFORmat BINary HEXa SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA MODE IDData DATA PFORmat lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MODE ON DATA PFORMAT BINARY SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MODE DATA PFORMAT gt SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP gt SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MODE 1 IDDATA DATA PFORMAT BINARY SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA MSBLsb IDData DATA SIGN Function Sets or queries the data MSB and LSB bits for LIN Function Sets or queries whether signed or unsigned data Oo bus signal searching format will be used which is one of the data 3 Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup conditions for LIN bus signal searching 3 IDData DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt lt NRf gt Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup a SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData DATA SIGN SIGN UNSign xd IDData DATA MSBLsb SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup lt x gt 1 to 4 IDData DATA SIGN lt NRf gt 0 to 63 x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MSBLSB 1 0 DATA SIGN SIGN SERI
232. ECOunt POLarity FALL RISE MATH lt x gt ECOunt POLarity lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 ECOUNT POLARITY FALL MATH1 ECOUNT POLARITY gt MATHI ECOUNT POLARITY FALL MATH lt x gt ECOunt THReshold Function Sets or queries the edge detection level for edge count computation Syntax MATH x ECOunt THReshold lt NR gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt MATH lt x gt ECOunt THReshold lt x gt 1to4 lt Voltage gt lt Current gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example MATH1 ECOUNT THRESHOLD 1 MATH1 ECOUNT THRESHOLD MATHI ECOUNT THRESHOLD 1 000E 00 MATHEx FILTer Function Queries all filter settings Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt FILTer FORDer Function Sets or queries the filter order of an IIR filter Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer FORDer NRf MATH lt x gt FILTer FORDer lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 2 Example MATH1 FILTER FORDER 1 MATH1 FILTER FORDER MATH1 FILTER FORDER 1 MATH lt x gt FILTer HCUToff Function Sets or queries the cutoff frequency of a high pass IIR filter Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer HCUToff lt Frequency gt MATH lt x gt FILTer HCUToff lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Frequency gt 0 01 to 500M Hz Example MATH1 FILTER HCUTOFF 10MHZ MATH1 FILTER HCUTOFF gt MATH1 FILTER HCUTOFF 10 00E 06 MATH lt x gt FILTer LCUToff Function Sets or queries the cut
233. ENtifier signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets the ID value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus 5 146 SETup IDData IDENtifier HEXa signal searching in hexadecimal notation SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the ID frame format standard or extended which is one of 5 146 SETup IDData IDENtifier the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching MFORmat ERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition which is one of the ID and 5 147 DData IDENtifier MODE data conditions for CAN bus signal searching lbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the ID pattern which is one of the ID and data conditions for 5 147 DData IDENtifier CAN bus signal searching in binary notation lbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the ID input format which is one of the ID and data 5 147 DData IDENtifier conditions for CAN bus signal searching lbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Queries all message and signal settings for the ID and data conditions for 5 147 DData MSIGnal CAN bus signal searching lbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets the message item which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN 5 147 DData MSIGnal MESSage bus signal searching lbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the message and signal condition which is one of the ID and 5 147 DData MSIGnal SELect data conditions for CAN bus signal searching lbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Queries all signal setti
234. ER ATRIGGER SPI DATAl PFORMAT BINARY x 5 224 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA x SOURce Function Sets or queries the data signal for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt SOURce lt NRf gt PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt y gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt SOURce lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt lt y gt of PODL lt y gt 0 to 7 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA1 SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI DATA1 SOURCE 1 Description The data signal that you can specify varies depending on the TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CLOCk SOURce setting For details see the DLM4000 User s Manual TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI MODE Function Sets or queries the wiring system three wire or four wire for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI MODE WIRE3 WIRE4 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI MODE WIRE3 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI MODE TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI MODE WIRE3 TRIGger ATRigger TV Function Queries all TV trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV TRIGger ATRigger TV FIELd Function Sets or queries the field where TV triggering will be used Syntax TRIGger ATRigge
235. ERIALBUS1 12C ANALYZE SETUP DATA SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 I2C ANALYZE SETUP DATA SOURCE gt SERIALBUS1 I2C ANALYZE SETUP DATA SOURCE 1 Description The data signal that you can specify varies depending on the SERialbus lt x gt I2C ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURCe setting For details see the DLM4000 User s Manual 5 156 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt I2C ANALyze SETup INCLuderw Function Sets or queries the on off status of the R W address bit in I C bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C ANALyze SETup NCLuderw lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C ANALyze SETup NCLuderw lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C ANALYZE SETUP NCLUDERW ON SERIALBUS1 I2C ANALYZE SETUP NCLUDERW gt SERIALBUS1 12C ANALYZE SETUP NCLUDERW 1 SERialbus lt x gt I2C DETail Function Queries all C bus signal analysis result list settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C DETail lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt I2C DETail DISPlay Function Sets or queries the display mode for the IC bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus x I2C DETail DISPlay FULL LOWer UPPer SERialbus lt x gt 12C DETail DISPlay lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C DETAIL DISPLAY FULL SERIALBUS1 I2C DETAIL DISPLAY gt SERIALBUS1 I2C DETAIL DISPLAY FULL SERialbus lt x gt I2C DETail LIST ITEM Function Queries all items that will b
236. ERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze Function Queries all FlexRay bus signal settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup Function Queries all FlexRay bus signal analysis settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup BCHannel Function Sets or queries the channel bus type for FlexRay bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup BCHannel A B SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup BCHannel lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP BCHANNEL A SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP BCHANNEL gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP BCHANNEL A SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup BRATe Function Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup BRATe lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup BRATe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 2500000 5000000 10000000 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP BRATE 5000000 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP BRATE gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP BRATE 5000000 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup SOURce Function Sets or queries the source signal for Fle
237. ERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SELect spueululo2 x 1 t04 lt NRf gt 0 to 49999 SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SELECT 1 SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SELECT gt SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SELECT 1 500E 00 Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number Example SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SELect MAXimum Function Queries the number of detected points in the IC bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SELect MAXimum lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SELECT MAXIMUM gt SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SELECT 100 Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup Function Queries all C bus signal search condition settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup lt x gt 1to4 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 157 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess Function Queries all address pattern settings for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess Function Queries all address pattern address settings for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess lt x gt 1to4 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress Fun
238. ERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch EXECute lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH EXECUTE IM DLM4038 17EN 5 175 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus x SPI SEARCh SELect Function Sets which detected point to display in the SPI bus signal search zoom window and queries the zoom position of the detected point Syntax SERialbus x SPI SEARCh SELect NRf MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 49999 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SELECT 1 SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SELECT gt SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SELECT 1 500E 00 Description HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt CONDition is set to OFF or when the value is otherwise immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SELect MAXimum Function Queries the number of detected points in the SPI bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SELect MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SELECT MAXIMUM gt SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SELECT 100 Description HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt CONDition is setto OFF or when the value is otherwise immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup Function Queries all SPI bus signal search condition settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup
239. ETER NUMBER1 POLYGON TRACE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 POLYGON TRACE 1 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Oo POLYgon VPOSition S Function Sets or queries the vertical position that will be 3 used for polygonal zone determination a Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt v POLYgon VPOSition lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon VPOSition lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 divisions Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 POLYGON VPOSITION 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 POLYGON VPOSITION gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 POLYGON VPOSITION 1 000E 00 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon ZNUMber Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the zone number that will be used for polygonal zone determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon ZNUMber lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon ZNUMber lt x gt 1to4 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 POLYGON ZNUMBER 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 POLYGON ZNUMBER gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 POLYGON ZNUMBER 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 97 5 14 GONogo Group GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle Function Queries all rectangular zone determination settings Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle lt x gt 1 to 4 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle HORizontal Function
240. ETup CLOCk SOURce setting For details see the DLM4000 User s Manual SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup FIELd Function Sets or queries the data field size for SPI bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup FIELd lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup FIELd lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 32 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP FIELD 4 SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP FIELD gt SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP FIELD 4 Gl SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup DATA lt y gt GROuping Function Queries all data signal settings for SPI bus signal Function Sets or queries the on off status of grouping for analysis SPI bus signal analysis when there is no chip Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup select signal DATA lt y gt Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup lt x gt 1 to 4 GROuping lt Boolean gt lt y gt 1to2 SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup GROuping lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP GROUPING ON SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP GROUPING SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP GROUPING 1 5 174 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup ITIMe Function Sets or queries the idle time for SPI bus signal analysis when there is no chip select signal Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup ITIMe lt Time gt SERialbus lt x
241. EXECute FILE SAVE AHIStogram FFT HARM Sets or queries the area of a specific type of data to save 5 92 onics SBUS ZWAVe SELect FILE SAVE ASCii BINary Sets or queries the save compression method of a specific type of data 5 92 COMPression FILE SAVE ASCii BINary Sets or queries how history waveforms will be saved 5 92 HISTory FILE SAVE ASCii BINary Sets or queries the number of data points to save when compressing or 5 92 LENGth sampling decimating various types of data FILE SAVE ASCii BINary RANGe Sets or queries the save range for a specific type of data 5 92 FILE SAVE ASCii TINFormation Sets or queries whether waveform data is saved with time information ON 5 93 Time Information or without it OFF FILE SAVE ASCii BINary TRACe Sets or queries the waveforms to save for a specific type of data 5 93 FILE SAVE COMMent Sets or queries the comment that will be attached to the data that will be 5 93 saved FILE SAVE FFT FINFormation Sets or queries whether FFT data is saved with frequency information ON 5 93 Frequency Information or without it OFF FILE SAVE NAME Sets or queries the file name for the data that will be saved 5 93 GONogo Group GONogo Queries all GO NO GO determination settings 5 94 GONogo ABORt Aborts GO NO GO determination 5 94 GONogo ACTion Queries all of the settings related to the action executed when GO NO GO 5 94 results are NO GO and the reference GONogo ACTion BUZZer
242. Example LOGIC PODA ALL LEVEL 10 LOGIC PODA ALL LEVEL LOGIC PODA ALL LEVEL 10 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA ALL TYPE Function Selects the threshold level for logic input port A Syntax LOGic PODA ALL TYPE CMOSI1 CMOS2 CMOS3 CMOS5 ECL LOGic PODA ALL TYPE Example LOGIC PODA ALL TYPE CMOS1 LOGIC PODA ALL TYPE gt LOGIC PODA ALL TYPE CMOS1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA BIT lt x gt Function Queries all settings of a bit of logic input port A Syntax LOGic PODA BIT lt x gt lt x gt 0to7 Example LOGIC PODA BIT1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA BIT lt x gt DISPlay Function Turns on or off all bit displays of logic input port A Syntax LOGic PODA BIT lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt LOG C PODA BIT lt x gt DISPlay x 0to7 Example LOGIC PODA BIT1 DISPLAY ON LOGIC PODA BIT1 DISPLAY gt LOGIC PODA BIT1 DISPLAY 1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA BIT lt x gt LABel Function Sets or queries the label of a bit of logic input port A Syntax LOGic PODA BIT x LABel lt String gt LOGic PODA BIT x LABel x 0to7 String Up to 8 characters Example LOGIC PODA BIT1 LABEL ABC LOGIC PODA BIT1 LABEL LO
243. Function Syntax Example waveform for measuring the delay between channels of a waveform in the specified area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure COUNt NRf MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure COUNt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 10 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT 2 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT 2 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure SLOPe Sets or queries the slope of a source waveform Function Syntax Example for measuring the delay between channels of a waveform in the specified area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure SLOPe FALL RISE MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure SLOPe lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA DELAY MEASURE SLOPE FALL MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA DELAY MEASURE SLOPE gt MEASURE CHANNELI1 AREAI DELAY MEASURE SLOPE FALL MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence Queries all reference waveform settings used Function Syntax to measure the delay between the specified waveform and the
244. GGER ATRIGGER TV HDTV POLARITY POSITIVE TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV HDTV POLARITY gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV HDTV POLARITY POSITIVE TRIGger ATRigger TV LEVel Function Sets or queries the TV trigger level Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV LEVel lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger TV LEVel lt NRf gt 0 1 to 2 0div 0 1divsteps Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV LEVEL 0 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV LEVEL gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV LEVEL 0 1 TRIGger ATRigger TV LFORmat Function Sets or queries the format for specifying the line where TV triggering will be used Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV LFORmat ALL ONE TRIGger ATRigger TV LFORmat Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV LFORMAT ALL TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV LFORMAT TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV LFORMAT ALL IM DLM4038 17EN 5 225 spueululo2 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger TV SOURce Function Sets or queries the TV trigger source Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger TV SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV SOURCE 1 TRIGger ATRigger TV TYPE Function Sets or queries the TV trigger input type Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV TYPE NTSC HDTV I1080 50 11080 60 P1080 24 P1080 25 P1080 60 P720 60 SF1080 24 PAL SDTV TRIGger ATRigger TV TYPE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV TYPE NTSC TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV T
245. GGER CAN IDDATA RTR TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA RTR 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR Function Queries all ID OR condition settings for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR ACK Function Queries all ID OR condition ACK settings for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR ACK TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR ACK MODE Function Sets or queries the ACK mode which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR ACK MODE Boolean TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR ACK MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR ACK MODE ON GGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR ACK MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR ACK MODE 1 3 pel TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR ACK TYPE Function Sets or queries the ACK condition which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN DOR ACK TYPE ACK ACKBoth NONack TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN DOR ACK TYPE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR ACK TYPE ACK GGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR ACK TYPE TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR ACK TYPE ACK 3 pel TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR DATA Function Queries a
246. GIC PODA BIT1 LABEL ABC Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA BIT lt x gt LEVel Function Sets or queries the user defined threshold level of a bit of logic input port A Syntax LOGic PODA BIT lt x gt LEVel Voltage LOGic PODA BIT x LEVel x 0to7 Voltage 10 to 10 V in 0 1 V steps Example LOGIC PODA BIT1 LEVEL 10 LOGIC PODA BIT1 LEVEL LOGIC PODA BIT1 LEVEL 10 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported IM DLM4038 17EN 5 109 spueululo2 5 19 LOGic Group LOGic PODA BIT lt x gt TYPE Function Selects the threshold level of a bit of logic input port A Syntax LOGic PODA BIT x TYPE CMOS1 CMOS2 CMOS3 CMOS5 ECL LOGic PODA BIT x TYPE x 0to7 Example LOGIC PODA BIT1 TYPE CMOS1 LOGIC PODA BIT1 TYPE LOGIC PODA BIT1 TYPE CMOS1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA DESKew Function Sets or queries the deskewing of logic input port A Syntax LOGic PODA DESKew lt Time gt LOGic PODA DESKew Time 100 to 100 ns in 10 ps steps Example LOGIC PODA DESKEW 100 LOGIC PODA DESKEW LOGIC PODA DESKEW 100 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA HYSTeresis Function Sets or queries the hysteresis of logic input
247. H LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ V1 V2 Example WPARAMETER1 ITEM 1 AVERAGE WPARAMETER1 ITEM gt WPARAMETER1 ITEM 1 AVERAGE Descriptions The values that you can specify for lt Parameter gt when lt NRf gt or MATH lt y gt is specified are AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ V1 V2 The Parameter that you can set for PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt and PODL lt y gt are AVGFreq DELay DUTYcycle FREQuency PERiod PNUMber WPARameter lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the waveform parameter measurement mode Syntax WPARameter x MODE HISTogram TRENd WPARameter lt x gt MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example WPARAMETER1 MODE HISTOGRAM WPARAMETER1 MODE gt WPARAMETER1 MODE HISTOGRAM WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Function Queries all trend display settings for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt TRENd lt x gt 1to2 WPARameter lt x gt TRENd ASCale Function Executes auto scaling of the trend display for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt TRENd ASCale lt x gt 1to2 Example WPARAMETER1 TREND ASCALE 5 236 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 36 WPARameter Group
248. H SETUP DDATA DATA PFORMAT BINARY Gl c SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA SIGN Function Sets or queries whether a signed or unsigned data format will be used this is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup DData DATA SIGN SIGN UNSign SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup DData DATA SIGN lt x gt 1 to 4 ERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA DATA SIGN SIGN Example S D SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP D gt D DATA DATA SIGN SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA DATA SIGN SIGN SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData FID Function Queries all frame ID settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData FID lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData FID CONDition Function Sets or queries the frame ID data condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData FID CONDition BETWeen EQUal GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqu1 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData FID CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 ERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA FID CONDITION BETWEEN ERI
249. HANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 COPY MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 CYCLe Function Sets or queries a cycle mode in the specified area Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 CYCLe ONE N OFF MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 CYCLe lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 CYCLe ONE MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 CYCLE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 CYCLE ONE MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay Function Queries all of the settings for measuring the delay between channels of a waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure Function Queries all of the settings for a source waveform for measuring the delay between channels of a waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure COUNt Sets or queries the count number of a source
250. HOD AUTO EASURE CHANNEL1 METHOD gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 METHOD AUTO E MEASure CONTinuous Function Queries all settings for the normal statistical processing of automatically measured waveform parameters Syntax MEASure CONTinuous MEASure CONTinuous RESTart Function Restarts the normal statistical processing of automatically measured waveform parameters Syntax MEASure CONTinuous RESTart Example MEASURE CONTINUOUS RESTART spueululo2 MEASure CONTinuous TLCHange Trigger Level Change Function Sets or queries whether normal statistical processing of automatically measured waveform parameters is restarted when the trigger level is changed Syntax MEASure CONTinuous TLCHange RESTart IGNore MEASure CONTinuous TLCHange Example MEASURE CONTINUOUS TLCHANGE RESTART MEASURE CONTINUOUS TLCHANGE MEASURE CONTINUOUS TLCHANGE RESTART MEASure CYCLe Function Queries all cyclic statistical processing settings for automated measurement Syntax MEASure CYCLe MEASure CYCLe ABORt Function Aborts cyclic statistical processing for automated measurement Syntax MEASure CYCLe ABORt Example MEASURE CYCLE ABORT MEASure CYCLe EXECute Function Executes cyclic statistical processing for automated measurement Syntax MEASure CYCLe EXECute Example MEASURE CYCLE EXECUTE IM DLM4038 17EN 5 127 5 24 MEASure Group MEASure CYCLe TRACe Functi
251. IC PODA PODB BUS3 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 ASSignment Function Sets or queries the assignment of a bus of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA_PODB BUS3 ASSignment lt String gt LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 ASSignment String gt Up to 16 characters LOGIC PODA PODB BUS3 ASSIGNMENT ABC LOGIC PODA PODB BUS3 ASSIGNMENT gt LOGIC PODA PODB BUS3 ASSIGNMENT ABC Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported Example UJ LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 DISPlay Function Sets or queries the display on off status of a bus of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 DISPlay lt Boolean gt LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 DISPlay LOGIC PODA PODB BUS3 DISPLAY ON LOGIC PODA PODB BUS3 DISPLAY gt LOGIC PODA_PODB BUS3 DISPLAY 1 Example Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB BUSS3 FORMat Function Sets or queries the display format bus display of a bus of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 FORMat HEX BINary LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 FORMat Example LOGIC PODA PODB BUS3 FORMAT HEX LOGIC PODA PODB BUS3 FORMAT gt iLOGIC PODA PODB BUS3 FORMAT HEX Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 LABel Function Sets or q
252. IDDATA DATA TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData DATA SIGN Function Sets or queries whether signed or unsigned data format will be used which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger A1 ata Gger Al ata GGER ATR N SIGN GGER ATR SIGN TR SIGN SIGN D R D Example TR G R DATA DATA Rigger BT SIGN SIGNI Rigger BT SIGN GGER CAN ID GGER CAN ID Rigger CAN UNSign Rigger CAN DATA DATA DATA DATA GGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA DATA TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier Function Queries all identifier settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax IDData IDENtifier TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier ID Function Queries all ID settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier ID TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier ID HEXa Function Sets the ID value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData IDENtifier ID HEXa String Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA IDENTIFIER ID HEXA 1AB TRIGger ATRigger
253. IGH TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN SOURce Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger source signal Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN URce R Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN SOURCE 1 RIGGER ATRIGGER CAN SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN SOURCE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN SPOint Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger sample point Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN SPOint NRf TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN SPOint lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN SPOINT 18 8 TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN SPOINT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN SPOINT 18 8 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray Function Queries all FlexRay bus signal trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray 5 200 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray BCHannel Function Sets or queries the channel bus type for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray BCHannel A B TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray BCHannel Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY BCHANNEL A RIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY BCHANNEL gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY BCHANNEL A 4 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray BRATe Function Sets or queries the
254. IGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA DBYTe lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA DBYTe Rf gt 1 to 4 byte RIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA DBYTE 1 RIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA DBYTE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA DBYTE 1 3 Example 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA HEXa lt x gt Function Sets the data for UART signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA HEXa lt x gt lt String gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA HEXa lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA HEXA1 12 TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA HEXA1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA HEXAl1 12 x x TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA PATTern lt x gt Function Sets or queries the data value for UART signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA PATTern lt x gt lt String gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA PATTern lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA PATTERN1 00110101 TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA PATTERN1 00110101 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA PFORmat Function Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the ID and data conditions for UART signal triggering Syntax TRIGg
255. IGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData FID CONDition Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA FID CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA FID CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA FID CONDITION BETWEEN 1 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData FID ID lt x gt Function Sets or queries the Frame ID value which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData FID ID x lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData FID ID lt x gt x 1 to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 2047 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA FID ID1 100 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA FID ID1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA FID ID1 100 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData FID MODE Function Sets or queries the Frame ID enable disable condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData FID MODE lt Boolean gt J W Gger ATRigger BTRigger EXray IDData FID MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA FID nj E fal MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA FID MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA FID MODE 1 TRIGger ATR
256. IM DLM4038 17EN 5 29 spueululo2 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Executes a UART signal search 5 179 EXECute SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Sets which detected point to display in the UART signal search zoom window 5 179 SELect and queries the zoom position of the detected point SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Queries the number of detected points in the UART signal search 5 180 SELect MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Queries all UART signal search condition settings 5 180 SETup SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Queries all UART signal search data settings 5 180 SETup DATA SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for UART signal 5 180 SETup DATA CONDition searching SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Sets or queries the number of data bytes for UART signal searching 5 180 ETup DATA DBYTe lbus lt x gt UART SEARch Sets the data for UART signal searching in hexadecimal notation 5 180 DATA HEXa lt y gt lbus lt x gt UART SEARch Sets or queries the data value for UART signal searching in binary notation 5 180 DATA PATTern lt y gt lbus lt x gt UART SEARch Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the ID and data 5 180 DATA PFORmat conditions
257. IN bus signal search error settings 5 165 ERRor SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search checksum error setting 5 165 ERRor CHECksum SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search framing error setting 5 165 ERRor FRAMing SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search parity error setting 5 165 ERRor PARity SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search synch error setting 5 165 ERRor SYNCh SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search timeout error setting 5 165 ERRor TIMeout SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Queries all ID and data condition settings for LIN bus signal searching 5 165 IDData 5 26 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Queries all LIN bus signal search data settings 5 166 DData DATA SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the data conditions for LIN bus signal searching 5 166 DData DATA CONDition SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the number of data bytes for LIN bus signal searching 5 166 DData DATA DBYTe SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries th
258. IN bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData IDENtifier ID HEXa lt String gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA IDENTIFIER ID HEXA 1E Example TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData IDENtifier ID MODE Function Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN DData IDENtifier ID MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN DData IDENtifier ID MODE Example RIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DENTIFIER ID MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DENTIFIER ID MODE gt iTRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DENTIFIER ID MODE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData IDENtifier ID PATTern Function Sets or queries the ID value for LIN bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData IDENtifier ID PATTern lt String gt RIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN DData IDENtifier ID PATTern RIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DENTIFIER ID PATTERN 101100 TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DENTIFIER ID PATTERN TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DENTIFIER ID PATTERN 101100 Example TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData IDENtifier PFORmat Function Sets or queries the ID input format which is one
259. ION 1 000E 00 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the target axis of a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MODE HORizontal VERTical ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MODE HORIZONTAL ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MODE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MODE HORIZONTAL ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt RANGe Function Sets or queries the measurement source window of a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt RANGe MAIN Z1 22 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt RANGe lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 RANGE MAIN ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 RANGE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 RANGE MAIN spuewwog ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform of a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt TRACe lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1to4 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 TRACE 1 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 TRACE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI TRACE 1 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt VERTical Function Sets or queries the vertical range of a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt VERTical lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt VERTical lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 divisions Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 VERTICAL 0 1 ANALYSIS AHISTOG
260. ION BETWEEN SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SIGNal DECimal cy Function Sets a signal s reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching in decimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SIGNal DECimal lt y gt lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SIGNal DECimal lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL DECIMAL1 1 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL DECIMAL1 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL DECIMAL1 1 000E 00 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SIGNal ITEM Function Sets the signal item which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SIGNal ITEM lt String gt lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 32 characters Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL ITEM Sig Test Mess Test SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData RTR Function Sets or queries the RTR value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData RTR lt Boolean gt SERial
261. IS PMEASURE1 IMETHOD AUTO ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt INDicator Function Sets or queries the measurement location indicator Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt INDicator IAC IAVGfreq Z ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt INDicator lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 INDICATOR IAC ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 INDICATOR gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 INDICATOR IAC 5 60 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure Function Queries all the settings for automated measurement of power measurement parameters Syntax ANALysis PMEAsurecx MEASure lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MEASURE ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure lt Parameter gt Function Queries the setting of a power measurement parameter Syntax ANALysis PMEAsurecx MEASure lt Parameter gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MEASURE AH ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure Parameter COUNt Function Queries the normal statistical processing count of the power measurement parameter Syntax ANALysis PMEAsurecx MEASure Parameter COUNt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MEASURE AH COUNT ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure lt Param eter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViati on Function Queries a statistical value of a power measurement parameter Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt MEASure lt Parame ter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum S
262. IS PMEASUREl1 IDPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IDPRoximal PERCent Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as percentages Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IDPRoximal PERCent NRf NRf NRf ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IDPRoximal PERCent lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 0 to 100 96 in steps of 1 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 IDPROXIMAL PERCENT 10 50 90 ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 IDPROXIMAL PERCENT gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 IDPROXIMAL PERCENT 10 50 90 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IDPRoximal UNIT Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as voltages Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IDPRoximal UNIT lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IDPRoximal UNIT lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 IDPROXIMAL UNIT 1 0 1 ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 IDPROXIMAL UNIT gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 IDPROXIMAL UNIT 1 0000000E 00 0 0000000E 00 1 0000000E 00 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IMEThod Function Sets or queries the high and low points Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IMEThod AUTO M AXimum HISTogram ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IMEThod lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 IMETHOD AUTO ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 IMETHOD gt ANALYS
263. ISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon VPOSition lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 divisions Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 POLYGON VPOSITION 1 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBERI POLYGON VPOSITION gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBERI POLYGON VPOSITION 1 000E 00 HISTory SEARCh NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon ZNUMber Function Sets or queries the zone number that will be used for polygonal zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon ZNUMber lt NRf gt HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon ZNUMber lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 POLYGON ZNUMBER 1 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 POLYGON ZNUMBER gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 POLYGON ZNUMBER 1 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle Function Queries all rectangular zone search settings Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle lt x gt 1 to 4 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle HORizontal Function Sets or queries the horizontal position of the rectangle that will be used for rectangular zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle HORizontal lt NRf gt lt NRf gt HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle HORizontal lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 RECTANGLE HORIZONTAL 1 2 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 RECTANGLE HORIZONTAL gt HISTORY
264. If BYTE or WORD is specified the DLM4000 returns the data in the Block data format The data can be converted using the following equation Voltage computed value Range x data division offset BYTE Division 12 5 WORD Division 3200 3 If RBYTe is specified the DLM4000 returns the data in the Block data format The data can be converted using the following equation Voltage computed value Range x data position division offset Division 25 Position The return value of WAVeform POSition lt NRf gt can be omitted If you specify lt NRf gt waveform data is queried lt NRf gt times in order starting from the record located at the record number specified by WAVeform RECord lt NRf gt f CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE is set to ON linear scaling is possible with the following equation Linearly scaled value voltage computed value x scaling coefficient A offset value B Scaling coefficient A the return value of CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue Offset value B the return value of CHANnel x LSCale BVALue WAVeform SIGN Function Queries whether or not signs are included in the binary data of the source waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe when the data is queried Syntax WAVeform SIGN Example WAVEFORM SIGN WAVEFORM SIGN 1 WAVeform SRATe Sample RATE Function Queries the sample rate of the record specified by the WAVeform RECord comm
265. LIN IDOR IDENTIFIER ID1 HEXA lE IM DLM4038 17EN 5 215 spueululo2 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition which is one of the IDOR conditions for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt MODE lt Boolean gt BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN DOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt PATTern Function Sets or queries the ID pattern which is one of the IDOR conditions for LIN bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN DOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 PATTERN 101100 TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 PATTERN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 PATTERN 101100 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier MODE Function Sets or queries the ID enable disable co
266. LOGIC PODL POSITION LOGIC PODL POSITION 1 00 PODL SIZE Sets or queries the display size of logic input port L LOGic PODL SIZE LARGe MIDium SMAL1 LOGic PODL SIZE LOGIC PODL SIZE LARGE LOGIC PODL SIZE gt LOGIC PODL SIZE LARGE PODL STATe Queries all state display settings of logic input port L LOGic PODL STATe PODL STATe ASSignment Queries state display assignments of logic input port L LOGic PODL STATe ASSignment LOGIC PODL STATE ASSIGNMENT gt LOGIC PODL STATE ASSIGNMENT LOGic PODL STATe ASSignment BIT lt x gt Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the state display assignments of all bits of logic input port L LOGic PODL STATe ASSignment BIT lt x gt lt Boolean gt LOGic PODL STATe ASSignment BIT lt x gt x 20to7 LOGIC PODL STATEl1 ASSIGNMENT BIT1 ON LOGIC PODL STATEl1 ASSIGNMENT BIT1 LOGIC PODL STATE1 ASSIGNMENT BIT1 1 LOGic PODL STATe ASSignment BUS Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the state display assignment bus setting of logic input port L LOGic PODL STATe ASSignment BUS Boolean LOGic PODL STATe ASSignment BUS LOGIC PODL STATE ASSIGNMENT BUS ON LOGIC PODL STATE ASSIGNMENT BUS gt LOGIC PODL STATE ASSIGNMENT BUS 1 LOGic PODL STATe CLOCk Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the state display reference clock waveform of logic input port L LOG
267. MEASure PARameter Parameter VALue x 1to2 Parameter C1 C2 DC MAXimunm MEAN MEDian MINimum PEAK SD2integ SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE PARAMETER MAXIMUM VALUE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE PARAMETER MAXIMUM VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter HPOSition lt y gt Function Sets or queries the horizontal position of Cursor1 or Cursor 2 for a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter HPOSition lt y gt lt NRf gt ANALysis AHIStogram x MEASure PARameter HPOSition lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER HPOSITION 1 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER HPOSITION gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER HPOSITION 1 000E 00 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter VPOSition lt y gt Function Sets or queries the vertical position of Cursor1 or Cursor 2 for a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter VPOSition lt y gt lt NRf gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter VPOSition lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 divisions Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER VPOSITION 1 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER VPOSITION gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER VPOSIT
268. MEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt Queries the automatically measured value of a Calc item 5 64 e VALue 3 ANALysis WAIT Waits for the completion of automated measurement with a set timeout 5 64 3 amp ASETup Group ASETup EXECute Executes auto setup 5 65 ASETup UNDO Undoes auto setup 5 65 CALibrate Group CALibrate Queries all calibration settings 5 66 CALibrate EXECute Executes calibration 5 66 CALibrate MODE Sets or queries the on off status of auto calibration 5 66 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt Queries all vertical axis settings of a channel 5 67 CHANnel lt x gt BWIDth Sets or queries the input filter setting of a channel 5 67 CHANnel x COUPling Sets or queries the input coupling setting of a channel 5 67 CHANnel lt x gt DESKew Sets or queries the deskew setting of a channel 5 67 CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay Sets or queries the display on off status of a channel 5 67 CHANnel lt x gt INVert Sets or queries the on off status of invert mode which inverts the waveform 5 67 display CHANnel lt x gt LABel Queries all waveform label settings of a channel 5 67 CHANnel x LABel DEFine Sets or queries the waveform label of a channel 5 67 CHANnel lt x gt LABel DISPlay Sets or queries the waveform label display on off status of a channel 5 67 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale Queries all linear scaling settings of a channel 5 67 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue Sets or queries a scaling coefficient A value 5 67
269. MODE lt Boolean gt RIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C DRess ADDRess MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DRESS MODE ON RIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DRESS MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER 1I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess PFORmat spueululo2 Function Sets or queries the address input format which is one of the address conditions for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess PFORmat BINary HEXa TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger 12C ADDRess ADDRess PFORmat Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS D RESS PFORMAT gt iTRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS PFORMAT BINARY ADDRESS IM DLM4038 17EN 5 209 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess TYPE Function Sets or queries the address type which is one of the address conditions for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess TYPE BIT10ADdress D T7ADdress BIT7APsub RIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess TYPE RIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS DRESS TYPE BIT10ADDRESS RIGGER ATRIGGER 12C ADDRESS DRESS TYPE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER 1I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS TYPE BITLOADDRESS Example T TRIGger
270. Municate HEADer setting does not affect character data Boolean Boolean is data that indicates ON or OFF The following types of expressions are possible Form Example oN orrF NR ON OFF 1 0 When Boolean is expressed in the NRf form OFF is selected if the rounded integer value is O and ON is selected for all other cases Aresponse message is always returned with a 1 if the value is ON and with a 0 if the value is OFF String Data String data is not a predefined character string like character data It can be any character string The character string must be enclosed in single quotation marks or double quotation marks Form Example String data ABC IEEE488 2 1987 If a character string contains a double quotation mark the double quotation mark is expressed as two consecutive quotation marks This rule also applies to single quotation marks A response message is always enclosed in double quotation marks String data is any character string Therefore the DLM4000 assumes that the remaining program message units are part of the character string if no single or double quotation mark is encountered As a result no error is detected if a quotation mark is omitted Form Example lt NRf gt character data string data 1 CASE CASE lt NRf gt is rounded to an 8 digit integer and converted
271. N 5 67 5 6 CHANnel Group CHANnel x LSCale BVALue Function Sets or queries an offset B value Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale BVALue lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt LSCale BVALue lt x gt 1to8 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example CHANNEL1 LSCALE BVALUE 10 CHANNEL1 LSCALE BVALUE CHANNEL1 LSCALE BVALUE 10 0000E 00 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE Function Sets or queries the on off status of linear scaling Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE x 21108 Example CHANNEL1 LSCALE MODE ON CHANNEL1 LSCALE MODE CHANNEL1 LSCALE MODE 1 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale UNIT Function Sets or queries a unit that is attached to linear scaling results Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale UNIT lt String gt CHANnel lt x gt LSCale UNIT lt x gt 1to8 lt String gt Up to four characters Example CHANNEL1 LSCALE UNIT EU CHANNEL1 LSCALE UNIT CHANNEL1 LSCALE UNIT EU Description You can only use the characters and symbols that appear on the DLM4000 soft keyboard Assignment of a unit never affects the scale value CHANnel lt x gt OFFSet Function Sets or queries the offset voltage of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt OFFSet lt Voltage gt lt Current gt CHANnel lt x gt OFFSet lt x gt 1to8 lt Voltage gt lt Current gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example CHANNEL1 OFFSET OV
272. NALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T SCALe SENSitivity lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T SCALE SENSITIVITY 10 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T SCALE SENSITIVITY gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T SCALE SENSITIVITY 10 0000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze x I2T TRANge Time Range Function Sets or queries the measurement time period Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T TRANge lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T TRANge lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T TRANGE 4 4 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T TRANGE ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 12T TRANGE 4 00E 00 4 00E 00 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 53 spuewwog 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup Function Queries all power supply analysis input settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup ADESkew Function Executes automatic deskewing for power supply analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup ADESkew lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP ADESKEW ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup I Function Queries all current input channel settings for power supply analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup I1 lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup I DESKew Function Sets or queries the deskew setting of th
273. NALyze SETup CLOCk MODE lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK MODE ON SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK MODE SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK MODE 1 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CLOCk POLarity Function Sets or queries the clock signal slope for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CLOCk POLarity x2 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK POLARITY FALL SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK POLARITY gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK POLARITY FALL IM DLM4038 17EN 5 169 spuewwog 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURce Function Sets or queries the clock signal for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK SOURCE gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK SOURCE 1 Description The clock signal that you can specify varies depending on the SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup DA
274. NE FILTER1 TYPE gt MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 TYPE IIR Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 MATH x USERdefine HISTory ABORt Function Aborts user defined computation Math on History of the history waveform Syntax MATH x USERdefine HISTory ABORt x2 1 to 4 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE HISTORY ABORT IM DLM4038 17EN 5 121 5 20 MATH Group MATH lt x gt USERdefine HISTory EXECute Function Executes user defined computation Math on History of the history waveform Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine HISTory EXECute lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE HISTORY EXECUTE MATH lt x gt USERdefine SCALe Function Queries all scaling settings for user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine SCALe lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt USERdefine SCALe ARANging Function Executes auto ranging of user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine SCALe ARANging lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE SCALE ARANGING MATH lt x gt USERdefine SCALe CENTer Function Sets or queries the center value for scaling in user defined computation Syntax gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine SCALe CENTer NRf gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine SCALe CENTer lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE SCALE CENTER 1 MATH1 USERDEFINE SCALE CENTER gt MATH1 USERDEFINE SCALE CENTER 1
275. NGe searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the source waveform that will be used for waveform zone 5 106 WAVE TRACe searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the determination area that will be used for waveform zone 5 106 WAVE TRANge searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the zone number that will be used for waveform zone 5 106 WAVE ZNUMber searching HISTory SEARch RESet Reset the search condition of the history waveform 5 106 HISTory TIME Queries the time of the source record number 5 106 IMAGe Group IMAGe Queries all screen image data output settings 5 107 MAGe ABORt Aborts saving screen image data to the storage medium 5 107 MAGe BACKground Sets or queries the screen image background 5 107 MAGe COMMent Sets or queries the comment at the lower right of the screen 5 107 MAGe EXECute Saves screen image data to a storage medium 5 107 MAGe FORMat Sets or queries the screen image output format 5 107 MAGe MODE Sets or queries the screen image output mode 5 107 MAGe SAVE Queries all file output settings 5 107 MAGe SAVE ANAMing Sets or queries the on off status of the auto naming feature for saving files 5 107 MAGe SAVE CDIRectory Changes the file directory 5 107 MAGe SAVE DRIVe Sets the medium to create files on 5 107 MAGe SAVE NAME Sets or queries the file name for the file that will be created 5 107 MAGe SEND Queries the screen
276. NMENT L1 spueululo2 LOGIC PODL LOGIC PO B T1 LABEL Description String Combination of LO to L7 DL BIT1 LABEL ABC LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt LEVel Function Sets or queries the user defined threshold level of a bit of logic input port L LOGic PODL BIT x LEVel lt Voltage gt LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt LEVel x 0to7 Voltage 10 to 10 V in 0 1 V steps LOGIC PODL BIT1 LEVEL 1 LOGIC PODL BIT1 LEVEL gt LOGIC PODL BIT1 LEVEL 1 000E 00 Syntax Example LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt TYPE Function Selects the threshold level of a bit of logic input port L LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt TYPE CMOS1 CMOS2 CMOS3 CMOS5 ECL USERdefine LOGic PODL BIT x TYPE x 0to7 LOGIC PODL BIT1 TYPE CMOS1 LOGIC PODL BIT1 TYPE LOGIC PODL BIT1 TYPE CMOS1 Syntax Example LOGic PODL BUS DISPlay Function Sets or queries the bus display on off status of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL BUS DISPlay lt Boolean gt LOGic PODL BUS DISPlay Example LOGIC PODL BUS DISPLAY ON LOGIC PODL BUS DISPLAY LOGIC PODL BUS DISPLAY 1 LOGic PODL BUS FORMat Function Sets or queries the bus display format of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL BUS FORMat HEX BINary LOGic PODL BUS FORMat Example LOGIC PODL BUS FORMAT HEX LOGIC PODL BUS FORMAT gt LOGIC PODL BUS FORMAT HEX LOGic PODL BUS LAB
277. Nnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence TRACe lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 2 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 2 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal Function Syntax Queries all distal mesial and proximal settings MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 5 126 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 24 MEASure Group MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal MODE Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal point mode setting Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal MODE PERCent UNIT MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal MODE lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL MODE MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal PERCent Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as percentages Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal PERCent lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt
278. O TIME lt NRf gt 1 to 60 minute Example SYSTEM LCD AUTO TIME 1 SYSTEM LCD AUTO TIME SYSTEM LCD AUTO TIME 1 SYSTem LCD BRIGhtness Function Sets or queries the LCD brightness Syntax SYSTem LCD BRIGhtness lt NRf gt SYSTem LCD BRIGhtness lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SYSTEM LCD BRIGHTNESS 2 SYSTEM LCD BRIGHTNESS gt SYSTEM LCD BRIGHTNESS 2 SYSTem LCD MODE Function Sets or queries the on off status of the LCD backlight Syntax SYSTem LCD MODE Boolean SYSTem LCD MODE SYSTEM LCD MODE ON SYSTEM LCD MODE SYSTEM LCD MODE 1 Example SYSTem LMODe Legacy Mode Function Sets or queries whether to initialize the settings to the default values of legacy models when Default Setup is executed Syntax SYSTem LMODe Boolean SYSTem LMODe Example SYSTEM LMODE ON SYSTEM LMODE SYSTEM LMODE 1 S SYSTem MLANguage 3 Function Sets or queries the menu language z Syntax SYSTem MLANguage CHINese ENGLish a o FRENch GERMan ITALian JAPANese KORean RUSSian SPANish SYSTem MLANguage Example SYSTEM MLANGUAGE JAPANESE SYSTEM MLANGUAGE SYSTEM MLANGUAGE JAPANESE SYSTem OCANcel Offset Cancel Function Sets or queries whether or not the specified offset voltage will be applied to measurement and computation on off Syntax SYSTem OCANcel Boolean SYSTem OCANce1 Example SYSTEM OCANCEL ON SYSTEM OCANCEL SYSTEM OC
279. ODL PATTERN 1100xx01 SEARCH PPATTERN PODL PATTERN gt SEARCH PPATTERN PODL PATTERN 1100xx01 nv UO U gt Example SEARch PPATtern POLarity Function Sets or queries the state or state width search polarity Syntax SEARCh PPATtern POLarity ENTer EXIT FALSe TRUE SEARch PPATtern POLarity Example SEARCH PPATTERN POLARITY ENTER SEARCH PPATTERN POLARITY gt SEARCH PPATTERN POLARITY ENTER Descriptions If you specify SEARch TYPE STATe the valid parameter values are ENTer EXIT f you specify SEARch TYPE SWIDth the valid parameter values are FALSe TRUE SEARch PPATtern TIME lt x gt Function Sets or queries the pulse width setting for state or state width searching Syntax SEARCh PPATtern TIME x lt Time gt SEARch PPATtern TIME lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 Time 1ns to 500 s Example SEARCH PPATTERN TIME1 1S SEARCH PPATTERN TIME1 gt SEARCH PPATTERN TIME1 1 000E 00 SEARch PPATtern TYPE Function Sets or queries the search type setting for state or state width searching Syntax SEARch PPATtern TYPE BETWeen IN NOTBetween OUT TIMeout SEARch PPATtern TYPE Example SEARCH PPATTERN TYPE BETWEEN SEARCH PPATTERN TYPE gt SEARCH PPATTERN TYPE BETWEEN SEARch QUALi fy Function Queries all edge qualified search settings Syntax SEARCh QUALify SEARch QUALify CONDition Function Sets or queries the
280. ODL STATe THReshold lt NRf gt LOGic PODL STATe THReshold lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example LOGIC PODL STATE THRESHOLD lt NRF gt LOGIC PODL STATE THRESHOLD gt LOGIC PODL STATE THRESHOLD lt NRF gt spuewwog IM DLM4038 17EN 5 117 5 20 MATH Group You cannot use commands that relate to user defined computation on models that are not equipped with the user defined computation option MATH lt x gt Function Queries all computation settings Syntax MATH lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt DISPlay Function Sets or queries whether or not computed waveforms will be displayed on off Syntax MATH lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt MATH lt x gt DISPlay x 1 to 4 Example MATH1 DISPLAY ON MATH1 DISPLAY gt MATH1 DISPLAY 1 MATH lt x gt ECOunt Function Queries all edge count settings Syntax MATH x ECOunt lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH x ECOunt HYSTeresis Function Sets or queries the hysteresis for the edge detection level of edge counting Syntax MATH lt x gt ECOunt HYSTeresis lt NRf gt MATH x ECOunt HYSTeresis x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 4 divisions Example MATH1 ECOUNT HYSTERESIS 1 MATH1 ECOUNT HYSTERESIS gt MATHI ECOUNT HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 MATH lt x gt ECOunt POLarity Function Sets or queries the edge detection polarity for edge counting Syntax MATH lt x gt
281. OR of multiple edge triggers OR ENHANCED Edge OR Edge qualified trigger QUALify Edge Qualify State trigger PATTern State Pulse width trigger PULSe Pulse Width State width trigger WIDTh State Width Serial trigger CAN LIN UART I C SPI FlexRay CAN CAN and User Define LIN LIN UART UART I2C 12C SPI SPI FLEXray FlexRay USERdefine User Define TV trigger NTSC PAL SDTV HDTV and User TV NTSC NTSC Define TV PAL PAL TV SDTV SDTV TV HDTV HDTV TV USERdefine User Define CAN LIN UART I C and SPI are options You cannot use commands that relate to serial busses on models that are not equipped with the appropriate options TRIGger Function Queries all trigger settings Syntax TRIGger TRIGger ABN Function Queries all A gt B N trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ABN TRIGger ABN COUNt Function Sets or queries the number of times condition B must be met for the A gt B N trigger Syntax TRIGger ABN COUNt lt NRf gt TRIGger ABN COUNCt lt NRf gt 1 to 1000000000 Example TRIGGER ABN COUNT 1 TRIGGER ABN COUNT TRIGGER ABN COUNT 1 TRIGger ACTion Function Queries all action on trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ACTion TRIGger ACTion ACQCount Function Sets or queries the action on trigger action Syntax TRIGger ACTion ACQCount lt NRf gt INFinite TRIGger ACTion ACQCount lt NRf gt 1 to 1000000 Example TRIGGER ACTION ACQCOUNT 1 TRIGGER ACTION A
282. OUPING gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS GROUPING OFF ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics SPOint Function Sets or queries the harmonic analysis computation start point Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics SPOint lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics SPOint lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS SPOINT 1 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS SPOINT ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS SPOINT 1 000E 00 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 51 spuewwog 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics SVOLtage Function Sets or queries the power supply voltage for harmonic analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics SVOLtage lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics SVOLtage lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt Voltage 90 to 440 V Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS SVOLTAGE 230 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS SVOLTAGE ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS SVOLTAGE 230 00000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 1I2T Function Queries all Joule integral settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 1I2T MATH Function Sets or queries the on off status of the Joule integral waveform display Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T MATH 12T OFF ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T MATH lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 1
283. P IDDATA DATA DBYTE 1 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA DECimal lt y gt Function Sets or queries a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching in decimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA DECimal y lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA DECimal lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 1 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 1 000E 00 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA ENDian Function Sets or queries the byte order of the reference values which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA ENDian BIG LITTle SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA ENDian lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA DATA ENDIAN BIG SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA DATA ENDIAN gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA DATA ENDIAN BIG im SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA HEXa lt y gt Function Sets a refe
284. PATTERN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH PODL PATTERN 10111000 TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh TIME lt x gt Function Sets or queries the pulse width setting for state width triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh TIME x Time TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh TIME lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 Time 4 ns to 10 s 2 ns steps Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH TIME1 1S TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH TIME1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH TIME1 1 000E 00 TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh TYPE Function Sets or queries the time width mode for state width triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh TYPE INI OUT BETWeen NOTBetween TIMeout TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh TYPE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH TYPE IN TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH TYPE TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH TYPE IN TRIGger COMBination Function Sets or queries the trigger combination Syntax TRIGger COMBination ABN ADB AORB OFF TRIGger COMBination Example TRIGGER COMBINATION ABN TRIGGER COMBINATION TRIGger DELay TIME Function Sets or queries the delay the time between the trigger point and the trigger position Syntax TRIGger DELay TIME lt Time gt TRIGger DELay TIME Time 0 to 10 s in steps of 1 sample rate Example TRIGGER DELAY TIME 2US TRIGGER DELAY TIME TRIGGER DELAY TIME 2 00E 06 Description The delay is fixed at zero when the time base is set to an external cloc
285. PNG FILE COPY PATH Function Queries the file copy destination directory Syntax FILE COPY PATH Example FILE COPY PATH FILE COPY PATH PATH FLASHMEM UTIL FILE DELete AHIStogram ASCii BIN ary BMP FFT HLISt JPEG MEASure PNG SBUS SETup SNAP ZPOLygon ZWAVe EXECute Function Deletes a specific type of data file This is an overlap command Syntax FILE DELete AHIStogram ASCii BINary BMP FFT HLISt JPEG MEASure PNG SBUS SETup SNAP ZPOLygon ZWAVe EXECute lt String gt Example Below is an example for waveform data FILE DELETE AHISTOGRAM EXECUTE DATA Description Use the FILE DIRectory DRIVe command to select the target medium FILE DIRectory CDIRectory Function Changes the current directory Syntax FILE DIRectory CDIRectory lt String gt lt String gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example FILE DIRECTORY CDIRECTORY UTIL FILE DIRectory DRIVe Function Sets the current medium Syntax FILE DIRectory DRIVe FLAShmem NETWork USB NRf lt NRf gt 0 to 3 Example FILE DIRECTORY DRIVE FLASHMEM Description You can omit the lt NRf gt for USB if the drive is not partitioned or is not divided into LUNs FILE DIRectory FREE Function Queries the free space on the current medium in bytes Syntax FILE DIRectory FREE Example FILE DIRECTORY FREE FILE DIRECTORY FREE 65536
286. PULSE POLARITY IN Description If TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow is set to ON select from IN OUT otherwise select from NEGative POSitive x TRIGger ATRigger PULSe SOURce Function Sets or queries the pulse width trigger source Syntax TRIGger ATRigger PULSe SOURce lt NRf gt EXTernal PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger PULSe SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt lt x gt of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER PULSE SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER PULSE SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER PULSE SOURCE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger QUALify Function Queries all edge qualify trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger QUALify TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger QUALify CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets or queries the conditions for a waveform for edge qualified triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger QUALify CHANnel lt x gt DONTcare HIGH IN LOW OFF OUT RIGger ATRigger BTRigger QUALify CHANnel lt x gt gt Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER QUALIFY CHANNEL1 HIGH TRIGGER ATRIGGER QUALIFY CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER QUALIFY CHANNEL1 HIGH Description If TRIGger SOURce CHANne1 lt x gt WINDow is Syntax TRIGger ATRigger PULSe set to ON select from IN OFF OUT otherwise select from
287. Queries the automatically measured value for the specified measurement 5 49 MEASure PARameter Parameter item of a waveform histogram VALue ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets or queries the horizontal position of Cursor1 or Cursor 2 for a waveform 5 49 MEASure PARameter HPOSitioncy histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets or queries the vertical position of Cursor1 or Cursor 2 for a waveform 5 49 MEASure PARameter VPOSition lt y gt histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MODE Sets or queries the target axis of a waveform histogram 5 49 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt RANGe Sets or queries the measurement source window of a waveform histogram 5 49 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt TRACe Sets or queries the source waveform of a waveform histogram 5 49 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets or queries the vertical range of a waveform histogram 5 49 VERTical ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Queries all power supply analysis settings 5 49 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Queries all harmonic analysis settings 5 50 HARMonics ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Queries all class C harmonic analysis settings 5 50 HARMonics CCLass ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Queries the current power factor for class C harmonic analysis 5 50 HARMonics CCLass GETLambda ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Sets or queries the power factor for class C harmonic analysis 5 50 HARMonics CCLass LAMBda ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Sets or queries the fundamental current value for
288. R PATTERN SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA IDENTIFIER PATTERN 11100001111 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier PFORmat Function Sets or queries the ID input format which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier PFORmat BINary HEXa MESSage SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier PFORmat lt x gt 1 to 4 ERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA ENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY ERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA ENTIFIER PFORMAT SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP DDATA IDENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY Example SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal Function Queries all message and signal settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal MESSage ITEM Function Sets the message item which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal MESSage ITEM String x 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 32 characters Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA MSIGNAL MESSAGE ITEM TEST SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SELect Function Sets or queries t
289. R UART POLARITY NEGATIVE TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART POLARITY gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART POLARITY NEGATIVE 3 w TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART SOURCe Function Sets or queries the source signal for UART signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART SOURce NRf PODA x PODB x PODL lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt lt x gt of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART SOURCE 1 5 228 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART SPOint Function Sets or queries the UART signal trigger sample point Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART SPOint lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART SPOint lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART SPOINT 18 8 TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART SPOINT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART SPOINT 18 8 x x TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh Function Queries all state width trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets or queries the trigger condition of a channe for state width triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CHANnel x DONTcare HIGH IN LOW OFF OUT TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CHANnel lt x gt
290. RAM1 VERTICAL gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI VERTICAL 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Function Queries all power supply analysis settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 49 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics Function Queries all harmonic analysis settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass Function Queries all class C harmonic analysis settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass x 21102 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass GETLambda Function Queries the current power factor for class C harmonic analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass GETLambda x 21102 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CCLASS GETLAMBDA ANALysis PANalyze x HARMonics CCLass LAMBda Function Sets or queries the power factor for class C harmonic analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass LAMBda lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass LAMBda lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 0 001 to 1 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CCLASS LAMBDA 0 10 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CCLASS LAMBDA gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CCLASS LAMBDA 100 0E 03 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass MAXCurrent Function Sets or queri
291. RENCE1 DISPLAY 1 REFerence lt x gt LABel Function Queries all label settings of a reference Syntax REFerence lt x gt LABel lt x gt 1 to 4 REFerence lt x gt LABel DEFine Function Sets or queries a reference waveform label Syntax REFerence lt x gt LABel U EFine lt String gt REFerence lt x gt LABel DEFine x 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to eight characters Example REFERENCE1 LABEL DEFINE REF1 REFERENCE1 LABEL DEFINE gt REFERENCE1 LABEL DEFINE REF1 REFerence lt x gt LABel MODE Function Sets or queries the label display on off status of a reference Syntax REFerence lt x gt LABel MODE lt Boolean gt REFerence lt x gt LABel MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example REFERENCE1 LABEL MODE ON REFERENCE LABEL MODE gt REFERENCE1 LABEL MODE 1 REFerence lt x gt LOAD Function Loads a reference waveform Syntax REFerence lt x gt LOAD lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1 9 Example REFERENCE1 LOAD 1 When x of REFerence lt x gt 1 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 When lt x gt of REFerence lt x gt 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 When lt x gt of REFerence lt x gt 3 lt NRf gt 5 to 8 When lt x gt of REFerence lt x gt 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 3 REFerence lt x gt POSition Function Sets or queries the vertical position of a reference wave
292. RIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WIDTH gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WIDTH 5 0E 00 Description When the probe type is set to current this command sets or queries the lt Current gt value TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x WINDow Function Syntax Example Enhanced Sets or queries the window on off status of the specified trigger source for enhanced triggering TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow lt Boolean gt TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow x 21108 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WINDOW ON TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WINDOW gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WINDOW 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 231 5 35 WAVeform Group The commands in this group deal with the retrieved waveform data There are no front panel keys that correspond to the commands in this group WAVeform Function Queries all information about waveform data Syntax WAVeform WAVeform ALL Function Queries all settings related to the WAVeform ALL SEND query Syntax WAVeform ALL WAVeform ALL SEND Function Queries the waveform data specified by the WAVeform ALL TRACe command Syntax WAVeform ALL SEND NRf lt NRf gt 0 to the acquisition count Example WAVEFORM ALL SEND 0 800007558 03 00 85 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 E2 04 00 00 00 00 00 00 E2 04 00 00 62 00 AC 11 44 00 6C 00 26 00 08 00 3C 18 3E 18 4E 18 0A 18 18 18 Descriptions You can query waveform data during measure
293. RSOR Y1 VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA MODE Function Sets or queries the automated measurement mode of the XY display safe operating area Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA MODE CURSor OFF ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA MODE CURSOR ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA MODE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA MODE CURSOR ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA TRANge Time Range Function Sets or queries the range of the T Y waveform to display in the XY display safe operating area Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA TRANge lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA TRANge lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA TRANGE 4 4 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA TRANGE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA TRANGE 4 00 4 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA VTDisplay Function Sets or queries whether or not to display the VT waveform in the XY display safe operating area Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA VTDisplay lt Boolean gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA VTDisplay lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA VTDISPLAY ON ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA VTIDISPLAY ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA VTDISPLAY 1 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Function Queries all switching loss settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss lt x
294. RT BITorder Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART BITORDER LSBFIRST TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART BITORDER gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART BITORDER LSBFIRST TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART BRATe Function Sets or queries the UART signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART BRATe lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 lt NRF gt of USER gt See the DLM4000 Feature Guide for this information Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART BRATE 2400 TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART BRATE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART BRATE 2400 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA Function Queries all UART signal trigger data settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA CONDition Function Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for UART signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA CONDition DONTcare TRUE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA CONDition Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA CONDITION DONTCARE TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA CONDITION DONTCARE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA DBYTe Function Sets or queries the number of data bytes for UART signal triggering Syntax TR
295. Rf gt TRIGger ATRigger URce BTRigger LIN Rf 1 to 8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN SOURCE 1 RIGGER ATRIGGER LIN SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN SOURCE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN SPOint Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger sample point Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN SPOint lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN SPOint lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN SPOINT 18 8 TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN SPOINT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN SPOINT 18 8 5 216 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger OR Function Sets or queries the edge of a channel for edge OR triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger OR TRIGger ATRigger OR CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets or queries the edge of a channel for edge OR triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger OR CHANnel x OFF RISE FALL IN OUT TRIGger ATRigger OR CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1to8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER OR CHANNEL1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER OR CHANNEL1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER OR CHANNEL1 RISE Description If TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x W Set to ON otherwise select from FALL RISE RISE NDow is TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern Function Queries all state trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern CHANnel
296. Rialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup NONack lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup NONack HSMode Function Sets or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in high speed mode for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus x 12C SEARch SETup NONack HSMode lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup NONack HSMode lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 1I2C SEARCH SETUP NONACK HSMODE ON SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP NONACK HSMODE SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP NONACK HSMODE 1 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup NONack READaccess Function Sets or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in read access mode for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup NONack READaccess lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup NONack READaccess lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP NONACK READACCESS ON SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP NONACK READACCESS SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP NONACK READACCESS 1 5 162 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup NONack STARtbyte Function Sets or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in start bytes for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup NONack STARtbyte lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup NONack
297. Rigger WIDTh CONDition TRUE FALSe TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh CONDition TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CONDITION TRUE TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CONDITION TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH CONDITION TRUE spueululo2 Example TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh LOGic Function Sets or queries the combination condition for state width triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh LOGic AND OR TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh LOGic Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH LOGIC AND TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH LOGIC TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH LOGIC AND TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh PODA PODB PODL Function Queries all the settings for the state width trigger logic input Syntax TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh PODA PODB PODL TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh PODA PODB PODL HEXa Function Sets the logic input state of the state width trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh PODA PODB PODL HEXa lt String gt Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH PODL HEXA lF IM DLM4038 17EN 5 229 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh PODA PODB PODL PATTern Function Sets or queries the logic input state of the state width trigger with a pattern Syntax TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh PODA PODB PODL PATTern String TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh PODA PODB PODL PATTern Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH PODL PATTERN 10111000 TRIGGER ATRIGGER WIDTH PODL
298. SEARCH NUMBER1 RECTANGLE HORIZONTAL 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Description If HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle TRACe is set to XY lt y gt the lt NRf gt is 1 to 4 div HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle RANGe Function Sets or queries the source window of the rectangle that will be used for rectangular zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt spuewwog RECTangle RANGe MAIN Z1 2Z2 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle RANGe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 RECTANGLE RANGE MAIN HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 RECTANGLE RANGE gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 RECTANGLE RANGE MAIN HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform of the rectangle that will be used for rectangular zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt XY lt y gt HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle TRACe lt x gt 1to4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 lt y gt of XY lt y gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 RECTANGLE TRACE 1 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBERI RECTANGLE TRACE gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 RECTANGLE TRACE 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 105 5 16 HISTory Group HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle VERTical Function Sets or queries the ve
299. SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 ERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DRESS MODE ON Example S D SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS D gt D DRESS MODE SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP DRESS ADDRESS MODE 1 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess PFORmat Function Sets or queries the address input format which is one of the address conditions for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess PFORmat BINary HEXa SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup Ress ADDRess PFORmat lt x gt 1 to 4 ERIALBUS1 1I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DRESS PFORMAT BINARY ERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DRESS PFORMAT SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP DRESS ADDRESS PFORMAT BINARY D og Jg Example Ov oap copo Gl IM DLM4038 17EN 5 159 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess TYPE Function Sets or queries the address type which is one of the address conditions for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess TYPE BIT10ADdress BIT7ADdress BIT7APsub SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess TYPE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example DRESS TYPE BIT10ADDRESS DRESS TYPE SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP DRESS ADDRESS TYPE BITIOADDRESS
300. SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup Function Queries all SPI bus signal analysis bus settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup BITorder Function Sets or queries the bit order of the SPI bus signal analysis data Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup BITorder MSBFirst LSBFirst SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup BITorder lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP BITORDER MSBFIRST SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP BITORDER gt SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP BITORDER MSBFIRST SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CLOCk Function Queries all clock signal settings for SPI bus signa analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CLOCk lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CLOCk POLarity Function Sets or queries the clock signal slope for SPI bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK POLARITY FALL SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK POLARITY SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK POLARITY FALL SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURce Function Sets or q
301. SETup BCHannel SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate 5 149 ANALyze SETup BRATe SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray Sets or queries the source signal for FlexRay bus signal analysis 5 149 ANALyze SETup SOURce SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal sample point 5 149 ANALyze SETup SPOint SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail v Queries all FlexRay bus signal analysis result list settings 5 149 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail Sets or queries the display mode for the FlexRay bus signal analysis result 5 149 DISPlay list SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail Queries all items that will be displayed in the FlexRay bus signal analysis 5 150 LIST ITEM result list SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail Queries the automatically measured values for the specified analysis number 5 150 LIST VALue in the FlexRay bus signal analysis result list SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Queries all FlexRay bus signal search settings 5 150 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Aborts the FlexRay bus signal search 5 150 ABORt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Executes a FlexRay bus signal search 5 150 EXECute 5 22 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Jumps to the cycle count field in the FlexRay bus signal analysis results 5 150 FJUMp CCOunt SER
302. STANdard SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier MFORmat x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DENTIFIER MFORMAT EXTENDED SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DENTIFIER MFORMAT SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP DDATA IDENTIFIER MFORMAT EXTENDED 5 146 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier MODE Function Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier MODE lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DENTIFIER MODE ON SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DENTIFIER MODE SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP DDATA IDENTIFIER MODE 1 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier PATTern Function Sets or queries the ID pattern which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier PATTern String SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DENTIFIER PATTERN 11100001111 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DENTIFIE
303. STATus SPOL1 Serial Poll Function Stops waveform acquisition Syntax STATus SPOL1 Example STATUS SPOLL gt STATUS SPOLL 0 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 185 5 30 STOP Group STOP Function Stops waveform acquisition Syntax STOP Example STOP Description Start waveform acquisition by using the STARt command 5 186 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 31 STORe Group STORe Function Queries all of the information related to setup data in the internal memory Syntax STORe STORe SETup lt x gt Function Queries information about the setup data in the specified location of the internal memory Syntax STORe SETup x x 21t03 STORe SETup x COMMent Function Sets or queries the comment for the setup data that is stored to the specified location in the internal memory Syntax STORe SETup cx COMMent lt String gt STORe SETup x COMMent x 21t03 String Up to eight characters Example STORE SETUP1 COMMENT WAVE1 STORE SETUP1 COMMENT gt STORE SETUP1 COMMENT WAVE1 STORe SETup x DATE Function Queries the date and time of the setup data that is stored to the specified location in the internal memory Syntax STORe SETup lt x gt DATE lt x gt 1to3 Example STORE SETUP1 DATE STORE SETUP1 DATE 2008 09 30 10 56 22 STORe SETup lt x gt EXECute Function Saves setup data to the specified location in the internal memory
304. SURE1 UDPROXIMAL 5 62 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UDPRoximal MODE Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal point mode setting Syntax ANALysis PMEAsSure lt x gt UDPRoximal MODE PERCent UNIT ANALysis PMEASure lt x gt UDPRoximal MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UDPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UDPROXIMAL MODE gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UDPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UDPRoximal PERCent Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as percentages Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UDPRoximal PERCent NRf NRf NRf ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UDPRoximal PERCent lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 0 to 100 in steps of 1 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UDPROXIMAL PERCENT 10 50 90 ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UDPROXIMAL PERCENT gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UDPROXIMAL PERCENT 10 50 90 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UDPRoximal UNIT Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as voltages Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UDPRoximal UNIT lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis PMEAsSure lt x gt UDPRoximal UNIT lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 UDPROXIMAL UNIT 1 0 1 ANALYSIS
305. Sets or queries the horizontal position of the rectangle that will be used for rectangular zone determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle HORizontal lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle HORizontal lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER RECTANGLE HORIZONTAL 1 2 HORIZONTAL gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBERI RECTANGLE HORIZONTAL 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Description If GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle TRACe set to XY lt y gt lt NRf gt will be 4 to 4 div GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle RANGe Function Sets or queries the source window of the rectangle that will be used for rectangular zone determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle RANGe MAIN Z1 2Z2 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle RANGe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 RECTANGLE RANGE MAIN RANGE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBERI RECTANGLE RANGE MAIN GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 RECTANGLE GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 RECTANGLE GONogo ZPARameter NUMBercx RECTangle TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform of the rectangle that will be used for rectangular zone determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt XY lt y
306. Sets or queries the level of the center position for manual scaling 5 59 SCALe CENTer ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the scaling mode 5 59 SCALe MODE ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the sensitivity of the center position for manual scaling 5 59 SCALe SENSitivity ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the measurement time period 5 59 TRANge Time Range ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the voltage level used to determine the loss calculation 5 59 ULEVel period for total loss computation ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the power unit 5 59 UNIT ANALysis P VCE ANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the collector emitter saturation voltage value for total loss 5 60 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt TYPE Sets or queries the type of power supply analysis 5 60 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Queries all power measurement settings 5 60 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Queries all distal mesial and proximal settings 5 60 IDPRoximal ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal point mode setting 5 60 IDPRoximal MODE ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as percentages 5 60 IDPRoximal PERCent ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as voltages 5 60 IDPRoximal UNIT
307. Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will sound an alarm when a 5 94 GO NO GO result is NO GO GONogo ACTion HCOPy Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will print screen images to the 5 94 optional built in printer or an network printer for NO GO results GONogo ACTion MAIL Queries all of the settings related to email notification for NO GO results 5 94 GONogo ACTion MAIL COUNt Sets or queries the upper limit of emails that will be sent for NO GO results 5 94 GONogo ACTion MAIL MODE Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will send email notification for 5 94 NO GO results GONogo ACTion SAVE Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will waveform data to the 5 94 storage medium for NO GO results GONogo COUNt Queries the number of performed GO NO GO determinations 5 94 GONogo EXECute Executes GO NO GO determination This is an overlap command 5 94 GONogo LOGic Sets or queries the GO NO GO determination logic 5 94 GONogo NGCount Queries the GO NO GO determination NO GO count 5 94 GONogo NGStopcount Sets or queries the number of NO GO results at which the DLM4000 will 5 95 stop performing determinations GONogo STOPcount Sets or queries the number of acquisitions at which the DLM4000 will stop 5 95 performing determinations GONogo WAIT Waits for the completion of GO NO GO determination by using a timeout 5 95 timer GONogo ZPARameter Queries all zone and parameter determination settings 5 95 GONo
308. Sor TY VERTical T lt x gt VALue Function Queries the time value of a AT cursor Syntax CURSor TY VERTical T lt x gt VALue lt x gt 1to2 Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL T1 VALUE gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL T1 VALUE 2 50E 06 CURSor TY VERTical TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform that you want to measure using the AT cursors Syntax CURSor TY VERTical TRACe lt NRf gt ALL MATH lt x gt CURSor TY VERTical TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 spuewwog CURSor TY VERTical V lt x gt Function Queries all vertical axis settings for a AT cursor Syntax CURSor TY VERTical V lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 CURSor TY VERTical V lt x gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value of a AT cursor Syntax CURSor TY VERTical V x STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY VERTical V x STATe x 1to2 Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL V1 STATE ON CURSOR TY VERTICAL V1 STATE gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL V1 STATE 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 79 5 10 CURSor Group CURSor TY VERTical V lt x gt VALue Function Syntax Example Queries the vertical value of a AT cursor CURSor TY VERTical V lt x gt VALue BUS lt x gt 1 to2 CURSOR TY VERTICAL V1 VALUE gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL V1 VALUE 2 50E
309. Starts auto scrolling Syntax SEARCh ASCRoll x STARt LEFT RIGHt Example SEARCH ASCROLL1 START LEFT SEARch ASCRo11 lt x gt STOP Function Stops auto scrolling Syntax SEARCh ASCRo11 lt x gt STOP lt x gt 1to2 Example SEARCH ASCROLL1 STOP Communication Setup Menu Search Type Edge Edge Qualified State Pulse Width State Width SEARch EDGE Function Queries all edge search settings Syntax SEARCh EDGE SEARch EDGE HYSTeresis Function Sets or queries the edge search level hysteresis Syntax SEARch EDGE HYSTeresis lt NRf gt SEARch EDGE HYSTeresis lt NRf gt 0 3 to 4 divisions in 0 1 steps Example SEARCH EDGE HYSTERESIS 1 SEARCH EDGE HYSTERESIS SEARCH EDGE HYSTERESIS 1 0 SEARch EDGE LEVel Function Sets or queries the edge search level Syntax SEARCh EDGE LEVel NRf Voltage SEARch EDGE LEVel lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SEARCH EDGE LEVEL 10mV SEARCH EDGE LEVEL SEARCH EDGE LEVEL 10 00E 03 Description When the probe type is set to current this command sets or queries the Current value SEARCh EDGE SLOPe Function Sets or queries the edge search slope Syntax SEARCh EDGE SLOPe BOTH FALL RISE SEARch EDGE SLOPe SEARCH EDGE SLOPE RISE SEARCH EDGE SLOPE SEARCH EDGE SLOPE RISE Example IM DLM4038 17EN 5 135 spueululo2 5
310. Syntax STORe SETup lt x gt EXECute lt x gt 1to3 Example STORE SETUP1 EXECUTE STORe SETup lt x gt LOCK Function Sets or queries the data write protection on off status for the setup data that is stored to the specified location in the internal memory Syntax STORe SETup lt x gt LOCK lt Boolean gt STORe SETup lt x gt LOCK lt x gt 1to3 Example STORE SETUP1 LOCK ON STORE SETUP1 LOCK STORE SETUP1 LOCK 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 187 spueululo2 5 32 SYSTem Group SYSTem Function Queries all system settings Syntax SYSTem SYSTem CLICk Function Sets or queries the click sound on off status Syntax SYSTem CLICk Boolean SYSTem CLICk Example SYSTEM CLICK ON SYSTEM CLICK SYSTEM CLICK 1 SYSTem CLOCk Function Queries all date time settings Syntax SYSTem CLOCk SYSTem CLOCk DATE Function Sets or queries the date Syntax SYSTem CLOCk DATE String SYSTem CLOCk DATE String YYYY MM DD See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SYSTEM CLOCK DATE 2008 09 30 SYSTEM CLOCK DATE SYSTEM CLOCK DATE 2008 09 30 SYSTem CLOCk FORMat Function Sets or queries the date format Syntax SYSTem CLOCk FORMat lt NRf gt SYSTem CLOCk FORMat lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example SYSTEM CLOCK FORMAT 1 SYSTEM CLOCK FORMAT gt SYSTEM CLOCK FORMAT 1 SYSTem CLOCk MODE Function Sets or queries t
311. T gt IM DLM4038 17EN 4 2 Commands When Separating Commands with lt PMT gt If you separate two commands with a terminator two program messages will be sent Therefore the common header must be specified for each command even if commands belonging to the same command group are being concatenated Example ACQuire MODE NORMal lt PMT gt ACQuire INTERLeave 1 lt PMT gt Upper Level Query An upper level query is a query that is made by appending a question mark to the highest level command of a group The controller can receive all of the settings in a group collectively by executing an upper level query Some upper level queries of a group which may be comprised of more than three hierarchical levels can cause the DLM4000 to transmit all the lower level settings Example ACQUIRE gt ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT 2 EWEIGHT 16 ACQUIRE HRMODE 0 INTERLEAVE 0 INTERPOLATE 1 MODE NORMAL REPETITIVE 0 RLENGTH 12500 The response to an upper level query can be sent back to the DLM4000 as a program message This enables the settings that were present when the upper level query was made to be reproduced later on However some upper level queries do not return setup data that is not currently in use Exercise caution because not all of a group s information is necessarily returned in a response Header Interpretation Rules The DLM4000 interprets the header that it receives according to the rul
312. T lt x gt VERTical SENSitivity Sets or queries the vertical sensitivity for FFT analysis 5 89 FFT lt x gt VTDisplay Sets or queries the on off status of the VT waveform display for FFT analysis 5 89 FFT lt x gt WINDow Sets or queries the window Function for FFT analysis 5 89 FILE Group FILE Queries all settings for the specified medium 5 90 FILE COPY ABORt Aborts file copying 5 90 FILE COPY CDIRectory Changes the file copy destination directory 5 90 FILE COPY DRIVe Sets the file copy source medium 5 90 FILE COPY EXECute Executes file copying This is an overlap command 5 90 FILE COPY PATH Queries the file copy destination directory 5 90 FILE DELete AHIStogram ASCii Deletes a specific type of data file This is an overlap command 5 90 BINary BMP FFT HLISt JPEG MEASu re PNG SBUS SETup SNAP ZPOLygon ZWAVe EXECute FILE DIRectory CDIRectory Changes the current directory 5 90 FILE DIRectory DRIVe Sets the current medium 5 90 FILE DIRectory FREE Queries the free space on the current medium in bytes 5 90 FILE DIRectory MDIRectory Creates a directory in the current directory This is an overlap command 5 90 FILE DIRectory PATH Queries the current directory 5 91 FILE LOAD BINary ABORt Aborts the loading of waveform data 5 91 FILE LOAD BINary EXECute Loads waveform data This is an overlap command 5 91 FILE LOAD SETup SNAP ZPOLygon Aborts the loading of a specific type of da
313. T7Maddress Function Queries all general call s 7 bit master address settings for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall BIT7Maddress TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall BIT7Maddress HEXa Function Sets the general cal s 7 bit master address for I C bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall BIT7Maddress HEXa String Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C GENERALCALL BIT7MADDRESS HEXA AB TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall BIT7Maddress PATTern Function Sets or queries the general call s 7 bit master address for I C bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall BIT7Maddress PATTern String TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall BIT7Maddress PATTern Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C GENERALCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 0010110 TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C GENERALCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C GENERALCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 0010110 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall SBYTe Function Sets or queries the general call s second byte type for I2C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall SBYTe BIT7Maddress DONTc are H04 H06 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C GENeralcall SBYTe Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C
314. TA HEXa lt y gt Function Syntax Example SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup Sets a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA HEXa lt y gt String lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to8 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA HEXA1 12 IDData DATA MODE Sets or queries the data enable disable condition Function Syntax Example EARch SETup an BIG RCH SETUP IDDATA RCH SETUP IDDATA spuewwog which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN S DData DATA MODE SERialbus lt x gt CAN S lt x gt 1 to 4 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEA DAT l A MODE ON SERIALBUS1 CAN SEA DAT gt l A MODE SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA MODE 1 DData DATA MODE EARch SETup Boolean EARch SETup 9 RCH SETUP IDDATA RCH SETUP IDDATA IM DLM4038 17EN 5 145 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA MSBLsb Function Sets or queries the MSB and LSB bits for the data which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup ID
315. TA SOURCe setting For details see the DLM4000 User s Manual SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CS Function Queries all chip select signal settings for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CS lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CS ACTive Function Sets or queries the chip select signal active state for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CS ACTive HIGH LOW SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CS ACTive lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CS ACTIVE HIGH SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CS ACTIVE gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CS ACTIVE HIGH SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CS SOURce Function Sets or queries the chip select signal for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CS SOURce lt NRf gt NONE SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CS SOURce lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CS SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CS SOURCE gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP CS SOURCE Description The chip select signal that you can specify varies depending on the SERialbus x SPATtern ANALyze SETup DATA SOURCe setting For details see the DLM4000
316. TER 1 HCOPy MULTitarget NETPrinter Function Sets or queries whether the multi target feature will send output to a network printer Syntax HCOPy MULTitarget NETPrinter lt Boolean gt HCOPy MULTitarget NETPrinter Example HCOPY MULTITARGET NETPRINTER ON HCOPY MILTITARGET NETPRINTER HCOPY MULTITARGET NETPRINTER 1 HCOPy MULTitarget FILE Function Sets or queries whether the multi target feature will send output to a file Syntax HCOPy MULTitarget FILE Boolean HCOPy MULTitarget FILE Example HCOPY MULTITARGET FILE ON HCOPY MULTITARGET FILE HCOPY MULTITARGET FILE 1 HCOPy MULTitarget WAVeform Function Sets or queries whether the multi target feature will send output to a waveform file Syntax HCOPy MULTitarget WAVeform lt Boolean gt HCOPy MULTitarget WAVeform Example HCOPY MULTITARGET WAVEFORM ON HCOPY MULTITARGET WAVEFORM HCOPY MULTITARGET WAVEFORM 1 HCOPy NETPrint Function Queries all network printer output settings Syntax HCOPy NETPrint HCOPy NETPrint MODE Function Sets or queries whether the DLM4000 will print to the network printer in normal copy or hard copy mode Syntax HCOPy NETPrint MODE HARD NORMal HCOPy NETPrint MODE Example HCOPY NETPRINT MODE HARD HCOPY NETPRINT MODE HCOPY NETPRINT MODE HARD HCOPy NETPrint TONE Function Sets or queries the network printer output color setting Syntax HCOPy NETPrint
317. TIME1 gt SEARCH WIDTH TIME1 1 000E 00 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 139 5 24 SEARch Group SEARch WIDTh TYPE Function Sets or queries the pulse width search type Syntax SEARCh WIDTh TYPE BETWeen IN NOTBetween OUT TIMeout SEARCh WIDTh TYPE Example SEARCH WIDTH TYPE BETWEEN SEARCH WIDTH TYPE gt SEARCH WIDTH TYPE BETWEEN 5 140 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group The following table indicates how the communication commands for serial bus types correspond to the menu items that appear on the screen Communication Setup Menu Serial Bus Type Serial Bus Menu Serial Bus Type CAN bus signal CAN SERIAL BUS Command LIN bus signal LIN UART signal UART IC bus signal I2C SPI bus signal SPI FlexRay bus signal FLEXray User defined serial bus signal SPATtern CAN LIN UART I2C SPI FlexRay User Define CAN LIN UART I C SPI and FLexRay are options You cannot use commands that relate to serial busses on models that are not equipped with the appropriate options SERialbus lt x gt Function Queries all serial bus signal analysis and search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt ASETup Function Executes auto setup on a serial bus signal SERialbus lt x gt ASETup ABORt Function Aborts auto setup on a serial bus signal Syntax SERialbus lt x gt ASETup ABORt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 ASETUP ABORT
318. TION PLUS 1 2 Description For unary operators ECOunt FILTer INTegral set the source waveform in the first lt NRf gt e For binary operators MINus MULTiple PLUS RCOunt set the source waveform of the first term in the first lt NRf gt and the source waveform of the second term in the second lt NRf gt For user defined operators you do not need to use lt NRf gt e When x of MATH lt x gt 1 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 When x of MATH lt x gt 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 MATH lt y gt 1 When lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 3 lt NRf gt 5 to 8 When lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 8 MATH lt y gt 3 MATH lt x gt RCOunt Function Queries all rotary count computation settings Syntax MATH RCOunt lt x gt 1 to 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 119 5 20 MATH Group MATH x RCOunt THReshold lt y gt Function Sets or queries the threshold level for rotary count computation Syntax MATH lt x gt RCOunt THReshold lt y gt lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt MATH lt x gt RCOunt THReshold lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 lt Voltage gt lt Current gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example MATH1 RCOUNT THRESHOLD1 1 MATH1 RCOUNT THRESHOLD1 MATH1 RCOUNT THRESHOLD1 1 000E 00 MATH lt x gt SCALe Function Queries all scaling settings Syntax MATH lt x gt SCALe lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt SCAL
319. TONE Boolean HCOPy NETPrint TONE Example HCOPY NETPRINT TONE ON HCOPY NETPRINT TONE gt HCOPY NETPRINT TONE 1 5 100 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 15 HCOPy Group HCOPy NETPrint TYPE Function Sets or queries the network printer output command type HCOPy NETPrint TYPE EINKjet HINKjet HLASer HCOPy NETPrint TYPE HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE EINKJET HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE EINKJET Syntax Example HCOPy PRINter Function Queries all built in printer output settings Syntax HCOPy PRINter Description You can use this command when the optional built in printer is installed HCOPy PRINter MAG Function Sets or queries the magnification used when the DLM4000 prints to the built in printer in long copy mode Syntax HCOPy PRINter MAG lt NRf gt HCOPy PRINter MAG lt NRf gt 2 to 10 Example HCOPY PRINTER MAG 2 HCOPY PRINTER MAG HCOPY PRINTER MAG 2 000E 00 Description This command can be used when the built in printer option is installed HCOPy PRINter MODE Function Sets or queries whether the DLM4000 will print to the built in printer in short long or hard copy mode HCOPy PRINter MODE HARD LONG SHORt HCOPy PRINter MODE Example HCOPY PRINTER MODE HARD HCOPY PRINTER MODE HCOPY PRINTER MODE HARD Syntax Description This command can be used when the built in printer option is installed HCOPy PRINte
320. TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern PODA PODB PODL Function Queries all the settings for the state trigger logic input Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern PODA PODB PODL TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern PODA PODB PODL HEXa Function Sets the logic input state of the state trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern PODA PODB PODL HEXa lt String gt Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN PODL HEXA 1F TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern PODA PODB PODL PATTern Function Sets or queries the logic input state of the state trigger with a pattern Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern PODA PODB PODL PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger PATTern PODA PODB PODL PATTern Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN PODL PATTERN 10111000 TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN PODL PATTERN TRIGGER ATRIGGER PATTERN PODL PATTERN 101 TRIGger ATRigger PULSe Function Queries all pulse width trigger settings TRIGger ATRigger PULSe POLarity Function Sets or queries the pulse width trigger source polarity Syntax TRIGger ATRigger PULSe POLarity IN NEGative OUT POSitive Gger ATRigger PULSe POLarity Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER PULSE POLARITY IN TRIGGER ATRIGGER PULSE POLARITY TRIGGER ATRIGGER
321. TRigger SIMPle SOURce Function Sets or queries the edge trigger source Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle SOURce lt NRf gt EXTernal LINE PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt lt x gt of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 1 A TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle WIDTh Function Sets or queries the edge trigger source window width Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle WIDTh lt Voltage gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle WIDTh lt Voltage gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE WIDTH 1V TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE WIDTH TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE WIDTH 1 000E 00 e V TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle WINDow Function Sets or queries the edge trigger source window Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle WINDow lt Boolean gt m Gger ATRigger BTRigger GGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE WINDOW ON GGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE WINDOW TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE WINDOW 1 Description You cannot use this command when TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle SOURce is set to EXTernal or LINE M R SIMPle WINDow Example TR R
322. TRigger CAN IDData DATA CAN bus signal triggering in binary notation PATTern lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the ID and data 5 196 BTRigger CAN IDData DATA conditions for CAN bus signal triggering PFORmat 5 32 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries whether signed or unsigned data format will be used which 5 196 BTRigger CAN IDData DATA is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering SIGN TRIGger ATRigger Queries all identifier settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus 5 196 BTRigger CAN IDData signal triggering DENtifier TRIGger ATRigger Queries all ID settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal 5 196 BTRigger CAN IDData triggering DENtifier ID TRIGger ATRigger Sets the ID value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus 5 196 BTRigger CAN IDData signal triggering in hexadecimal notation DENtifier ID HEXa TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition which is one of the ID and 5 196 BTRigger CAN IDData data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering DENtifier ID MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries
323. TY MARKER M1 T STATE ON CURSOR TY MARKER M1 T STATE gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 T STATE 1 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt T VALue Function Syntax Example Queries the time value of a marker cursor CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt T VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 T VALUE gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 T VALUE 4 5000E 03 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 77 5 10 CURSor Group CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform that you want to measure using the marker cursors Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt OFF CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt TRACe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE 1 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE 1 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt V Function Queries all vertical axis settings for a marker cursor Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt V lt x gt 1 to 4 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt V STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value of a marker cursor Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt V STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt V STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER M1 V STATE ON CURSOR TY MARKER M1 V STATE gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 V STATE 1 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt V VALue Function Queries the vertical value of a
324. The DLM4000 is turned off and then back on You can determine whether or not the error queue is empty by checking bit 2 in the status byte EAV IM DLM4038 17EN Appendix Appendix 1 ASCII Character Codes The following table contains ASCII character codes 1 2 5 6 7 0 20 40 0 60 16 100 0 120 16 140 0 160 16 DEL SP P p 10 16 20 32 30 48 40 64 50 80 60 96 70 112 1 21 LLO 41 1 61 17 101 1 121 17 141 1 161 17 DC1 A Q a q 11 17 21 33 31 49 41 65 51 81 61 97 71 113 2 22 42 2 62 18 102 2 122 18 142 2 162 18 53 DC2 B R b r 12 18 22 34 32 50 42 66 52 82 62 98 72 114 3 23 43 3 63 19 103 3 123 19 143 3 163 19 DC3 C S c S 13 19 23 35 33 51 43 67 53 83 63 99 73 115 4 24 DCL 44 4 64 20 104 4 124 20 144 4 164 20 14 20 24 36 34 52 44 68 54 84 64 100 74 116 5 25 PPU 45 5 65 21 105 5 125 21 145 5 165 21 0 NAK E U e u 15 21 25 37 35 53 45 69 55 85 65 101 75 117 6 26 46 6 66 22 106 6 126 22 146 6 166 22 SYN amp F V f V 16 22 26 38 36 54 46 70 56 86 66 102 76 118 7 27 47 7 67 23 107 7 127 23 147 7 167 23 3 ETB G W g w 17 23 27 39 37 55 47 71 57 87 67 103 77 119 8 30 SPE 50 8 70 24 110 8 130 24 150 8 170 24 CAN H X h x 18 24 28 40 38 56 48 72 58 88 68 104 78 120 9 31 SPD 51 9 71 25 111 9 131 25 151 9 171 25 EM Y I y 19 25 29 41 39 57 49 73 59 89 69 105 79 121 A 32 52 10 72
325. Tup DData DATA HEXa lt y gt bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the data enable disable condition which is one of the ID and 5 145 SETup DData DATA MODE data conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the MSB and LSB bits for the data which is one of the ID 5 146 SETup DData DATA MSBLsb and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the data value which is one of the ID and data conditions for 5 146 SETup DData DATA PATTern lt y gt CAN bus signal searching in binary notation SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the ID and data 5 146 SETup DData DATA PFORmat conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries whether signed or unsigned data format will be used which 5 146 SETup DData DATA SIGN is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching IM DLM4038 17EN 5 21 spuewwog a 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Queries all identifier settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus 5 146 SETup IDData ID
326. UART signal trigger bit order 5 227 BTRigger UART BITorder TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the UART signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate 5 227 BTRigger UART BRATe TRIGger ATRigger Queries all UART signal trigger data settings 5 227 BTRigger UART DATA TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for UART signal 5 227 BTRigger UART DATA CONDition triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the number of data bytes for UART signal triggering 5 227 BTRigger UART DATA DBYTe TRIGger ATRigger Sets the data for UART signal triggering in hexadecimal notation 5 227 BTRigger UART DATA HEXa x TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data value for UART signal triggering in binary notation 5 227 BTRigger UART DATA PATTern x TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the ID and data 5 227 BTRigger UART DATA PFORmat conditions for UART signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Queries all UART signal trigger error settings 5 228 BTRigger UART ERRor TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the UART signal trigger framing error setting 5 228 BTRigger UART ERRor FRAMing TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the UART signal trigger parity error setting 5 228 BTRigger UART ERRor PARity TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the UART signal trigger parity mode setting 5 228 BTRigger UART ERRor
327. UENCY1 STATE 1 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt y gt VALue Function Queries a peak frequency value for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt y gt VALue lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC FREQUENCY1 VALUE gt FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC FREQUENCY1 VALUE 1 000E 00 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic RANGe lt y gt Function Sets or queries the measurement range of a peak value for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic RANGe lt y gt lt NRf gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic RANGe lt y gt lt x gt 1 to2 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions Example FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC RANGE1 0 1 FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC RANGE1 gt FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC RANGE1 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 87 spuewwog 5 12 FFT Group FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic V Xy Function Queries all of the settings for a peak value for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic V lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic V lt y gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of a peak value for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic V lt y gt STATe lt Boolean gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic V lt y gt STATe lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC
328. UMBER1 CAUSE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 CAUSE 1 Description When the parameter is the cause of a NO GO result the DLM4000 returns 1 Otherwise the DLM4000 returns 0 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt CONDition Function Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s reference condition for zone or parameter determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt CONDition IN OFF OUT GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 CONDITION IN GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 CONDITION gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 CONDITION IN GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the specified reference standard mode Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt MODE PARameter POLYgon RECTangle WAVE GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER MODE PARAMETER GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER MODE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBERI MODE PARAMETER GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter Function Queries all parameter settings for the specified reference standard Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter lt x gt 1 to 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 95 spuewwog 5 14 GONogo Group GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter ITEM Function Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter
329. URSor TY HORizontal DV Queries all of the settings for the vertical values between the AV cursors 5 76 CURSor TY HORizontal DV Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value measured between the 5 76 STATe AV cursors CURSor TY HORizontal DV Queries the vertical value between the AV cursors 5 76 VALue CURSor TY HORizontal Sets or queries the position of a AV cursor 5 76 POSition lt x gt CURSor TY HORizontal TRACe Sets or queries the source waveform that you want to measure using the AV 5 76 cursors CURSor TY HORizontal V lt x gt Queries all vertical axis settings for a AV cursor 5 76 CURSor TY HORizontal V lt x gt Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value measured for a AV 5 76 STATe cursor CURSor TY HORizontal V lt x gt Queries the vertical value of a AV cursor 5 76 VALue CURSor TY MARKer Queries all marker cursor settings 5 76 CURSor TY MARKer FORM Sets or queries the marker cursor form 5 76 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt Queries all settings for the specified marker 5 76 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt ALL Collectively turns on or off the measured values of the marker cursor on the 5 77 T Y display CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DT lt y gt Queries all of the settings related to time measurement between marker 5 77 cursors CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt DT lt y gt Sets or queries the on off status of the time value measured between marker 5 7
330. User s Manual SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup DATA Function Queries all data signal settings for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup DATA lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup DATA ACTive Function Sets or queries the data signal active state for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup DATA ACTive HIGH LOW SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup DATA ACTive lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP DATA ACTIVE HIGH SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP DATA ACTIVE gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP DATA ACTIVE HIGH 5 170 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup DATA SOURce Function Sets or queries the data signal for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup DATA SOURce lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup DATA SOURce lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP DATA SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP DATA SOURCE gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP DATA SOURCE 1 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup LATCh Function Queries all latch signal settings for user defined bus signal analysis S
331. V is not executed until the file loading is completed Using the COMMunicate OVERlap command The CoMMunicate OVERlap command enables or disables overlapping Example COMMunicate OVERlap HHFFBF FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 CHANnell VDIV PMT COMMunicate OVERlap HFFBF enables overlapping for commands other than media access Because overlapping of file loading is disabled FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 operates in the same way as a sequential command Thus CHANne11 VDIV is not executed until file loading is completed Using the OPC Command The OPC command sets the OPC bit which is bit 0 in the standard event register see page 6 4 for details to 1 when the overlapping is completed Example COMMunicate OPSE H0040 ESE 1 ESR SRE 32 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 OPC lt PMT gt Read the response to ESR Wait for a service request CHANne11 VDIV lt PMT gt The coMMunicate OPSE command is used to select which command to apply OPC to Here it is applied to the media access command ESE 1and SRE 32 indicate that a service request is only generated when the OPC bit is 1 ESR clears the standard event register In the example above CHANne11 VDIV is not executed until a service request is generated IM DLM4038 17EN 4 5 Synchronization with the Controller Using the OPC Query The OPC query generates a response when an overlapping operation
332. WAIT Function Waits for a specified extended event to occur Syntax COMMunicate WAIT Register Register 0 to 65535 Extended event register For more information see page 6 5 Example COMMUNICATE WAIT 65535 Description For information about how to synchronize a program using the COMMunicate WAIT see page 4 9 5 72 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 9 COMMunicate Group COMMunicate WAIT Function Syntax Example Creates the response that is returned when a specified extended event occurs COMMunicate WAIT Register Register 0 to 65535 Extended event register For more information see page 6 5 COMMUNICATE WAIT 65535 gt 1 Operation pending status register and overlap enable register Lo 8 br o hes o Lo Le Loo 0 HST 0 JACSJPRN 00o When bit 5 PRN 1 Built in printer operation is incomplete When bit 6 ACS 1 Media access is incomplete When bit 8 HST 1 History searching is incomplete When bit 11 SCH 1 Edge or pattern searching is incomplete IM DLM4038 17EN 5 73 spuewwog 5 10 CURSor Group CURSor Function Queries all cursor measurement settings Syntax CURSor CURSor TY Function Queries all cursor settings Syntax CURSor TY CURSor TY DEGRee Function Queries all angle cursor settings Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee CURSor TY DEGRee ALL Function Collectively turns on or off the measured values of the angle
333. WAVE TRACE 1 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 WAVE TRACE gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 WAVE TRACE 1 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRANge Function Sets or queries the determination area that will be used for waveform zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRANge lt NRf gt lt NRf gt HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRANge lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 WAVE TRANGE 1 2 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 WAVE TRANGE gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 WAVE RANGE 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 4 HISTory SEARCh NUMBer lt x gt WAVE ZNUMber Function Sets or queries the zone number that will be used for waveform zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE ZNUMber lt NRf gt HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE ZNUMber lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 WAVE ZNUMBER 1 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER WAVE ZNUMBER gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 WAVE ZNUMBER 1 HISTory SEARch RESet Function Reset the search condition of the history waveform Syntax HISTory SEARCh RESet Example HISTORY SEARCH RESET HISTory TIME Function Queries the time of the source record number Syntax HISTory TIME lt NRf gt MINimum Example HISTORY TIME 100 HISTORY TIME 100 10 20 30 400 Description Specify MINimum to specify the minimum record number
334. WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor Function Queries all cursor measurement settings of the trend display for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARametercx TRENd CURSor lt x gt 1to2 WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor C lt y gt Function Queries the measured value of a cursor in the trend display for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor C lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 Example WPARAMETER1 TREND CURSOR C1 gt WPARAMETER1 TREND CURSOR C1 1 000E 00 WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor DC Function Queries the measured value between cursors in the trend display for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor DC lt x gt 1 to2 Example WPARAMETERI TREND CURSOR DC gt WPARAMETER1 TREND CURSOR DC 1 000E 00 WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor MODE Function Sets or queries the automatic measurement mode of the trend display for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor MODE lt Boolean gt WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example WPARAMETER1 TREND CURSOR MODE ON WPARAMETER1 TREND CURSOR MODE WPARAMETER1 TREND CURSOR MODE 1 WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor POSition lt y gt Function Sets or queries the position of a cursor in the trend display for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor POSition lt y gt
335. XRAY IDDATA DATA1 PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 PFORMAT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 PFORMAT BINARY x TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt SIGN Function Syntax Example Sets or queries whether a signed or unsigned data format will be used for the data field this is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LEXray IDData DATA lt x gt SIGN SIGN UNSign RIGger ATRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt SIGN lt x gt 1 to 2 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA SIGN SIGN TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA SIGN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA SIGN SIGN BTRigger x TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData FID Function Syntax Queries all frame ID settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData FID 5 204 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData FID CONDition Function Sets or queries the frame ID data condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData FID CONDition BETWeen EQUal GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqul TR
336. YPE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV TYPE NTSC TRIGger ATRigger TV USERdefine DEFinition Function Sets or queries the user defined TV trigger definition setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV USERdefine DEFinition HD SD TRIGger ATRigger TV USERdefine DEFinition Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV USERDEFINE DEFINITION HD TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV USERDEFINE DEFINITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV USERDEFINE DEFINITION HD TRIGger ATRigger TV USERdefine HFRejection HighFrequencyREJECTION Function Sets or queries the low pass filter HF rejection setting for user defined TV triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV USERdefine HFRejection lt Frequency gt OFF TRIGger ATRigger TV USERdefine HFRejection Frequency 300 kHz Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV USERDEFINE HFREJECTION 300KHZ TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV USERDEFINE HFREJECTION TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV USERDEFINE HFREJECTION 300000 TRIGger ATRigger TV USERdefine HSYNc Hsync Freq Function Sets or queries the horizontal sync frequency for user defined TV triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV USERdefine HSYNc lt Frequency gt TRIGger ATRigger TV USERdefine HSYNc lt Frequency gt 10 k to 200 k Hz Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV USERDEFINE HSYNC 10KHZ TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV USERDEFINE HSYNC gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER
337. a ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA MODE Sets or queries the automated measurement mode of the XY display safe 5 56 operating area e ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA TRANge Sets or queries the range of the T Y waveform to display in the XY display safe 5 56 3 Time Range operating area 3 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA Sets or queries whether or not to display the VT waveform in the XY display 5 56 a VTDisplay safe operating area v ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Queries all switching loss settings 5 56 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the on off status of cycle mode 5 56 CYCLe ANALysis PANalyzecx SWLoss Queries all distal mesial and proximal settings 5 56 DPROximal ANALysis PANalyzecx SWLoss Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal point mode setting 5 56 DPROximal MODE ANALysis PANalyzecx SWLoss Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as percentages 5 57 DPROximal PERCent ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as voltages 5 57 DPROximal UNIT ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the device type for total loss computation 5 57 DTYPe ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss Sets or queries the current level used to determine the zero loss period for 5 57 ILEVel total loss computation ANALysis PANalyzecx SWLoss Sets or queries the on off status of the power waveform display 5 57
338. al operations cannot be used Chapter 5 178 Expression data not allowed Mathematical operations cannot be used Chapter 5 181 Invalid outside macro definition The DLM4000 does not support the IEEE488 2 macro specifications Communication Execution Errors 200 to 299 Code Message Corrective Action Page 221 Setting conflict Check settings that are related to each other Chapter 5 222 Data out of range Check the ranges of the settings Chapter 5 223 Too much data Check data byte lengths Chapter 5 224 Illegal parameter value Check the ranges of the settings Chapter 5 225 OverFlow Keep program messages to 1024 bytes or less in 4 2 length including lt PMT gt 226 Out Of Memory Keep program messages to 1024 bytes or less in 4 2 length including lt PMT gt 241 Hardware missing Check that the specified options are all installed 260 Expression error Mathematical operations cannot be used 270 Macro error The DLM4000 does not support the IEEE488 2 macro specifications 272 Macro execution error The DLM4000 does not support the IEEE488 2 macro specifications 273 Illegal macro label The DLM4000 does not support the IEEE488 2 macro specifications 275 Macro definition too long The DLM4000 does not support the IEEE488 2 macro specifications 276 Macro recursion error The DLM4000 does not support the IEEE488 2 macro specifications 207 Macro redefinition not allowed The DLM
339. albus lt x gt LIN SEARch EXECute Function Executes a LIN bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch EXECute lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH EXECUTE SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp BREak Function Jumps to the break field in the LIN bus signal search result Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FUUMp BREak lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH FJUMP BREAK SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp CSUM Function Jumps to the checksum field in the LIN bus signal search result Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp CSUM lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH FJUMP CSUM SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp DATA Function Jumps to the data field in the LIN bus signal search result Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FUUMp DATA lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH FJUMP DATA SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp IDENtifier Function Jumps to the identifier field in the LIN bus signal search result Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FUUMp IDENtifier lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH FJUMP IDENTIFIER SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp SYNCh Function Jumps to the sync field in the LIN bus signal search result Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp SYNCh x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH FJUMP SYNCH SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SELect Function S
340. ally Syntax FFT lt x gt UNIT MODE AUTO USERdefine gt FFT lt x gt UNIT MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 UNIT MODE AUTO FFT1 UNIT MODE gt FFT1 UNIT MODE AUTO FFT lt x gt VERTical Function Queries all vertical axis settings for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt VERTical lt x gt 1to2 FFT lt x gt VERTical LEVel Function Sets or queries the vertical axis display position for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt VERTical LEVel lt NRf gt FFT lt x gt VERTical LEVel lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example FFT1 VERTICAL LEVEL 1 FFT1 VERTICAL LEVEL FFT1 VERTICAL LEVEL 1 000E 00 FFT lt x gt VERTical MODE Function Sets or queries the FFT analysis vertical axis mode Syntax FFT lt x gt VERTical MODE AUTO MANual FFT lt x gt VERTical MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 VERTICAL MODE AUTO FFT1 VERTICAL MODE gt FFT1 VERTICAL MODE AUTO FFT lt x gt VERTical SENSitivity Function Sets or queries the vertical sensitivity for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt VERTical SENSitivity lt NRf gt FFT lt x gt VERTical SENSitivity x gt 1 to2 NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example FFT1 VERTICAL SENSITIVITY 1 FFT1 VERTICAL SENSITIVITY FFT1 VERTICAL SENSITIVITY 1 000E 00 A A FFT lt x gt VTDisplay Function Sets or queries the on off status of the VT waveform display for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt VTDi
341. ameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter Parameter VALue x 21102 Parameter C1 C2 DC MAXimum MEAN MEDian MINimum PEAK SD2integ SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg Example Below are examples for the maximum WPARAMETERI HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER MAXIMUM VALUE gt WPARAMETERI HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER MAXIMUM VALUE 1 000E 00 WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter POSition lt y gt Function Sets or queries the position of a histogram parameter for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter POSition lt y gt lt NRf gt WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter POSition lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER POSITION 1 WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER POSITION gt WPARAMETERI HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER POSITION 1 WPARameter lt x gt ITEM Function Sets or queries a waveform parameter for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt ITEM lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt PODA y PODB lt y gt PODL lt y gt Parameter 21 WPARameter lt x gt ITEM lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt lt y gt of PODL lt y gt 0 to 7 Parameter AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIG
342. ample CHANNEL1 PROBE MODE 10 or using abbreviation example CHAN PROB 10 COMMunicate WAIT Waits for a specified extended event to occur 5 72 COMMunicate WAIT Creates the response that is returned when a specified extended event 5 73 occurs CURSor Group CURSor Queries all cursor measurement settings 5 74 CURSor TY Queries all cursor settings 5 74 CURSor TY DEGRee Queries all angle cursor settings 5 74 CURSor TY DEGRee ALL Collectively turns on or off the measured values of the angle cursor on the 5 74 T Y display CURSor TY DEGRee D lt x gt Queries all angle cursor angle settings 5 74 CURSor TY DEGRee D lt x gt STATe Sets or queries the on off status of an angle cursor angle 5 74 CURSor TY DEGRee D x VALue Queries an angle cursor angle 5 74 CURSor TY DEGRee DD Queries all of the settings for the angle difference between the angle cursors 5 74 CURSor TY DEGRee DD STATe Sets or queries the on off status of the angle difference value D which is 5 74 measured between the angle cursors CURSor TY DEGRee DD VALue Queries the angle difference value D which is measured between the angle 5 74 cursors CURSor TY DEGRee DV Queries all of the settings for the V value which is measured between the 5 74 angle cursors CURSor TY DEGRee DV STATe Sets or queries the on off status of the V value which is measured between 5 74 the angle cur
343. analysis and search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze Function Queries all user defined bus signal analysis execution settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup Function Queries all user defined bus signal analysis settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup BRATe Function Sets or queries the bit rate for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup BRATe lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup BRATe lt x gt 1to4 lt NRf gt 1000 to 50000000 bps Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP BRATE 1000 SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP BRATE gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP BRATE 1000 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CLOCk Function Queries all clock signal settings for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CLOCk lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CLOCk MODE Function Sets or queries the clock signal enable or disable status for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup CLOCk MODE lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern A
344. and Syntax WAVeform SRATe Example WAVEFORM SRATE WAVEFORM SRATE 1 25E 09 WAVeform STARt Function Sets or queries which point will be used as the first data value for the waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe Syntax WAVeform STARt lt NRf gt WAVeform STARt lt NRf gt 0 to 124999999 Example WAVEFORM START 0 WAVEFORM START WAVEFORM START 0 WAVeform TRACe Function Sets or queries the waveform that WAVeform commands will be applied to Syntax WAVeform TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt PODA PODB PODL lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt x gt 1 to 4 Example WAVEFORM TRACE 1 WAVEFORM TRACE gt WAVEFORM TRACE 1 WAVeform TRIGger Function Queries the trigger position of the record specified by the WAVeform RECord command Syntax WAVeform TRIGger Example WAVEFORM TRIGGER WAVEFORM TRIGGER 6250 Description Queries the number of points from the beginning of the record to the trigger position WAVeform TYPE Function Queries the acquisition mode of the waveform specified by the WAVeform TRACe command Syntax WAVeform TYPE Example WAVEFORM TYPE WAVEFORM TYPE NORMAL 5 234 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 36 WPARameter Group WPARameter lt x gt WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure Function Queries all of the settings for the waveform PARameter ALL parameter measurement feature Function Collectively turns on or off all hist
345. ars the standard event register extended event register and error queue Syntax CLS Example CLS Descriptions If the CLS command is located immediately after the program message terminator the output queue is also cleared For information about each register and queue see chapter 6 ESE standard Event Status Enable register Function Sets or queries the standard event enable register Syntax ESE lt NRf gt ESE lt NRf gt 0 to 255 Example ESE 251 ESE 251 Descriptions Specify the value as a decimal format sum of the values of each bit For example specifying ESE 251 will cause the standard enable register to be set to 11111011 In this case bit 2 of the standard event register is disabled This means that bit 5 ESB of the status byte register is not set to 1 even if a query error occurs The default value is ESE 0 all bits disabled Aquery using ESE will not clear the contents of the standard event enable register For information about the standard event enable register see page 6 4 ESR standard Event Status Register Function Queries and clears the standard event register Syntax ESR Example ESR gt 32 Descriptions A sum of the values of each bit is returned in decimal format When an SRQ is generated you can check what types of events have occurred For example if a value of 32 is returned this indicates that the standard event register is set to 00100000 This
346. ating conditions If both the transmit and receive buffers become full at the same time the DLM4000 will no longer be able to operate This condition is called a deadlock If this happens you can resume operation after you have discarded response messages Deadlock will not occur if the program message including the lt PMT gt is kept below 1024 bytes Program messages that do not contain queries never cause deadlocks 4 2 IM DLM4038 17EN 4 2 Commands Command There are three types of commands program headers that a controller may send to the DLM4000 The commands differ in their program header formats Common Command Header Commands that are defined in USBTMC USB488 are called common commands The header format of a common command is shown below Be sure to include an asterisk at the beginning of a common command E x n Common command example CLS Compound Header Other commands that are specific to the DLM4000 are classified and arranged in a hierarchy according to their functions The compound header syntax is shown below Be sure to use a colon to specify a lower hierarchical level lt Mnemonic gt Compound header example ACQuire MODE Simple Header These commands are functionally independent and are not contained within a hierarchy The format of a simple header is shown below pepe cms ure Simple header example STARt Note A lt mnemonic gt i
347. ax CURSor TY DEGRee DD VALue Example CURSOR TY DEGREE DD VALUE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE DD VALUE 180 00000E 00 CURSor TY DEGRee DV Function Queries all of the settings for the V value which is measured between the angle cursors Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee DV CURSor TY DEGRee DV STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the V value which is measured between the angle cursors Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee DV STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY DEGRee DV STATe Example CURSOR TY DEGREE DV STATE ON CURSOR TY DEGREE DV STATE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE DV STATE 1 CURSor TY DEGRee DV VALue Function Queries the V value which is measured between the angle cursors Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee DV VALue Example CURSOR TY DEGREE DV VALUE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE DV VALUE 6 2500000E 03 CURSor TY DEGRee JUMP Function Makes an angle cursor in the T Y display jump to the specified zoom waveform Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee JUMP C1 Z1 C1 Z22 C2 Z1 C2 22 Example CURSOR TY DEGREE JUMP C1 Z1 Description Jumps to the center of the zoom waveform C1 and C2 are used to indicate Cursor1 and Cursor2 5 74 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 10 CURSor Group CURSor TY DEGRee POSition cx Function Sets or queries the position of an angle cursor Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt lt x gt 1to2
348. between channels 5 70 CHUTil COPYch EXECute Copies settings between channels 5 70 CHUTil COPYch SOURce Sets or queries the copy source channel 5 70 CHUTil COPYch DESTination Queries all copy destination channel settings 5 70 CHUTil COPYch DESTination ALL Sets or queries whether the copy destination channels are set to all 5 70 channels CHUTil COPYch DESTination Sets or queries whether the channel is a destination for the copy operation of 5 70 CHANnel lt x gt settings between channels CHUTil COPYch UNDO Cancels the copying of settings between channels 5 70 CLEar Group CLEar Clears traces 5 71 COMMunicate Group COMMunicate Queries all communication settings 5 72 COMMunicate HEADer Sets or queries whether or not a header is added to the response to a query 5 72 Example with header CHANNEL1 PROBE MODE 10 Example without header 10 COMMunicate LOCKout Sets or clears local lockout 5 72 COMMunicate OPSE Operation Sets or queries the overlap command that is used by the OPC OPC and 5 72 Pending Status Enable register WAI commands COMMunicate OPSR Operation Queries the operation pending status register 5 72 Pending Status Register COMMunicate OVERlap Sets or queries the commands that operate as overlap commands 5 72 COMMunicate REMote Sets remote or local On is remote mode 5 72 COMMunicate VERBose Sets or queries whether the response to a query is returned fully spelled out 5 72 ex
349. bus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData RTR x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA RTR ON SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA RTR SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA RTR 1 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup MODE Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal search mode setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup MODE EFRame IDData SOF SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP MODE EFRAME SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP MODE gt SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP MODE EFRAME SERialbus lt x gt DECode Function Sets or queries the decoded display format of the serial bus for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt DECode ASCII BINary HEXa SYMBo1 SERialbus lt x gt DECode x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 DECODE BINARY SERIALBUS1 DECODE gt SERIALBUS1 DECODE BINARY SERialbus lt x gt DISPlay Function Sets or queries whether or not serial bus signal analysis will be performed Syntax SERialbus lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 DISPLAY ON SERIALBUS1 DISPLAY gt SERIALBUS1 DISPLAY 1 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray Function Queries all FlexRay bus signal settings Syntax gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray lt x gt 1 to 4 5 148 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 S
350. cator SYFRame 0 1 X BTRigger 3 pel Gger ATRigger EXray IDData INDIcator SYFRame GGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA CATOR SYFRAME 1 GGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA CATOR SYFRAME gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR SYFRAME 1 BTRigger sj E E Example T R D R D TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR Function Queries all OR condition settings for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt Function Queries all the settings of the frame IDs which are OR conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt CCOunt Function Queries the cycle count setting for the frame IDs for FlexRay bus signal triggering this is one of the OR conditions Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt CCOunt lt x gt 1to4 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt CCOunt CONDition Function Sets or queries the comparison condition for the cycle counts of the frame IDs for FlexRay bus signal triggering this is one of the OR conditions Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID x CCOunt CONDition BETWeen DONTcare EQUal GREater LESS
351. ch SETup Sets the ID for LIN bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation 5 168 DData IDENtifier ID HEXa SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition for LIN bus signal searching 5 168 DData IDENtifier ID MODE SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the ID value for LIN bus signal searching in binary notation 5 168 DData IDENtifier ID PATTern SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the ID input format for LIN bus signal searching 5 168 DData IDENtifier PFORmat SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search mode setting 5 168 MODE SERialbus lt x gt RWINdow Sets or queries in which zoom window ZOOM1 or ZOOM2 the detected 5 168 section will be displayed SERialbus lt x gt SOURce Queries all analysis and search settings 5 168 SERialbus lt x gt SOURce CHANnel lt y Queries all source waveform settings 5 168 gt MATH lt y gt SERialbus lt x gt SOURce CHANnel lt y Sets or queries a source waveform hysteresis 5 169 gt MATH lt y gt HYSTeresis SERialbus lt x gt SOURce CHANnel lt y Sets or queries a source waveform level 5 169 gt MATH lt y gt LEVel SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Queries all user defined bus signal analysis and search settings 5 169 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze Queries all user defined bus signal analysis execution settings 5 169 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Queries all us
352. ch signal settings for user defined TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger bus signal triggering SPATtern PATTern Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN SPATtern LATCh PATTERN 00110101 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN PATTERN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN PATTERN 00110101 5 222 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern PFORmat Function Sets or queries the input format which is one of the data conditions for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern PFORmat BINary HEXa TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern PFORmat Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN PFORMAT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN PFORMAT BINARY TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI Function Queries all SPI bus signal trigger settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI BITorder Function Sets or queries the bit order of the SPI bus signal trigger data Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI BITorder Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SP BITORDER LSBFIRST TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI BITORDER gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI BITORDER LSBFIRST TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CLOCk Function Querie
353. class C harmonic analysis 5 50 HARMonics CCLass MAXCurrent ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Sets or queries whether or not the active power for class C harmonic 5 50 HARMonics CCLass OPOWer analysis exceeds 25 W IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Sets or queries the class of the device under harmonic analysis 5 50 HARMonics CLASs ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Queries all class D harmonic analysis settings 5 50 HARMonics DCLass ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Sets or queries the power value for class D harmonic analysis 5 50 HARMonics DCLass POWer ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Queries all harmonic analysis result list settings 5 51 HARMonics DETail ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Sets or queries the display position of the analysis result list of harmonic 5 51 HARMonics DETail DISPlay analysis ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Queries the items displayed in the harmonic analysis result list 5 51 HARMonics DETail LIST ITEM ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Queries all of the data for the specified analysis number in the harmonic 5 51 HARMonics DETail LIST VALue analysis result list ANALysis PANalyzecx Sets or queries the harmonic analysis display mode 5 51 HARMonics DMODe ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Sets or queri
354. ction Queries all 10 bit address settings for IC bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress HEXa Function Sets the 10 bit address for 1 C bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress HEXa lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT10ADDRESS HEXA 1AB SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress PATTern Function Sets or queries the 10 bit address for IC bus signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress PATTern lt String gt SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 11010111001 SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN gt SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 1101011001 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress Function Queries all 7 bit address settings for IC bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADd
355. ction Sets or queries the ID comparison condition of the frame IDs for FlexRay bus signal triggering this is one of the OR conditions Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID x FID CONDition BETWeen EQUal GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqu1 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LEXray IDOR ID x FID CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 FID CONDITION BETWEEN RIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR IDI1 FID CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 FID CONDITION BETWEEN 1 J TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt FID ID lt y gt Function Sets or queries the ID reference value for the frame IDs for FlexRay bus signal triggering this is one of the OR conditions Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt FID ID lt y gt lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt FID ID lt y gt lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 2047 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 FID ID1 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 FID ID1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDOR ID1 FID ID1 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the frame ID enable disable condition which is one of the OR conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger
356. d If lt NRf gt is omitted the measured values over the last cycle on the displayed waveform is queried ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss METhod Function Sets or queries the calculation method for high and low points Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss METhod AUTO MAXimum HISTogram ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss METhod ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS METHOD AUTO ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS METHOD gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS METHOD AUTO Example ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss RANGe Function Sets or queries the measurement source window Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss RANGe MAIN Z1 22 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss RANGe lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS RANGE MAIN ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS RANGE ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS RANGE MAIN 5 58 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss RDS Function Sets or queries the on resistance value for total loss computation Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss RDS lt NR gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss RDS lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 0 to 100 in 1 mQ steps Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS RDS 1 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS RDS gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS RDS 1 000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss SCALe Function Queries all scaling settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWL
357. d enable disable condition which is one of the ID 5 203 and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Gger ATRigger igger FLEXray ID DATA x MSBLsb Data Sets or queries the MSB and LSB bits for the data field which is one of the 5 204 ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Gger ATRigger igger FLE DATA lt x gt PATTern lt y gt Data Sets or queries the data field data which is one of the ID and data 5 204 conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering in binary notation Gger ATRigger igger FLEXray ID Data Sets or queries the data field data input format which is one of the ID and 5 204 data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Gger ATRigger igger FLEXray ID DATA x SIGN Data Sets or queries whether a signed or unsigned data format will be used for the 5 204 data field this is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Queries all frame ID settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus 5 204 BTRigger FLEXray DData FID signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the frame ID data condition which is one of the ID and data 5 205 BTRigger FLEXray DData FID conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering CONDition TRIGger ATRigger Sets or
358. data size in bytes for SPI bus signal triggering 5 224 3 BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt DBYTe a TRIGger ATRigger Sets a data value for SPI bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation 5 224 o BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt HEXa lt y gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data enable disable condition for SPI bus signal triggering 5 224 BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt MODE on off TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data value for SPI bus signal triggering in binary notation 5 224 BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt PATTern lt y gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the data conditions for 5 224 BTRigger SPI DATA x PFORmat SPI bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data signal for SPI bus signal triggering 5 225 BTRigger SPI DATA lt x gt SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the wiring system three wire or four wire for SPI bus signal 5 225 BTRigger SPI MODE triggering TRIGger ATRigger TV Queries all TV trigger settings 5 225 TRIGger ATRigger TV FIELd Sets or queries the field where TV triggering will be used 5 225 TRIGger ATRigger TV FRAMe Sets or queries the frame skip feature for TV triggering 5 225 TRIGger ATRigger TV HDTV NT Queries all TV trigger mode settings 5 225 SC PAL SDTV USERdefine TRIGger ATRigger TV HDTV NT Sets or queries the line where TV triggering will be used 5 225 SC PAL SDTV USERdefine LINE TRIGger
359. detected point Syntax SERialbus x UART SEARCh SELect NRf MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 49999 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SELECT 1 SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SELECT SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SELECT 1 500E 00 Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number IM DLM4038 17EN 5 179 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus x UART SEARch SELect MAXimum Function Queries the number of detected points in the UART signal search Syntax SERialbus x UART SEARCh SELect MAXimum lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SELECT MAXIMUM gt SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SELECT 100 Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number SERialbus x UART SEARch SETup Function Queries all UART signal search condition settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA Function Queries all UART signal search data settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA CONDition Function Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for UART signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA CONDition DONTcare TRUE SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup DATA
360. ds Describes every command individually Chapter 6 Status Reports Describes the status byte various registers and queues Appendix Provides reference material such as an ASCII character code table Index IM DLM4038 17EN iii How to Use This Manual Conventions Used in This Manual Notes and Cautions The notes and cautions in this manual are categorized using the following symbols Yel Calls attention to actions or conditions that could cause serious or fatal injury to the user and precautions that can be taken to prevent such occurrences CAUTION Calls attention to actions or conditions that could cause light injury to the user or cause damage to the instrument or user s data and precautions that can be taken to prevent such occurrences Note Calls attention to information that is important for proper operation of the instrument Character Notations Hard Key Names and Soft Key Names in Bold Characters Indicate panel keys that are used in the procedure and soft keys and menu items that appear on the screen SHIFT Panel Key When SHIFT panel key appears in a procedural explanation it means to press the shift key so that its indicator lights and then to press the indicated panel key A setup menu for the item written in purple above the key that you pressed appears on the screen Unit k Denotes 1000 Example 100 kS s sample rate K Denotes 1024 Example 720 KB file size M
361. ds a specific type of data This is an overlap command FILE LOAD SETup SNAP ZPOLygon lt x gt ZWAVe lt x gt EXECute lt x gt 1 to 4 Below is an example for setup data FILE LOAD SETUP EXECUTE DATA lt String gt MOVE ABORt Aborts file moving FILE MOVE ABORt FILE MOVE ABORT MOVE CDIRectory Changes the file move destination directory FILE MOVE CDIRectory String String See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information FILE MOVE CDIRECTORY UTIL FILE MOVE DRIVe Function Sets the file move destination medium Syntax FILE MOVE DRIVe FLAShmem NETWork USB lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 0 to 3 Example FILE MOVE DRIVE FLASHMEM Description You can omit the lt NRf gt for USB if the drive is not partitioned or is not divided into LUNs FILE MOVE EXECute Function Syntax Example FILE Function Syntax Example FILE Function Syntax Example FILE Function Syntax Example FILE Function Syntax FILE Function Syntax Example Executes file moving This is an overlap command FILE MOVE EXECute String String See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information FILE MOVE EXECUTE DATA PNG MOVE PATH Queries the file move destination directory FILE MOVE PATH FILE MOVE PATH gt FILE MOVE PATH PATH FLASHMEM UTIL PROTect EXECute Turns file protection on or off FILE
362. e ANALysis PMEAsurecx Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as percentages 5 63 UDPRoximal PERCent ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as voltages 5 63 UDPRoximal UNIT ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UMEThod Sets or queries the high and low points 5 63 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UNIT Sets or queries the watthour unit 5 63 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt Queries all automatic measurement settings for a Calc item 5 63 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt Queries the statistical processing count of the automatically measured value 5 63 COUNt of a Calc item ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt Sets or queries the expression for the automatically measured value of a 5 63 DEFine Calc item ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt Queries a statistical value that is calculated on the automatically measured 5 64 MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation value of a Calc item ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt Sets or queries the name of a Calc item 5 64 NAME ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt Sets or queries the on off status of automated measurement of a Calc item 5 64 STATe ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt USER lt y gt Sets or queries the unit of a Calc item 5 64 UNIT ANALysis P
363. e Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN BRATe lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 lt NRF gt of USER See the DLM4000 Feature Guide for this information TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN BRATE 2400 TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN BRATE TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN BRATE 2400 Syntax Example TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN ERRor Function Queries all LIN bus signal trigger error settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN ERRor TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN ERRor PARity Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger parity error setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN ERRor PARity lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN ERRor PARity RIGGER ATRIGGER LIN ERROR PARITY ON RIGGER ATRIGGER LIN ERROR PARITY gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN ERROR PARITY 1 Example TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN ERRor SYNCh Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger synch error setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN ERRor SYNCh lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN ERRor SYNCh Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN ERROR SYNCH ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN ERROR SYNCH gt iTRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN ERROR SYNCH 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigg
364. e TONE IMAGE TONE COLOR IMAGE TONE IMAGE TONE COLOR IM DLM4038 17EN 5 107 5 18 INITialize Group INITialize EXECute Function Executes initialization Syntax INITialize EXECute Example INITIALIZE EXECUTE INITialize UNDO Function Undoes initialization Syntax INITialize UNDO Example INITIALIZE UNDO 5 108 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 19 LOGic Group You cannot use commands that relate to logic group on models that are not equipped with logic inputs LOGic Function Queries all logic input waveform settings Syntax LOGic LOGic PODA Function Queries all settings of logic input port A Syntax LOGic PODA Example LOGIC PODA Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA ALL Function Queries all bit settings of logic input port A Syntax LOGic PODA ALL Example LOGIC PODA ALL Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA ALL DISPlay Function Turns on or off all bit displays of logic input port A Syntax LOGic PODA ALL DISPlay Boolean Example LOGIC PODA ALL DISPLAY ON Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA ALL LEVel Function Sets the user defined threshold level for logic input port A Syntax LOGic PODA ALL LEVel lt Voltage gt LOGic PODA ALL LEVel Voltage 10 to 10 V in 0 1 V steps
365. e chapter 5 for details Bit Masking To mask a certain bit of the standard event register so that it does not cause bit 5 ESB in the status byte to change set the corresponding bit of the standard event enable register to zero For example to mask bit 2 QYE so that ESB will not be set to 1 even if a query error occurs set bit 2 of the standard event enable register to zero Do this using the ESE command To query whether each bit of the standard event enable register is 1 or 0 use ESE For details on the ESE command see chapter 5 Standard Event Register Operation The standard event register indicates eight types of events that occur inside the DLM4000 When one of the bits in this register is 1 and the corresponding bit of the standard event enable register is also 1 bit 5 ESB in the status byte is set to 1 Example 1 A query error occurs 2 Bit 2 QYE is set to 1 3 When bit 2 of the standard event enable register is 1 bit 5 ESB in the status byte is set to 1 You can also check what type of event occurred in the DLM4000 by reading the contents of the standard event register Reading the Standard Event Register You can use the ESR command to read the contents of the standard event register The register is cleared after it is read Clearing the Standard Event Register The standard event register is cleared when The contents of the standard event
366. e CENTer Function Sets or queries the level of the center position for manual scaling Syntax MATH lt x gt SCALe CENTer lt NRf gt MATH x SCALe CENTer lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example MATH1 SCALE CENTER 1 MATH1 SCALE CENTER gt MATH1 SCALE CENTER 1 00000E 00 MATH lt x gt SCALe MODE Function Sets or queries a scaling mode Syntax MATH lt x gt SCALe MODE AUTO MANual MATH x SCALe MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 SCALE MODE AUTO MATHI1 SCALE MODE MATH1 SCALE MODE AUTO MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity Function Sets or queries the sensitivity of the center position for manual scaling Syntax MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example MATH1 SCALE SENSITIVITY 10 MATH1 SCALE SENSITIVITY MATH1 SCALE SENSITIVITY 10 0000E 00 MATH lt x gt UNIT DEFine Function Sets or queries a unit of computation Syntax MATH lt x gt UNIT DEFine lt String gt MATH lt x gt UNIT DEFine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to four characters Example MATH1 UNIT DEFINE EU MATH1 UNIT DEFINE gt MATH1 UNIT DEFINE EU Description Units are applied to scale values They never affect the computation result MATH lt x gt UNIT MODE Function Sets or queries whether a unit of computation
367. e CAN bus signal search result Syntax SERialbus x CAN SEARch FJUMp SOF lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH FJUMP SOF SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SELect Function Sets which detected point to display in the CAN bus signal search zoom window and queries the zoom position of the detected point Syntax SERialbus x CAN SEARCh SELect NRf MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 49999 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SELECT 1 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SELECT SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SELECT 1 500E 00 Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SELect MAXimum Queries the number of detected points in the CAN bus signal search Function Syntax Example SE SEL SE x SE SEL gt SEL ect 1 RIA ECT SE ECT Rial Rial MAXimum to 4 MAXIMUM MAXIMUM bus lt x gt CAN SEARch LBUS1 CAN SEARCH RIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH bus lt x gt CAN SEARch SELect Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup Queries all CAN bus signal search condition Function Syntax setti ngs SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup EFRame Function Syntax Qu
368. e UART signal analysis bit order 5 178 SETup BITorder SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze Sets or queries the UART signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate 5 178 SETup BRATe SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze Sets or queries the byte space setting for UART signal analysis 5 178 SETup BSPace SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze Sets or queries the on off status of grouping for UART signal analysis 5 178 SETup GROuping SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze Sets or queries the polarity setting for UART signal analysis 5 178 SETup POLarity SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze Sets or queries the source signal for UART signal analysis 5 178 SETup SOURce SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze Sets or queries the UART signal analysis sample point 5 179 SETup SPOint SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail Queries all UART signal analysis result list settings 5 179 SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail Sets or queries the display mode for the UART signal analysis result list 5 179 DISPlay SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail LIST Queries all items that will be displayed in the UART signal analysis result list 5 179 ITEM SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail LIST Queries the automatically measured values for the specified analysis number 5 179 VALue in the UART signal analysis result list SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch Queries all UART signal search settings 5 179 SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch ABORt Aborts the UART signal search 5 179
369. e current input channel for power supply analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup 1I DESKew lt Time gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup 1 DESKew lt x gt 1to2 Time 100 0 ns to 100 0 ns in 10 ps steps Example ANALYSIS PANALYZEl SETUP I DESKEW 1NS ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP I DESKEW gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP I DESKEW 1 00E 09 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup I INPut Function Sets or queries the current input channel for power supply analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup INPut 214 ANALysis PANalyzecx SETup I INPut lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP 1 INPUT 2 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP 1 INPUT gt ANALYSIS PANALYZEl SETUP I INPUT 2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup I PROBe Function Queries all current to voltage conversion ratio settings for the current input channel probe for power supply analysis Syntax F ANALysis PANalyzecx SETup I PROBe CO 001 CO 002 CO 005 CO 01 CO 02 CO 05 CO 1 CO 2 CO 51C1 C21C5 C10 C20 C50 C100 C200 C500 C1000 C2000 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup 1 PROBe lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP 1 PROBE CO 001 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP 1 PROBE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZEl1 SETUP I PROBE CO 001 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup U Function Queries all voltage input channel settings for power supply analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt
370. e data value for LIN bus signal searching in decimal 5 166 DData DATA DECimal lt y gt notation SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the data endian setting for LIN bus signal searching 5 166 DData DATA ENDian SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets the data for LIN bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation 5 166 DData DATA HEXa lt y gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the data enable disable condition for LIN bus signal 5 167 DData DATA MODE searching SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the data MSB and LSB bits for LIN bus signal searching 5 167 DData DATA MSBLsb SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the data value for LIN bus signal searching in binary notation 5 167 DData DATA PATTern lt y gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the input format which is one of the data conditions for LIN 5 167 DData DATA PFORmat bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Sets or queries whether signed or unsigned data format will be used which 5 167 e DData DATA SIGN is one of the data conditions for LIN bus signal searching 3 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Queries all identifier settings for the ID and data conditions for LIN bus signal 5 167 3 DData IDENtifier searching a SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Queries all LIN bus signal search ID settings 5 167 o DData IDENtifier ID SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEAR
371. e displayed in the I C bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C DETail LIST ITEM lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C DETAIL LIST ITEM gt SERIALBUS1 I2C DETAIL LIST ITEM No Time ms 1st 2nd R W Data Information SERialbus lt x gt I2C DETail LIST VALue Function Queries all of the data for the specified analysis number in the I C bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C DETail LIST VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 I2C DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 gt SERIALBUS1 I2C DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 0 07000 AA W AE 88 7 bit SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch Function Queries all 1 C bus signal search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt I2C SEARch ABORt Function Aborts the I C bus signal search Syntax SERialbus x I2C SEARch ABORt x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH ABORT SERialbus lt x gt I2C SEARch EXECute Function Executes a 1C bus signal search Syntax SERialbus x I2C SEARch EXECute lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH EXECUTE SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SELect Function Sets which detected point to display in the IC bus signal search zoom window and queries the zoom position of the detected point Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SELect NRf MAXimum S
372. e for total loss Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss VCE lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss VCE lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt Voltage 0 to 50 V in 100 mV steps ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS VCE 1V ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS VCE ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS VCE 1 00E 00 Example ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt TYPE Function Sets or queries the type of power supply analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyzecx TYPE HARMonics I2T OFF SOA SWLoss ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt TYPE lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 TYPE HARMONICS ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 TYPE ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 TYPE HARMONICS ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Function Queries all power measurement settings Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 gt ANALYSIS PMEASUREI ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IDPRoximal Function Queries all distal mesial and proximal settings Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IDPRoximal lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 IDPROXIMAL ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IDPRoximal MODE Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal point mode setting Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IDPRoximal MODE PERCent UNIT ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt IDPRoximal MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 IDPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 IDPROXIMAL MODE gt ANALYS
373. e or state width searching Syntax SEARch PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt LEVel lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt SEARch PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt LEVel x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 LEVEL 1V SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 LEVEL gt SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 LEVEL 1 000E 00 Description When the probe type is set to current this command sets or queries the lt Current gt value 5 136 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 24 SEARch Group SEARCh PPATtern CHANnel cx MATH x PATTern Function Sets or queries a source waveform search pattern for state or state width searching Syntax SEARCh PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt PATTern DONTcare HIGH LOW SEARch PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt PATTern x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 PATTERN HIGH SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 PATTERN gt SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 PATTERN HIGH SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk Function Queries all clock channel settings for state or state width searching Syntax SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk HYSTeresis Function Sets or queries the clock channel hysteresis for state or state width searching Syntax SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk HYSTeresis lt NRf gt SEAR
374. ed However the output queue will be cleared if the CLS command is received just after a program message terminator IM DLM4038 17EN syodey snjejs Hu 6 3 Standard Event Register Standard Event Register 7 6543 2 1 O0 PONURQCMEEXE DDEQYERQCOPC Bit 7 PON Power ON This bit is set to 1 when the DLM4000 is turned on Bit 6 URQ User Request Not used always zero Bit5 CME Command Error This bit is set to 1 when there is a command syntax error Example Incorrectly spelled command name 9 used in octal data Bit4 EXE Execution Error This bit is set to 1 when the command syntax is correct but the command cannot be executed in the current state Example The DLM4000 receives a command whose parameter is outside the selectable range An attempt is made to print a hard copy while the DLM4000 is running e Bit 3 DDE Device Error This bit is set to 1 when a command cannot be executed for internal reasons other than a command syntax error or command execution error e Bit 2 QYE Query Error This bit is set to 1 when a query command is received but the output queue is empty or the data is lost Example There is no response data Data is lost due to an overflow in the output queue Bit 1 RQC Request Control Not used always zero Bit 0 OPC Operation Complete This bit is set to 1 upon the completion of the operation designated by the OPC command se
375. ed in the LIN bus signal analysis result 5 164 ITEM list SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail LIST Queries all of the data for the specified analysis number in the LIN bus signal 5 164 VALue analysis result list SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch Queries all LIN bus signal search settings 5 164 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch ABORt Aborts the LIN bus signal search 5 164 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch Executes a LIN bus signal search 5 164 EXECute SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp Jumps to the break field in the LIN bus signal search result 5 164 BREak SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp Jumps to the checksum field in the LIN bus signal search result 5 164 CSUM SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp Jumps to the data field in the LIN bus signal search result 5 164 DATA SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp Jumps to the identifier field in the LIN bus signal search result 5 164 IDENtifier SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch FJUMp Jumps to the sync field in the LIN bus signal search result 5 164 SYNCh SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SELect Sets which detected point to display in the LIN bus signal search zoom 5 164 window and queries the zoom position of the detected point SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SELect Queries the number of detected points in the LIN bus signal search 5 165 MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Queries all LIN bus signal search condition settings 5 165 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Queries all L
376. edge qualified search condition Syntax SEARch QUALify CONDition FALSe TRUE SEARch QUALify CONDition Example SEARCH QUALIFY CONDITION FALSE SEARCH QUALIFY CONDITION SEARCH QUALIFY CONDITION FALSE SEARCh SELect Function Sets which detected point to display in the zoom window and queries the zoom position of the detected point Syntax SEARCh SELect NRf MAXimum SEARch SELect lt NRf gt 0 to 49999 Example SEARCH SELECT 1 SEARCH SELECT SEARCH SELECT 1 500E 00 Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN SEARch SELect MAXimum Function Queries the number of detected points Syntax SEARCh SELect MAXimum Example SEARCH SELECT MAXIMUM gt SEARCH SELECT 100 Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN SEARch SKIP Function Queries all skip mode settings Syntax SEARch SKIP SEARch SKIP DECimation Function Sets or queries the number of detected points that will be skipped in skip mode Syntax SEARCh SKIP DECimation lt NRf gt SEARCh SKIP DECimation lt NRf gt 1 to 9999 Example SEARCH SKIP DECIMATION 1 SEARCH SKIP DECIMATION SEARCH SKIP DECIMATION 1 5 138 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 24 SEARch Group SEARCh SKIP HOLDof f Function Sets or queries how long searching will be skipped Syntax SEARCh SKIP HOLDoff lt Time gt SEARCh SKIP HOLDoff Time 0 1 ns to 1
377. efine Sets or queries a constant for user defined computation 5 121 CONSitant lt y gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine DEFine Sets or queries the equation for user defined computation 5 121 MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt Queries all filter settings for user defined computation 5 121 MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt Sets or queries the filter band frequency band for user defined computation 5 121 BAND MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt Sets or queries the cutoff frequency for user defined computation 5 121 CUToff z MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt Sets or queries the filter type for user defined computation 5 121 TYPE MATH x USERdefine HISTory Aborts user defined computation Math on History of the history waveform 5 121 ABORt MATH x USERdefine HISTory Executes user defined computation Math on History of the history 5 122 EXECute waveform 5 16 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page MATH x USERdefine SCALe Queries all scaling settings for user defined computation 5 122 MATH x USERdefine SCALe Executes auto ranging of user defined computation 5 122 ARANging MATH x USERdefine SCALe Sets or queries the center value for scaling in user defined computation 5 122 CENTer MATH lt x gt USERdefine SCALe Sets or queries the span from the center value for scaling in user defined 5 122 SENSitivity computation MEASure Gro
378. el Function Sets or queries the label of a bus of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL BUS LABel lt String gt LOGic PODL BUS LABel lt String gt Up to eight characters Example LOGIC PODL BUS LABEL PODL LOGIC PODL BUS LABEL gt LOGIC PODL BUS LABEL PODL IM DLM4038 17EN 5 115 5 19 LOGic Group LOGic Function Syntax Example LOGic Function Syntax Example LOGic Function Syntax Example LOGic Function Syntax Example LOGic Function Syntax Example LOGic Function Syntax LOGic Function Syntax Example PODL DESKew Sets or queries the deskewing of logic input port L LOGic PODL DESKew Time LOGic PODL DESKew Time 100 to 100 ns in 10 ps steps LOGIC PODL DESKEW 1 LOGIC PODL DESKEW LOGIC PODL DESKEW 1 00000E 06 PODL HYSTeresis Sets or queries the hysteresis of logic input port L LOGic PODL HYSTeresis HIGH LOW LOGic PODL HYSTeresis LOGIC PODL HYSTERESIS HIGH LOGIC PODL HYSTERESIS LOGIC PODL HYSTERESIS HIGH PODL MODE Sets or queries the on off status of logic input port L LOGic PODL MODE lt Boolean gt LOGic PODL MODE LOGIC PODL MODE ON LOGIC PODL MODE LOGIC PODL MODE 1 PODL POSition Sets or queries the vertical position of logic input port L LOGic PODL POSition NRf LOGic PODL POSition lt NRf gt 7 to 39 LOGIC PODL POSITION 1
379. el Sets or queries the user defined threshold level logic input port L 5 114 LOGic PODL ALL TYPE Sets or queries the threshold level of logic input port L 5 114 LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt Queries all settings of a bit of logic input port L 5 115 LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt DISPlay Sets or queries the on off status of all bit displays of logic input port L 5 115 LOGic PODL BIT x LABel Sets or queries the label of a bit of logic input port L 5 115 LOGic PODL BIT x LEVel Sets or queries the user defined threshold level of a bit of logic input port L 5 115 LOGic PODL BIT x TYPE Selects the threshold level of a bit of logic input port L 5 115 LOGic PODL BITOrder Sets or queries the bit order of logic input port L lt String gt Combination of LO 5 115 to L7 and BUS 19 characters LOGic PODL BUS Queries all bus settings of a bit of logic input port L 5 115 LOGic PODL BUS ASSignment Sets or queries the assignment of a bus of logic input port L 5 115 LOGic PODL BUS DISPlay Sets or queries the bus display on off status of logic input port L 5 115 LOGic PODL BUS FORMat Sets or queries the bus display format of logic input port L 5 115 LOGic PODL BUS LABel Sets or queries the label of a bus of logic input port L 5 115 LOGic PODL DESKew Sets or queries the deskewing of logic input port L 5 116 LOGic PODL HYSTeresis Sets or queries the hysteresis of logic input port L 5 116 LOGic PODL MODE Se
380. ent settings for the XY display 5 239 XY x MEASure CURSor Queries all cursor measurement settings for the XY display 5 239 XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor DX Queries all settings for the voltage difference between the X Y display s 5 239 horizontal cursors XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor DX STATe Sets or queries the on off status of the voltage difference between the X Y 5 239 display s horizontal cursors XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor DX VALue Queries the voltage difference between the X Y display s horizontal cursors 5 239 XY x MEASure CURSor DY Queries all settings for the voltage difference between the X Y display s 5 239 vertical cursors XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor DY STATe Sets or queries the on off status of the voltage difference between the X Y 5 239 display s vertical cursors XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor DY VALue Queries the voltage difference between the X Y display s vertical cursors 5 239 XY x MEASure CURSor X y Queries all horizontal cursor settings for the XY display 5 239 XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt Sets or queries a horizontal cursor position in the XY display 5 239 POSition 5 44 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt Sets or queries the on off status
381. er BTRigger SPATtern DATA Function Queries all data signal settings for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern DATA IM DLM4038 17EN 5 221 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern DATA ACTive Function Sets or queries the data signal active state for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern DATA ACTive HIGH LOW TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern DATA ACTive Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE HIGH TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE HIGH TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern DATA SOURce Function Sets or queries the data signal for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern DATA SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern DATA SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN DATA SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN DATA SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN DATA SOURCE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern HEXa Function Sets the data conditions of the user defined bus trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern HEXa lt String gt Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN HEXA 12 TRIGger ATRigger BTRig
382. er ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA PFORmat BINary HEXa TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART DATA PFORmat Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA PFORMAT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART DATA PFORMAT BINARY IM DLM4038 17EN 5 227 spuewwog 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART ERRor Function Syntax ERRor Queries all UART signal trigger error settings TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART ERRor FRAMing Function error setting Syntax TR ERR TR R Example TRIGGER ATR FRAMING ON TRIGGER ATR FRAMING 1 Gger ATRigger BT or FRAMing lt Boolean gt Gger ATRigger BT GGER UART E GGER UART E Sets or queries the UART signal trigger framing Rigger UART Rigger UART RROR RROR FRAMING gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART ERROR TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger UART ERRor PARity Function error setting Syntax TR or PARity Gger Al GGER ATR TY ON GGER ATR Example T R R ERRor PARity R R R Gger ATRigger BT lt Boolean gt Rigger BT GGER UART E GGER UART E Sets or queries the UART signal trigger parity Rigger UART Rigger UART RROR RROR PARITY gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER UART ERROR PARITY 1 TRIGger ATRigger
383. er LIN IDData Function Queries all ID and data settings for LIN bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA Function Queries all LIN bus signal trigger data settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA CONDition Function Sets or queries the data conditions for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA CONDition BETWeen EQUal FALSe GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqu1 TRUE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA CONDition Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA CONDITION gt iTRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA DBYTe Function Sets or queries the number of data bytes for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA DBYTe lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN Data DATA DBYTe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA DBYTE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA DBYTE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA DBYTE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA DECimal lt x gt Function Sets the data
384. er defined bus signal analysis settings 5 169 ANALyze SETup SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Sets or queries the bit rate for user defined bus signal analysis 5 169 ANALyze SETup BRATe SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Queries all clock signal settings for user defined bus signal analysis 5 169 ANALyze SETup CLOCk SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Sets or queries the clock signal enable or disable status for user defined bus 5 169 ANALyze SETup CLOCk MODE signal analysis SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Sets or queries the clock signal slope for user defined bus signal analysis 5 169 ANALyze SETup CLOCk POLarity SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Sets or queries the clock signal for user defined bus signal analysis 5 170 ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURce SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Queries all chip select signal settings for user defined bus signal analysis 5 170 ANALyze SETup CS SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Sets or queries the chip select signal active state for user defined bus signal 5 170 ANALyze SETup CS ACTive analysis IM DLM4038 17EN 5 27 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern Sets or queries the chip select signal for user defined bus signal analysis 5 170 ANALyze SETup CS SOURce SERialbus lt x gt SP
385. eries all CAN bus signal search error settings SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup EFRame lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup EFRame MODE Sets or queries the CAN bus signal search error frame setting Function Syntax Example SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup EFRame MODE lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup EFRame MODE x 1 to 4 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP EFRAME MODE ON SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP EFRAME MODE SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP EFRAME MODE 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 143 spuewwoyg 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup EFRame CRC Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal search CRC error setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup EFRame CRC lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup EFRame CRC x 21104 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP EFRAME CRC ON SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP EFRAME CRC SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP EFRAME CRC 1 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup EFRame STUFF Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal search stuff error setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup EFRame STUFF lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup EFRame STUFF lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP EFRAME STUFF ON SERIALBUS1 CAN SE
386. eries the vertical position that will be used for polygonal zone 5 105 POLYgon VPOSition searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the zone number that will be used for polygonal zone 5 105 POLYgon ZNUMber searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Queries all rectangular zone search settings 5 105 RECTangle HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the horizontal position of the rectangle that will be used for 5 105 RECTangle HORizontal rectangular zone searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the source window of the rectangle that will be used for 5 105 RECTangle RANGe rectangular zone searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the source waveform of the rectangle that will be used for 5 105 RECTangle TRACe rectangular zone searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the vertical position of the rectangle that will be used for 5 106 RECTangle VERTical rectangular zone searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Queries all waveform zone search settings 5 106 WAVE IM DLM4038 17EN 5 13 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the source window that will be used for waveform zone 5 106 WAVE RA
387. ermination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon HPOSition lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon HPOSition Syntax lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER POLYGON HPOSITION 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER POLYGON HPOSITION gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 POLYGON HPOSITION 1 000E 00 Description If GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon TRACe is set to XY lt x gt the lt NRf gt is 1 to 4 div Example GONogo ZPARameter NUMBercx POLYgon RANGe Function Sets or queries the source window that will be used for polygonal zone determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon RANGe MAIN Z1 2Z2 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon RANGe Syntax lt x gt 1to4 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 POLYGON RANGE MAIN GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 POLYGON RANGE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBERI POLYGON RANGE MAIN Example GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon TRACe Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the source waveform that will be used for polygonal zone determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt XY lt y gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon TRACe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1 to 4 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 POLYGON TRACE 1 GONOGO ZPARAM
388. es below Mnemonics are not case sensitive Example CURSor can be written as cursor or Cursor The lower case characters can be omitted Example CURSor can be written as CURSO or CURS The question mark at the end of a header indicates that it is a query You cannot omit the question mark Example The shortest abbreviation for CURSor is CURS If the x value at the end of a mnemonic is omitted it is interpreted as a 1 Example If you write CHAN for CHANnel x CHANne11 is specified Parts of commands and parameters enclosed in square brackets can be omitted Example HISTory CURRent MODE can be written as HIST MODE However the last section enclosed in brackets cannot be omitted in an upper level query Example HISTory and HISTory CURRent are different queries 4 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 4 3 Responses Response When the controller sends a query with a question mark the DLM4000 returns a response message to the query The DLM4000 returns response messages in one of the following two forms Response Consisting of a Header and Data Responses that can be used as program messages without any changes are returned with command headers attached Example ACQUire MODE lt PMT gt ACQUire MODE NORMAL lt RMT gt Response Only Consisting of Data Responses that cannot be used as program messages unless changes are made query only commands are returned without headers However
389. es the detection level of the state display reference clock 5 117 waveform of logic input port L MATH Group MATH lt x gt Queries all computation settings 5 118 MATH lt x gt DISPlay Sets or queries whether or not computed waveforms will be displayed on 5 118 off MATH lt x gt ECOunt Queries all edge count settings 5 118 MATH lt x gt ECOunt HYSTeresis Sets or queries the hysteresis for the edge detection level of edge counting 5 118 MATH lt x gt ECOunt POLarity Sets or queries the edge detection polarity for edge counting 5 118 MATH x ECOunt THReshold Sets or queries the edge detection level for edge count computation 5 118 MATH lt x gt FILTer Queries all filter settings 5 118 MATH x FILTer FORDer Sets or queries the filter order of an IIR filter 5 118 MATH lt x gt FILTer HCUToff Sets or queries the cutoff frequency of a high pass IIR filter 5 118 MATH lt x gt FILTer LCUToff Sets or queries the cutoff frequency of a low pass IIR filter 5 118 MATH lt x gt FILTer TIME Sets or queries a phase shift 5 119 MATH lt x gt FILTer TYPE Sets or queries a filter type 5 119 MATH lt x gt FILTer WEIGht Sets or queries the number of points to take the moving average 5 119 MATH x INTegral Queries all integration settings 5 119 MATH x INTegral SPOint Sets or queries the integration start position 5 119 MATH lt x gt LABel Queries all computed waveform label settings 5 119 MATH lt x gt LABel DEFi
390. es the fundamental current value for class C harmonic analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass MAXCurrent lt NRf gt lt Current gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass MAXCurrent x 21102 lt NRf gt Current 0 001 to 100 A Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CCLASS MAXCURRENT 50A ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CCLASS MAXCURRENT ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CCLASS MAXCURRENT 50 000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass OPOWer Function Sets or queries whether or not the active power for class C harmonic analysis exceeds 25 W Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass OPOWer FALSe TRUE ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CCLass OPOWer lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CCLASS OPOWER FALSE ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CCLASS OPOWER gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CCLASS OPOWER FALSE ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CLASs Function Sets or queries the class of the device under harmonic analysis Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CLASs A B C D ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics CLASs x 1 to 2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CLASS A ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CLASS ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 HARMONICS CLASS A ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt HARMonics DCLass Function Queries all class D harmonic analysis settings Syntax
391. es the harmonic analysis grouping 5 51 HARMonics GROuping ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Sets or queries the harmonic analysis computation start point 5 51 HARMonics SPOint ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt Sets or queries the power supply voltage for harmonic analysis 5 52 HARMonics SVOLtage ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T Queries all Joule integral settings 5 52 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt I12T MATH Sets or queries the on off status of the Joule integral waveform display 5 52 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T Queries all Joule integral automatic measurement settings 5 52 MEASure ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T Queries Joule integral settings 5 52 MEASure I2T ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T Queries the normal statistical processing count of the Joule integral 5 52 MEASure 12T COUNt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T Queries a statistical value of a Joule integral 5 52 MEASure I2T MAXimum MEAN MINim um SDEViation ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T Sets or queries whether or not a Joule integral will be measured 5 52 MEASure I2T STATe ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt 12T Queries an automatically measured value of a Joule integral 5 53 MEASure I2T VALue ANALysis PANalyzecx 12T RANGe Sets or queries the measurement source window 5 53 ANALysis PANalyzecx I2T Queries all scaling settings 5 53 SCALe ANALysis PANalyzecx I2T Sets or queries the center value for manual scaling 5 53 SCALe CENTer ANALysis PANalyzecx
392. ess settings for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress HEXa Function Sets the sub address for the 7 bit sub address for I2C bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress HEXa String Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB SADDRESS HEXA EF TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern Function Sets or queries the sub address for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern String m x Gger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 00111010 GGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 00111010 x J W TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess MODE Function Sets or queries the address condition enable disable mode for I C bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess
393. etasyntax The following table contains the symbols that are used in the syntax discussed mainly in chapters 4 and 5 These symbols are referred to as BNF Backus Naur Form symbols For details on how to write data using these symbols see pages 4 6 and 4 7 Symbol Description Example Example a gt A defined value CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 CHANNEL2 Select an option in COUPling AC DC DC50 GND COUPLING AC Exclusive OR Can be omitted CURSor TY TYPE CURSor TYPE IM DLM4038 17EN Contents List of Manuals od eecsis bis prac os Ehre PE a YR ERO EYE ER REN staan pee ee Eere LRL eee ESETE i How to Use This Marial nici oca eroe teen rev rro Feo co Sek va eve terea eere rbd Es a ee veo Ee CER EFE E iii Chapter 1 USB Interface Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 Component Names and FUNCIONS sisisi ein a anad aaa a ENEI aiaiai 1 1 USB Interface Features and Specifications ssssssssssssssseeeeneee 1 2 USBInterface Connection iore rerit e toria rd en eae 1 4 Configuring the DLM4000 USB Settings essem 1 5 Ethernet Interface 2 1 2 2 2 3 24 Component Names and Functions ssssssese eene eene 2 1 Ethernet Interface Features and Specifications essee 2 2 Ethemet Interface Connection eceeis cecinere et tete aiiai aaaea 2 4 Configuring the DLM4000 Network Settings
394. ets which detected point to display in the LIN bus signal search zoom window and queries the zoom position of the detected point Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SELect lt NRf gt MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 49999 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SELECT 1 SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SELECT SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SELECT 1 500E 00 Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number 5 164 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SELect MAXimum Function Queries the number of detected points in the LIN bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SELect MAXimum lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SELECT MAXIMUM gt SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SELECT 100 Description If there are no detected points the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup Function Queries all LIN bus signal search condition settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup lt x gt 1to4 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor Function Queries all LIN bus signal search error settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor CHECksum Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search checksum error setting Sy
395. example for the average of CH1 MEASure CHANnell AREAI AVERAGE COUNT gt MEASure CHANnell AREAl1 AVERAGE COUNT 100 spueululo2 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Function Queries a statistical value of a waveform parameter in the specified area Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MIN imum SDEViation lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Parameter AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ V1 V2 Example Below is an example for the average of CH1 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt AREA1 AVERAGE MAXIMUM MEASure CHANnel lt x gt AREA1 AVERAGE MAXIMUM 10 0000E 03 Description If the statistical value is immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number IM DLM4038 17EN 5 123 5 24 MEASure Group MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt STATe Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the on off status of a waveform parameter in the specified area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt STATe lt Boolean gt MEASure CHANnel l
396. f gt lt Multiplier gt lt Unit gt 5MV lt NRf gt lt Unit gt 5E 3V lt NRf gt 5E 3 lt Multiplier gt lt Multipliers gt that you can use are indicated in the following table Symbol Word Multiplier EX Exa 1018 PE Peta 105 T Tera 1012 G Giga 10 MA Mega 108 K Kilo 10 M Milli 103 U Micro 10 6 N Nano 10 9 P Pico 10 12 F Femto 10715 A Atto 10 18 Unit Units that you can use are indicated in the following table Symbol Word Description V Volt Voltage S Second Time HZ Hertz Frequency MHZ Megahertz Frequency A Ampere Current The DLM4000 can receive decimal values that are sent from the controller in any form from lt NR1 gt to lt NR3 gt This is expressed as lt NRf gt The DLM4000 returns a response to the controller in one of the forms from lt NR1 gt to lt NR3 gt depending on the query The same form is used regardless of the size of the value For the lt NR3 gt form the plus sign after the E can be omitted You cannot omit the minus sign If a value outside the setting range is entered the value is adjusted to the closest value within the range Multiplier and Unit are not case sensitive 4 o U is used to indicate micro u MA is used for Mega to distinguish it from Milli Megahertz which is expressed as MHZ is an exception Therefore M Milli cannot be used for frequencies If both lt Multiplier gt and Uni
397. f the state display reference clock 5 113 THReshold waveform of logic input ports A and B LOGic PODB Queries all settings of logic input port B 5 113 LOGic PODB ALL Queries all bit settings of logic input port B 5 113 LOGic PODB ALL DISPlay Turns on or off all bit displays of logic input port B 5 113 LOGic PODB ALL LEVel Sets the user defined threshold level for logic input port B 5 113 LOGic PODB ALL TYPE Selects the threshold level for logic input port B 5 113 LOGic PODB BIT x Queries all settings of a bit of logic input port B 5 113 LOGic PODB BIT x DISPlay Turns on or off all bit displays of logic input port B 5 114 LOGic PODB BIT x LABel Sets or queries the user defined threshold level of a bit of logic input port B 5 114 LOGic PODB BIT x LEVel Sets or queries the label of a bit of logic input port B 5 114 LOGic PODB BIT x TYPE Selects the threshold level of a bit of logic input port B 5 114 LOGic PODB DESKew Sets or queries the deskewing of logic input port B 5 114 LOGic PODB HYSTeresis Sets or queries the hysteresis of logic input port B 5 114 LOGic PODL Queries all settings of logic input port L 5 114 LOGic PODL ALL Queries all bit settings of logic input port L 5 114 LOGic PODL ALL DISPlay Turns on or off all bit displays of logic input port L 5 114 LOGic PODL ALL LEV
398. ff status of the R W address bit in C bus signal 5 157 NCLuderw analysis SERialbus lt x gt 12C DETail Queries all I C bus signal analysis result list settings 5 157 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C DETail Sets or queries the display mode for the l C bus signal analysis result list 5 157 DISPlay SERialbus x I2C DETail LIST Queries all items that will be displayed in the I C bus signal analysis result 5 157 ITEM list SERialbus x 12C DETail LIST Queries all of the data for the specified analysis number in the I C bus signal 5 157 VALue analysis result list SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Queries all I C bus signal search settings 5 157 SERialbus x 12C SEARCh ABORt Aborts the I C bus signal search 5 157 SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Executes a l C bus signal search 5 157 EXECute SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SELect Sets which detected point to display in the IC bus signal search zoom 5 157 window and queries the zoom position of the detected point SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SELect Queries the number of detected points in the I C bus signal search 5 157 MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup Queries all lC bus signal search condition settings 5 157 SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Queries all address pattern settings for I C bus signal searching 5 158 SETup ADDRess SERialbuscx I2C SEARCh Queries all address pattern address settings for I C bus signal searching 5 158 SETup ADDRess ADDRess
399. for LIN bus signal triggering in decimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA DECimal x lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA DECimal lt x gt x 21t02 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Feature Guide for this information Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 1 000E 00 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 213 spuewwog 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA ENDian Function Sets or queries the data endian setting for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger ata DATA ENDian BIG LITTle BTRigger LIN BTRigger LIN Gger ATRigger D R IDData DATA ENDian Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA ENDIAN BIG TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA ENDIAN TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA ENDIAN BIG TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA HEXa lt x gt Function Sets the data for LIN bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA HEXa lt x gt x 21108 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA HEXA1 12 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA MODE Function Sets or queries the data enable disable condition for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger
400. form Syntax REFerence x POSition NRf REFerence x POSition x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 divisions Example REFERENCE1 POSITION 1 REFERENCE1 POSITION REFERENCE1 POSITION 1 000E 00 5 134 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 24 SEARch Group The following table indicates how the communication commands for searching correspond to the menu items that appear on the screen Search Type Command Search Menu Edge search EDGE SEARCH Edge qualified search QUALify State search PPATTern Pulse width search WIDTh State width search PPATTern SEARCh Function Queries all waveform search settings Syntax SEARCh SEARCh ABORt Function Aborts searching Syntax SEARch ABORt Example SEARCH ABORT SEARch ASCRo11 lt x gt Function Queries all auto scroll settings Syntax SEARCh ASCRo11 lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 SEARch ASCRo11 lt x gt JUMP Function Moves the center position of a zoom box to the left or right edge of the main window Syntax SEARCh ASCRoll x JUMP LEFT RIGHt lt x gt 1to2 Example SEARCH ASCROLL1 JUMP LEFT SEARch ASCRo11 lt x gt SPEed Function Sets or queries the auto scroll speed of a zoom box Syntax SEARCh ASCRoll x SPEed lt NR gt SEARCh ASCRo11 lt x gt SPEed lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 50 Example SEARCH ASCROLL1 SPEED 1 SEARCH ASCROLL1 SPEED SEARCH ASCROLL1 SPEED 1 SEARch ASCRo11 lt x gt STARt Function
401. frame ID settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus 5 154 DData FID signal searching lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the frame ID data condition which is one of the ID and data 5 154 IDData FID CONDition conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the frame ID value which is one of the ID and data 5 154 SETup IDData FID ID lt y gt conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching IM DLM4038 17EN 5 23 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the frame ID enable disable condition which is one of the ID 5 155 SETup IDData FID MODE and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Queries all indicator settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus 5 155 SETup IDData INDIcator signal searching SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the indicator enable disable condition which is one of the ID 5 155 SETup IDData INDIcator MODE and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the indicator null frame which is one of the ID and data 5 155 SETup IDData INDIcator NFRame condi
402. g Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess x 1 to 4 5 158 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXa Function Sets the 7 bit address for the 7 bit sub address for IC bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXa String lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB ADDRESS HEXA AB SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern Function Sets or queries the 7 bit address for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt String gt SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 00111010 SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN gt SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 00111010 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub SADDress Function Queries all sub address settings for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt
403. g 5 151 3 ERRor HCRC a lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Queries all ID and data condition settings for FlexRay bus signal searching 5 151 o DData SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Queries all cycle count settings for FlexRay bus signal searching 5 151 DData CCOunt lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the cycle count data condition settings for FlexRay bus 5 152 DData CCOunt CONDition signal searching lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries a FlexRay bus signal search cycle count setting 5 152 DData CCOunt COUNt lt y gt lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the cycle count mode which is one of the ID and data 5 152 DData CCOunt MODE conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Queries all ID and data condition settings for FlexRay bus signal searching 5 152 DData DATA lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the position for comparing data patterns which is one of the 5 152 DData DATA BCOunt ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the comparison condition which is one of the ID and data 5 152 DData DATA CONDition conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the number of data bytes which is one of the ID and data 5 153 DData DATA DBYTe conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries a reference value which is o
404. ge Time Range Function Sets or queries the measurement time period Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss TRANge lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss TRANge lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS TRANGE 4 4 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS TRANGE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS TRANGE 4 00E 00 4 00E 00 spuewwog ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss ULEVel Function Sets or queries the voltage level used to determine the loss calculation period for total loss computation Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss ULEVel lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss ULEVel lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS ULEVEL 1V ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS ULEVEL ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS ULEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss UNIT Function Sets or queries the power unit Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss UNIT J WH ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss UNIT lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS UNIT WH ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS UNIT gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS UNIT WH IM DLM4038 17EN 5 59 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PANalyze x SWLoss VCE Function Sets or queries the collector emitter saturation voltage valu
405. ger Sets or queries the edge trigger source window 5 220 BTRigger SIMPle WINDow TRIGger ATRigger Queries all user defined bus signal trigger settings 5 220 BTRigger SPATtern TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the bit length setting for user defined bus signal triggering 5 220 BTRigger SPATtern BITSize TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the bit rate setting for user defined bus signal triggering 5 220 BTRigger SPATtern BRATe TRIGger ATRigger Queries all clock signal settings for user defined bus signal triggering 5 220 BTRigger SPATtern CLOCk TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the clock signal enable or disable status for user defined bus 5 221 BTRigger SPATtern CLOCk MODE signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the clock signal polarity for user defined bus signal triggering 5 221 BTRigger SPATtern CLOCk POLarity TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the clock signal for user defined bus signal triggering 5 221 BTRigger SPATtern CLOCk SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Queries all chip select signal settings for user defined bus signal triggering 5 221 BTRigger SPATtern CS TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the chip select signal active state for user defined bus signal 5 221 BTRigger SPATtern CS ACTive triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the chip select signal for user defined bus signal triggering 5 221 BTRigger SPATtern CS SOURce TRIGge
406. ger SPATtern LATCh TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern LATCh POLarity Function Sets or queries the latch signal polarity for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern LATCh POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern LATCh POLarity Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern LATCh SOURce Function Sets or queries the latch signal for user defined bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern LATCh SOURce lt NRf gt NONE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern LATCh SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE 1 Description The latch signal that you can specify varies depending on the TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern DATA SOURCe setting For details see the DLM4000 User s Manual TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern PATTern Function Sets or queries the data condition for user defined bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern PATTern lt String gt Function Queries all lat
407. ger Queries all trigger condition settings 5 193 TRIGger ATRigger Queries all CAN bus signal trigger settings 5 193 BTRigger CAN TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate 5 193 BTRigger CAN BRATe TRIGger ATRigger Queries all CAN bus signal trigger error settings 5 193 BTRigger CAN EFRame TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger CRC error setting 5 193 BTRigger CAN EFRame CRC TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger error frame setting 5 194 BTRigger CAN EFRame MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger stuff error setting 5 194 BTRigger CAN EFRame STUFF TRIGger ATRigger Queries all ID and data condition settings for CAN bus signal triggering 5 194 BTRigger CAN IDData TRIGger ATRigger Queries all ACK settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal 5 194 BTRigger CAN IDData ACK triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ACK mode which is one of the ID and data conditions 5 194 BTRigger CAN IDData ACK MODE for CAN bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ACK condition which is one of the ID and data 5 194 BTRigger CAN IDData ACK TYPE conditions for CAN bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Queries all data settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal 5 194 BTRigger C
408. ger I2C ADDRess Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess Function Queries all address pattern address settings for C bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress Function Queries all 10 bit address settings for IC bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress Syntax IM DLM4038 17EN 5 207 spueululo2 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress HEXa Function Sets the 10 bit address for 1 C bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress HEXa String Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT10ADDRESS HEXA 1AB TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress PATTern Function Sets or queries the 10 bit address for I C bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger I2C ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress PATTern lt String gt BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger 12C ADDRess ADDRess BIT10ADdress PATTern Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER 12C ADDRESS ADDRESS BITLOADDRESS PATTERN 11010111001 TRIGGER ATRIGGER I2C ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER 12C ADDRESS ADDRESS BITIOADDRESS PATTERN 11010111001
409. gger Sets the message item which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus 5 200 BTRigger CAN IDOR MSIGnal lt x gt signal triggering MESSage ITEM TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the RTR value which is one of the ID OR conditions for 5 200 BTRigger CAN IDOR RTR CAN bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger mode setting 5 200 BTRigger CAN MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger recessive level 5 200 BTRigger CAN RECessive TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger source signal 5 200 BTRigger CAN SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the CAN bus signal trigger sample point 5 200 BTRigger CAN SPOint TRIGger ATRigger Queries all FlexRay bus signal trigger settings 5 200 BTRigger FLEXray TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the channel bus type for FlexRay bus signal triggering 5 201 BTRigger FLEXray BCHannel TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate 5 201 BTRigger FLEXray BRATe TRIGger ATRigger Queries all FlexRay bus signal trigger error settings 5 201 BTRigger FLEXray ERRor TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal trigger BSS error setting 5 201 BTRigger FLEXray ERRor BSS TRIGger ATRigger Sets or quer
410. go ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Queries all of the settings related to the specified reference standard for 5 95 zone or parameter determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Queries whether or not the specified waveform parameter is the cause ofa 5 95 CAUSe NO GO zone or parameter determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBercx Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s reference condition for 5 95 CONDition zone or parameter determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the specified reference standard mode 5 95 MODE GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Queries all parameter settings for the specified reference standard 5 95 PARameter GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s item for parameter 5 96 PARameter ITEM determination IM DLM4038 17EN spuewwoyg a 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s upper and lower limits 5 96 PARameter LIMit for parameter determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s source waveform for 5 96 PARameter TRACe parameter determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Queries the specified waveform parameter s measured value for parameter 5 96 PARameter VALue determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Queries all polygonal
411. gs IP address Subnet mask Default gateway For instructions on how to specify these settings see section 18 2 Configuring TCP IP Settings in the DLM4000 Series User s Manual IM DLM4038 02EN IM DLM4038 17EN 2 5 928J19jU JOUIOUIA Chapter3 GP IB Interface Option 3 1 Component Names and Functions Front Panel YOKOGAWA 2 UTILITY key Press this key to select the USB interface CLEAR TRACE key SHIFT CLEAR TRACE Press this key to switch to local mode In local mode remote mode remote control using communication commands is cleared and key operation becomes possible However key operation is invalid when Local Lockout see page 3 3 is enabled by the controller Left Side GP IB port This port is for connecting the DLM4000 to a controller such as a PC using a GP IB cable er IM DLM4038 17EN 3 1 uondo e ejie1u ar d9 B 3 2 Connecting GP IB Cables Option GP IB Cable The DLM4000 is equipped with a IEEE St d 488 1978 24 pin GP IB connector Use GP IB cables that complies with IEEE St d 488 1978 Connection Procedure Connect a GP IB cable as shown below Notes about Connections Securely fasten the GP IB cable connector screws O
412. gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 1 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 gt SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DECIMAL1 1 000E 00 SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA DLC Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the data length code DLC which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus x CAN SEARCh SETup IDData DATA DLC NRf SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA DLC lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 8 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DLC 0 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DLC gt SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DLC 0 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA ENDian Sets or queries the byte order of the reference values which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup an BIG LITTle Function Syntax Example SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup SERial lt x gt 1 to 4 DData DATA ENDi bus lt x gt CAN S DData DATA ENDi SERIALBUS1 CAN SEA DATA END AN BIG SERIALBUS1 CAN SEA DATA END SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP AN IDDATA DATA ENDIAN IDData DA
413. gt POSition ZOOM lt x gt VERTical TRACe Sets or queries the trace that is displayed in the vertical zoom window 5 243 Common Command Group CAL CALibrate Executed calibration and queries the result 5 244 CLS CLear Status Clears the standard event register extended event register and error queue 5 244 ESE standard Event Status Sets or queries the standard event enable register 5 244 Enable register ESR standard Event Status Queries and clears the standard event register 5 244 Register IDN IDeNtify Queries the DLM4000 model 5 244 OPC OPeration Complete Sets bit 0 the OPC bit of the standard event register to 1 upon the 5 244 completion of the specified overlap command OPC OPeration Complete If you send OPC the DLM4000 returns ASCII code 1 when the specified 5 245 overlap command is completed OPT OPTion Queries the installed options 5 245 RST ReSeT Resets the settings 5 245 SRE Service Request Enable Sets or queries the service request enable register value 5 245 register STB STatus Byte Queries the status byte register value 5 245 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 45 spueululo2 BH 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TST Performs a self test and queries the result The self test consists of tests of 5 245 each kind of internal memory WAI WAIt Holds the subsequent command until the completion of the specified overlap 5 246 operation 5
414. gt SEARCH MAG1 2 SEARch POSition lt x gt Function Sets or queries the position of a zoom box Syntax SEARch POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt SEARch POSition lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example SEARCH POSITION1 1 SEARCH POSITION1 gt SEARCH POSITION1 1 000E 00 SEARCh PPATtern Function Queries all state or state width search settings Syntax SEARCh PPATtern SEARch PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Function Queries all of the settings of a waveform for state or state edge searching Syntax SEARch PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 SEARch PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt HYSTeresis Function Sets or queries a source waveform hysteresis for state or state width searching Syntax SEARch PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt HYSTeresis lt NRf gt SEARch PPATtern CHANnel x MATH x HYSTeresis lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 3 to 4 divisions in 0 1 steps Example SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS 0 3 SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS gt SEARCH PPATTERN CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS 0 30 SEARch PPATtern CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt LEVel Function Sets or queries a source waveform search level for stat
415. gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt BAND Function Sets or queries the filter band frequency band for user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt BAND BPASs HPASs LPASs MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt BAND lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 2 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 BAND BPASS MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 BAND gt MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTERL BAND BPASS Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt CUToff lt z gt Function Sets or queries the cutoff frequency for user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt CUToff z lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt CUToff z lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 lt z gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 2 to 30 in 0 2 steps Example MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 CUTOFF1 10 MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 CUTOFF1 gt MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 CUTOFF 10 0 Description CUToff2 can only be specified for MATH x USERdefine FILTer x BAND BPASs The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 spueululo2 MATH x USERdefine FILTer lt y gt TYPE Function Sets or queries the filter type for user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt TYPE IIR FIR MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt TYPE lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 2 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 TYPE IIR MATH1 USERDEFI
416. gt ZOOM1 VERTICAL CHANNEL1 MAG 2 5 ZOOM lt x gt VERTical CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y 2 POSition Function Sets or queries the vertical zoom position Syntax ZOOM x VERTical CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt POSition lt NRf gt ZOOM lt x gt VERTical CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt POSition lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt of CHANnel lt y gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div Example ZOOM1 VERTICAL CHANNEL1 POSITION 2 ZOOM1 VERTICAL CHANNEL1 POSITION gt ZOOM1 VERTICAL CHANNEL1 POSITION 2 00E 00 ZOOM lt x gt VERTical TRACe Function Sets or queries the trace that is displayed in the vertical zoom window Syntax ZOOM lt x gt VERTical TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt ZOOM lt x gt VERTical TRACe lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1to4 Example ZOOM1 VERTICAL TRACE 1 ZOOM1 VERTICAL TRACE gt ZOOM1 VERTICAL TRACE 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 243 spueululo2 5 39 Common Command Group The commands in this group are defined in USBTMC USBA88 and are independent from the instrument s individual functions There are no front panel keys that correspond to the commands in this group CAL CALibrate Function Executed calibration and queries the result Syntax CAL Example CAL gt 0 Description If the calibration terminates normally 0 is returned If an error is detected 1 is returned CLS CLear Status Function Cle
417. gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess DATA PFORmat lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA PFORMAT BINARY SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA PFORMAT gt SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS DATA PFORMAT BINARY SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup GENeralcall o Function Queries all general call settings for I C bus signal 3 searching 3 Syntax SERialbus x I2C SEARch SETup a GENeralcall v x 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup GENeralcall BIT7Maddress Function Queries all general call s 7 bit master address settings for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus x I2C SEARCh SETup GENeralcall BIT7Maddress x2 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup GENeralcall BIT7Maddress HEXa Function Sets the general call s 7 bit master address for IC bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup GENeralcall BIT7Maddress HEXa String lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP GENERALCALL BIT7MADDRESS HEXA AB IM DLM4038 17EN 5 161 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup GENeralcall BIT7Maddress PATTern Function Sets or queries the general call s 7 bit master address for I C bus signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus x I2C SEARch SETup GENeralcall BIT7Maddress PATTern String SERialb
418. gt 1to2 Description Use the commands listed below to set the reference levels distal mesial proximal etc used to determine the total loss MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal MODE MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal PERCent MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal UNIT MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt METHod ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss CYCLe Function Sets or queries the on off status of cycle mode Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss CYCLe lt Boolean gt ANALysis PANalyzecx SWLoss CYCLe lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS CYCLE ON ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS CYCLE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS CYCLE 1 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DPROximal Function Queries all distal mesial and proximal settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DPROximal Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DPROXIMAL ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DPROximal MODE Function Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal point mode setting Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DPROximal MODE PERCent UNIT ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss DPROximal MODE Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DPROXIMAL MODE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS DPROXIMAL MO
419. gt FFT lt y gt MATH lt y gt PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt PODL lt y gt XY lt y gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter TRACe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of FFT lt y gt 1 to 2 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt lt y gt of PODL lt y gt 0 to 7 lt y gt of XY lt y gt 1 to 4 Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER PARAMETER TRACE 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 PARAMETER TRACE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 PARAMETER TRACE 1 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter VALue Function Queries the specified waveform parameter s measured value for parameter determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter VALue x 1 to 4 Example GONOGO Z PARAMETER NUMBER1 PARAMETER VALUE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBERI PARAMETER VALUE 1 98E 03 Description If GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt CONDition is set to OFF or when the value is otherwise immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number 5 96 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 14 GONogo Group GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon Function Queries all polygonal zone determination settings Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon lt x gt 1 to 4 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt POLYgon HPOSition Function Sets or queries the horizontal position that will be used for polygonal zone det
420. h Queries all ACK settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal 5 144 SETup IDData ACK searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the ACK mode which is one of the ID and data conditions 5 144 SETup DData ACK MODE for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the ACK condition which is one of the ID and data 5 144 SETup DData ACK TYPE conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Queries all data settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal 5 144 SETup DData DATA searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the comparison condition which is one of the ID and data 5 145 SETup DData DATA CONDition conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN 5 145 SETup DData DATA DECimal y bus signal searching in decimal notation SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the data length code DLC which is one of the ID and data 5 145 SETup DData DATA DLC conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the byte order of the reference values which is one of the ID 5 145 SETup DData DATA ENDian and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN 5 145 SE
421. he message and signal condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SELect MESSage SIGNal SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SELect x2 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA MSIGNAL SELECT MESSAGE SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA MSIGNAL SELECT gt SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA MSIGNAL SELECT MESSAGE spuewwog SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SIGNal Function Queries all signal settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SIGNal lt x gt 1 to 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 147 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SIGNal CONDition Function Sets or queries the signal data condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SIGNal CONDition BETWeen EQUal GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqul SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData MSIGnal SIGNal CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example X SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL CONDITION BETWEEN SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL CONDITION SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL CONDIT
422. he on off status of the date time display Syntax SYSTem CLOCk MODE lt Boolean gt SYSTem CLOCk MODE Example SYSTEM CLOCK MODE ON SYSTEM CLOCK MODE SYSTEM CLOCK MODE 1 SYSTem CLOCk SNTP Function Queries the date time setting retrieved using SNTP Syntax SYSTem CLOCk SNTP SYSTem CLOCk SNTP EXECute Function Sets the date and time using SNTP Syntax SYSTem CLOCk SNTP EXECute Example SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP EXECUTE SYSTem CLOCk SNTP GMTTime Function Sets or queries the time difference from Greenwich Mean Time Syntax SYSTem CLOCk SNTP GMTTime String SYSTem CLOCk SNTP GMTTime String HH MM See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP GMTTIME 09 00 SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP GMTTIME SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP GMTTIME 09 00 SYSTem CLOCk TIME Function Sets or queries the time Syntax SYSTem CLOCk TIME String SYSTem CLOCk TIME String HH MM SS See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SYSTEM CLOCK TIME 14 30 00 SYSTEM CLOCK TIME SYSTEM CLOCK TIME 14 30 00 SYSTem DCANcel Delay Cancel Function Sets or queries whether or not the specified delay value will be applied to time measurement on off Syntax SYSTem DCANcel lt Boolean gt SYSTem DCANce1 Example SYSTEM DCANCEL ON SYSTEM DCANCEL SYSTEM DCANCEL 1 SYSTem FSIZe Font Size Function Querie
423. he settings for a search condition Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt CONDition Function Sets or queries the search criterion of a search condition Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt CONDition IN OFF OUT HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 CONDITION IN HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 CONDITION gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 CONDITION IN HISTory SEARCh NUMBer lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the search mode of a search condition Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt MODE PARameter POLYgon RECTangle WAVE HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 MODE PARAMETER HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 MODE gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBERI MODE PARAMETER HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter Function Queries all parameter search settings Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter lt x gt 1 to 4 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter ITEM Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s item for parameter searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter ITEM Parameter HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter ITEM lt x gt 1 to 4 Parameter AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth DELa
424. ialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Jumps to the CRC Field in the FlexRay bus signal analysis results 5 150 FJUMp CRC SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Jumps to the frame ID field in the FlexRay bus signal analysis results 5 150 FJUMp FRAMeid SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Jumps to the Header CRC Field in the FlexRay bus signal analysis results 5 150 FJUMp HCRC SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Jumps to the Payload Length Field in the FlexRay bus signal analysis 5 150 FJUMp PLENgth results SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets the detected waveform number of the FlexRay bus signal search or 5 150 SELect queries the zoom location that corresponds to the number SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Queries all FlexRay bus signal search condition settings 5 151 lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Queries all FlexRay bus signal search error settings 5 151 ERRor lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal search BSS error setting 5 151 ERRor BSS lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal search CRC error setting 5 151 ERRor CRC lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal search FES error setting 5 151 e ERRor FES 3 lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal search Header CRC error settin
425. ic PODL STATe CLOCk NRf Bit x LOGic PODL STATe CLOCk lt NRf gt 5 to 7 x 0to7 LOGIC PODL STATE CLOCK 5 LOGIC PODL STATE CLOCK gt LOGIC PODL STATE CLOCK 5 LOGic PODL STATe HYSTeresis Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the hysteresis of the state display reference clock waveform of logic input port L LOGic PODL STATe HYSTeresis lt NRf gt LOGic PODL STATe HYSTeresis lt NRf gt 0 0 to 4 0 divisions in 0 1 divisions steps LOGIC PODL STATE HYSTERESIS 1 LOGIC PODL STATE HYSTERESIS gt LOGIC PODL STATE HYSTERESIS 1 0 LOGic PODL STATe MODE Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the state display on off status of logic input port L LOGic PODL STATe MODE lt Boolean gt LOGic PODL STATe MODE LOGIC PODL STATE MODE ON LOGIC PODL STATE MODE LOGIC PODL STATE MODE 1 5 116 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 19 LOGic Group LOGic PODL STATe POLarity Function Sets or queries the polarity of the state display reference clock waveform of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL STATe POLarity RISE FALL BOTH LOGic PODL STATe POLarity Example LOGIC PODL STATE POLARITY RISE LOGIC PODL STATE POLARITY gt LOGIC PODL STATE POLARITY RISE LOGic PODL STATe THReshold Function Sets or queries the detection level of the state display reference clock waveform of logic input port L Syntax LOGic P
426. ich is one of the ID and data conditions for 5 198 BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal CAN bus signal triggering in decimal notation SIGNal DECimal lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets the signal item which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus 5 198 BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal signal triggering SIGNal ITEM TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the RTR value which is one of the ID and data conditions 5 198 BTRigger CAN IDData RTR for CAN bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Queries all ID OR condition settings for CAN bus signal triggering 5 198 BTRigger CAN IDOR TRIGger ATRigger Queries all ID OR condition ACK settings for CAN bus signal triggering 5 198 BTRigger CAN IDOR ACK TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ACK mode which is one of the ID OR conditions for 5 198 BTRigger CAN IDOR ACK MODE CAN bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ACK condition which is one of the ID OR conditions for 5 198 BTRigger CAN IDOR ACK TYPE CAN bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Queries all data settings for the ID OR condition for CAN bus signal 5 198 BTRigger CAN IDOR DATA triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data enable disable condition which is one of the ID OR 5 199 BTRigger CAN IDOR DATA MODE conditions for CAN bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Queries all identifier settings for the ID OR condition for CAN bus s
427. ier conditions for LIN bus signal triggering D lt x gt MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID pattern which is one of the IDOR conditions for LIN 5 216 BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier bus signal triggering in binary notation D lt x gt PATTern TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition for LIN bus signal triggering 5 216 BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID input format which is one of the IDOR conditions for 5 216 BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier LIN bus signal triggering e PFORmat 3 TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger mode setting 5 216 3 BTRigger LIN MODE 5 TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger source signal 5 216 o BTRigger LIN SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger sample point 5 216 BTRigger LIN SPOint TRIGger ATRigger OR Sets or queries the edge of a channel for edge OR triggering 5 217 TRIGger ATRigger OR Sets or queries the edge of a channel for edge OR triggering 5 217 CHANnel lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger Queries all state trigger settings 5 217 BTRigger PATTern TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the state of a channel for state triggering 5 217 BTRigger PATTern CHANnel lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger Queries all clock signal settings for state triggering 5 217 BTRigger PATTern CLOCk TRIGger ATRigger
428. ies all ID and data condition settings for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData CCOunt Function Queries all cycle count settings for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData CCOunt lt x gt 1 to 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 151 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData CCOunt CONDition Function Sets or queries the cycle count data condition settings for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData CCOunt CONDition BETWeen EQUal GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqu1 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData CCOunt CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA CCOUNT CONDITION BETWEEN SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA CCOUNT CONDITION gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA CCOUNT CONDITION BETWEEN c c SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData CCOunt COUNt lt y gt Function Sets or queries a FlexRay bus signal search cycle count setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData CCOunt COUNt y lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData CCOunt COUNt y lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 0 to 6
429. ies all the parameter on off status of the logic waveform 5 128 x gt MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt Queries all the parameter on off status of the logic waveform in the specified 5 128 x gt AREA AREA2 area MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt Collectively turns on or off all measurement items of a logic waveform in the 5 128 x AREA AREA2 ALL specified area MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB Queries the setting of a logic waveform parameter in the specified area 5 128 lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt MEASure PODA x PODB Queries the statistical processing count of a logic waveform parameter in the 5 128 lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt COUNt specified area MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt Queries a statistical value of a logic waveform parameter in the specified 5 129 x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter area MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViat ion MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB Sets or queries the on off status of a logic waveform parameter in the 5 129 lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 specified area AREA2 lt Parameter gt STATe MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB Queries an automatically measured value of a logic waveform parameter in 5 129 lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 the specified area AREA2 lt Pa
430. ies the FlexRay bus signal trigger CRC error setting 5 201 BTRigger FLEXray ERRor CRC TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal trigger FES error setting 5 201 BTRigger FLEXray ERRor FES TRIGger ATRigger Queries all ID and data condition settings for FlexRay bus signal triggering 5 201 BTRigger FLEXray IDData TRIGger ATRigger Queries all cycle count settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay 5 201 BTRigger FLEXray IDData bus signal triggering CCOunt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the cycle count data condition which is one of the ID and 5 202 BTRigger FLEXray IDData data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering CCOunt CONDition TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the cycle count which is one of the ID and data conditions 5 202 BTRigger FLEXray IDData for FlexRay bus signal triggering CCOunt COUNt lt x gt TRIGger A3 Sets or queries the cycle count enable disable condition which is one of the 5 202 BTRigger FLEXray IDData ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering CCOunt MODE TRIGger ATRigger Queries all data field settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus 5 202 BTRigger FLEXray IDData signal triggering DATA x TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the position for comparing data field data patterns whichis 5 202 BTRigger FLEXray IDData one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus s
431. igger BTRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator Function Queries all indicator settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator MODE Function Sets or queries the indicator enable disable condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator MODE lt Boolean gt BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator MODE BTRigger Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR MODE 1 spuewwog TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator NFRame Function Sets or queries the indicator null frame which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator BTRigger NFRame 0 1 X TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData INDIcator NFRame RIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DICATOR NFRAME 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR NFRAME gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA INDICATOR NFRAME 1 Example T TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData
432. igger BTRigger SIMPle HFRejection lt Frequency gt 15 KHz to 20 MHz Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE HFREJECTION 15KHZ TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE HFREJECTION TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE HFREJECTION 15000 Description You cannot use this command when TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle SOURCe is set to EXTernal or LINE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle HYSTeresis Function Sets or queries the noise rejection setting for the edge trigger source trigger level Syntax TRIGger ATRigger SIMPle HYSTeresis HIGH LOW BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger SIMPle HYSTeresis Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE HYSTERESIS HIGH TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE HYSTERESIS TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE HYSTERESIS HIGH Description You cannot use this command when BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle SOURCe is set to EXTernal or LINE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SIMPle LEVel o Function Sets or queries the edge trigger source trigger 3 level 3 Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger a o SIMPle LEVel lt Voltage gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger MPle LEVel lt Voltage gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE LEVEL OV TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE LEVEL TRIGGER ATRIGGER SIMPLE LEVEL 0 000E 00 Descriptions You cannot use this command when TRIGger ATRigger
433. ight display mode for history waveforms Syntax HISTory AVERage Boolean HISTory AVERage Example HISTORY AVERAGE ON HISTORY AVERAGE HISTORY AVERAGE 1 HISTory DISPlay Function Sets or queries the display record start and end numbers Syntax HISTory DISPlay NRf NRf HISTory DISPlay lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example HISTORY DISPLAY 0 100 HISTORY DISPLAY HISTORY DISPLAY 0 100 HISTory DMODe Function Sets or queries the history waveform display mode Syntax HISTory DMODe ALL COLor INTensity ONE HISTory DMODe Example HISTORY DMODE ALL HISTORY DMODE gt HISTORY DMODE ALL HISTory RECord Function Sets or queries the history waveform source record Syntax HISTory RECord lt NRf gt MINimum HISTory RECord lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example HISTORY RECORD 0 HISTORY RECORD HISTORY RECORD 0 Description Specify MINimum to specify the minimum record number HISTory RECord MINimum Function Queries the minimum history waveform record number Syntax HISTory RECord MINimum Example HISTORY RCORD MINIMUM HISTORY RECORD 1 HISTory REPLay Function Queries all of the settings for the history waveform replay feature Syntax HISTory REPLay HISTory REPLay JUMP Function Jumps to the specified record number in a history wa
434. ignal 5 199 BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier _ triggering TRIGger ATRigger Queries all ID OR condition ID settings for CAN bus signal triggering 5 199 BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier IM DLM4038 17EN 5 33 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ATRigger Sets the ID value which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal 5 199 BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier triggering in hexadecimal notation ID lt x gt HEXa TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition which is one of the ID OR 5 199 BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier conditions for CAN bus signal triggering ID lt x gt MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID pattern which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN 5 199 BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier bus signal triggering in binary notation ID lt x gt PATTern TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the identifier enable disable condition which is one of the ID 5 199 BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID frame format standard or extended which is one of 5 199 BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering MFORmat TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID input format which is one of the ID OR conditions for 5 200 BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier CAN bus signal triggering PFORmat TRIGger ATRi
435. ignal triggering DATA x BCOunt 5 34 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray ID DATA x CONDition Data Sets or queries the data field data condition which is one of the ID and data 5 203 conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering m RIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray ID DATA lt x gt DBYTe Data Sets or queries the number of data field data bytes which is one of the ID 5 203 and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering n Gger ATRigger igger FLEXray ID A lt x gt DECimal lt y gt A A Is D zi Data Sets a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for 5 203 FlexRay bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Gger ATRigger igger FLEXray ID A x ENDian AX zi DAT Data Sets or queries the data field endian setting which is one of the ID and data 5 203 conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering m Gger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray ID DATA lt x gt HEXa lt y gt R R Data Sets a data field reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions 5 203 for FlexRay bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Gger ATRigger igger FLEXray ID A lt x gt MODE XM lv m 8 j Data Sets or queries the data fiel
436. inary FFT lt x gt DATA END Sets or queries the end point of the FFT waveform data that will be sent 5 83 FFT lt x gt DATA FORMat Sets or queries the format of the FFT waveform data that will be sent 5 83 FFT lt x gt DATA LENGth Queries the total number of data points of the FFT waveform that will be 5 83 sent FFT lt x gt DATA SEND Queries the FFT waveform data 5 83 FFT lt x gt DATA STARt Sets or queries the start point of the FFT waveform data that will be sent 5 83 5 8 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page FFT lt x gt DISPlay Sets or queries whether or not FFT analysis will be performed 5 84 gt FFT lt x gt HORizontal Queries all horizontal axis settings for FFT analysis 5 84 FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan Queries all center and span settings for the horizontal axis for FFT analysis 5 84 FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan CENTer Sets or queries the center value of the horizontal axis for FFT analysis 5 84 gt FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan SPAN Sets or queries the span value of the horizontal axis for FFT analysis 5 84 gt FFT lt x gt HORizontal LRIGht Queries all of the setting for the left and right ends of the horizontal axis for 5 84 FFT analysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal LRIGht RANGe Sets or queries the range for the left and right ends of the horizontal axis for 5 8
437. is completed Example COMMunicate OPSE H0040 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASEL OPC lt PMT gt Read the response to OPC CHANne11 VDIV lt PMT gt The coMMunicate OPSE command is used to select which command to apply OPC to Here it is applied to the media access command Because OPC does not generate a response until the overlapping operation is completed the file loading will have been completed by the time the response to OPC is read Note Most commands are sequential commands Overlap commands are indicated as such in chapter 5 All other commands are sequential commands Achieving Synchronization without Using Overlap Commands Even with sequential commands synchronization with non communication events such as triggers is sometimes required to correctly query the measured data For example if the following program message is transmitted to query waveform data acquired with the trigger mode set to single the WAVeform SEND command may be executed regardless of whether or not the acquisition has been completed and may result in a command execution error TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt WAVeform SEND PMT If this happens you must use the following method to synchronize to the end of waveform acquisition Using the STATus CONDition query STATus CONDition is used to query the contents of the condition register see page 6 5 for details You can determine whether or not waveform acquisitio
438. ite and then browse to the download page http tmi yokogawa com service support downloads Sample Programs To download sample programs go to the following website and then browse to the download page http tmi yokogawa com service support downloads Trademarks Revisions Microsoft Internet Explorer MS DOS Windows Windows NT Windows XP and Windows Vista are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Adobe Acrobat and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated DLM is pending trademark of Yokogawa Electric Corporation In this manual the and TM symbols do not accompany their respective registered trademark or trademark names Other company and product names are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective holders 1st Edition November 2012 2nd Edition June 2013 IM DLM4038 17EN How to Use This Manual Structure of the Manual This manual contains six chapters and an appendix Chapter 1 USB Interface Describes the features and specifications of the USB interface Chapter 2 Ethernet Interface Describes the features and specifications of the Ethernet interface Chapter 3 GP IB Interface Option Describes the features and specifications of the GP IB interface Chapter 4 Programming Overview Describes command syntax and other programming information Chapter 5 Comman
439. ive gt 1to4 SERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP ECESSIVE HIGH ERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP CESSIVE gt SERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP RECESSIVE HIGH A x Example Q Bj O t IM DLM4038 17EN 5 141 spuewwog 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup SOURce Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal analysis source Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup SOURce lt NR gt MATH lt y gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup SOURce lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP SOURCE SERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP SOURCE 1 SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup SPOint Function Sets or queries the CAN bus signal analysis sample point Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup SPOint lt NR gt SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze SETup SPOint lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP SPOINT 18 8 SERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP SPOINT SERIALBUS1 CAN ANALyze SETUP SPOINT 18 8 SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail Function Queries all CAN bus signal analysis result list settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail DISPlay Function Sets or queries the display mode for the CAN bus signal analysis result list
440. k The trigger delay is set as the amount of time from the trigger point to the trigger position You can set or query the trigger position by using TRIGger POSition TRIGger FORCe Function Forces the DLM4000 to trigger Syntax TRIGger FORCe Example TRIGGER FORCE TRIGger HOLDoff Function Queries all hold off settings Syntax TRIGger HOLDoff TRIGger HOLDoff TIME Function Sets or queries the hold off time Syntax TRIGger HOLDoff TIME lt Time gt TRIGger HOLDoff TIME Time 20 ns to 10s Example TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 20NS TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME gt TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 20 0E 09 TRIGger MODE Function Sets or queries the trigger mode Syntax TRIGger MODE AUTO ALEVel NORMal NSINgle TRIGger MODE Example TRIGGER MODE AUTO TRIGGER MODE TRIGGER MODE AUTO Description You can set or query the count for NSINgle by using TRIGger SCOunt TRIGGER COMBINATION ABN TRIGger POSition Function Sets or queries the trigger position TRIGger DELay Syntax TRIGger POSition lt NRf gt Function Queries all delay settings TRIGger POSition Syntax TRIGger DELay lt NRf gt 0 to 100 0 1 steps Example TRIGGER POSITION 50 TRIGGER POSITION gt TRIGGER POSITION 50 000 5 230 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger SCOunt Function Sets or queries the number of times the trigger condition must be met when the trigger mode is
441. k items for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC ALL ON FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency Function Queries all of the settings for frequency measurement between peak values for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency lt x gt 1to2 5 86 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 12 FFT Group FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the frequency measured between peak values for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency STATe lt Boolean gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency STATe lt x gt 1 to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE ON FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE gt FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE 1 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency VALue Function Queries the frequency between peak values for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency VALue lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DFREQUENCY VALUE gt FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DFREQUENCY VALUE 1 000E 00 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DV Function Queries all of the settings for power measurement between peak values for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DV lt x gt 1
442. lbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup HEXa lt String gt lt x gt 1 to4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SETUP HEXA 12 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup PATTern Function Sets or queries the data condition for user defined bus signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup PATTern lt String gt SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SETUP PATTERN 00110101 SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SETUP PATTERN gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SETUP PATTERN 00110101 5 172 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup PFORmat Function Sets or queries the input format which is one of the data conditions for user defined bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup PFORmat BINary HEXa SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SETup PFORmat lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SETUP PFORMAT BINARY SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SETUP PFORMAT gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SETUP PFORMAT BINARY SERialbus lt x gt SPI Function Queries all SPI bus signal analysis and search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Function Queries all SPI bus signal analysis settings Syntax
443. le TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA MSIGNAL MESSAGE ITEM TEST TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SELect Function Sets or queries the message and signal conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SELect MESSage SIGNal TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SELect Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA MSIGNAL SELECT MESSAGE TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA MSIGNAL SELECT TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA MSIGNAL SELECT MESSAGE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SIGNal Function Queries all signal settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SIGNal TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SIGNal CONDition Function Sets or queries the signal data condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SIGNal CONDition BETWeen EQUal GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqul RIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDData MSIGnal SIGNal CONDition Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDDATA MSIGNAL SIGNAL CONDITION BETWEEN 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 197
444. ll address pattern data settings for I C bus signal searching 5 160 ERial up DDRess DA us lt x gt 12C TA BCOunt Sets or queries the position for comparing data patterns for 1 C bus signal 5 160 searching ERial up ERial DDRess DA u s x r20 us lt x gt I2C TA BMODe TA CONDition Sets or queries the on off status of the position for comparing data patterns 5 160 for I C bus signal searching Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for I2C bus 5 160 signal searching ERial up DDRess DA us lt x gt 12C SEARch TA DBYTe Sets or queries the number of data bytes that will be compared for IC bus 5 160 signal searching ERial up DDRess DA us x 120 SEARch TA HEXa lt y gt Sets the data value which is one of the data conditions for I C bus signal 5 161 searching in hexadecimal notation ERial DDRess DA scx I20 SEARch TA MODE Sets or queries the data condition enable disable mode for I C bus signal 5 161 searching 1 ot nf OF cjr c t YN YY gun ne dojt o j t DDRess DA DDRess DA us x I2C uscx 120C SEARch TA PATTern lt y gt SEARch TA PFORmat Sets or queries the data value which is one of the data conditions for I C 5 161 bus signal searching in binary notation Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the data conditions for 5 161 IC bus signal searching
445. ll data settings for the ID OR condition for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR DATA 5 198 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR DATA MODE Function Sets or queries the data enable disable condition which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR DATA MODE Boolean TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR DATA MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DATA MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DATA MODE TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DATA MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier Function Queries all identifier settings for the ID OR condition for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt Function Queries all ID OR condition ID settings for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier ID x lt x gt 1 to 4 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt HEXa Function Sets the ID value which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt HEXa lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Exa
446. llowing order channel 1 to channel 7 channel 8 or the logic bus logic input waveform computed waveform 1 to 4 If LOGic PODL BUS DISPlay is set to OFF the cursor value will be NAN Not A Number IM DLM4038 17EN 5 75 5 10 CURSor Group CURSor TY HORizontal Function Queries all AV cursor settings Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal CURSor TY HORizontal ALL Function Collectively turns on or off the measured values of the AV cursor on the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal ALL lt Boolean gt Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL ALL ON CURSor TY HORizontal DV Function Queries all of the settings for the vertical values between the AV cursors Syntax CURSor TY HORi zontal DV CURSor TY HORizontal DV STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value measured between the AV cursors Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal DV STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY HORizontal DV STATe Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL DV STATE ON CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL DV STATE gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL DV STATE 1 CURSor TY HORizontal DV VALue Function Queries the vertical value between the AV cursors Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal DV VALue Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL DV VALUE gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL DV VALUE 3 0000000E 00 Description If CHANne1 lt x gt LSCale MODE is set to ON the scaled value will be queried CURSor TY HORizontal POSition lt
447. logic input ports A and B 5 110 LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 Queries all bus settings of logic input ports A and B 5 110 LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 Sets or queries the assignment of a bus of logic input ports A and B 5 110 ASSignment LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 DISPlay Sets or queries the display on off status of a bus of logic input ports A and B 5 110 LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 FORMat Sets or queries the display format bus display of a bus of logic input ports A 5 110 and B LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 LABel Sets or queries the label of a bus of logic input ports A and B 5 111 LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 Queries all bus settings of logic input ports A and B 5 111 LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 Sets or queries the assignment of a bus of logic input ports A and B 5 111 ASSignment LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 DISPlay Sets or queries the display on off status of a bus of logic input ports A and B 5 111 LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 FORMat Sets or queries the display format bus display of a bus of logic input ports A 5 111 and B LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 LABel Sets or queries the label of a bus of logic input ports A and B 5 111 5 14 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page LOGic PODA PODB MODE Sets or queries the display on off status of logic input ports A and B 5 111 LOGic PODA PODB POSition Sets or queries the logic signal s vertical position of logic input ports A and B 5 111 LOGic PODA PODB SIZE Sets or queries the logic
448. lt FROQUONCY gt sce ciis aec reci E eee SER CHR CUR LOS 4 6 rjj pins 4 7 Time E sWVollagesu com cosccte LL LLLI ME Mi 4 6 AT cursor POSION ieser EN N 5 79 Source WaVvefOrm 2 m eee a AEE 5 79 time value vertical value ssssssssssssssseeeeeeeneeenenne enne 5 78 AV cursor POSH OM er ea 5 76 source waveform 5 76 Vertical VAIS encore rccte pa tror iier eorr aun 5 76 A BA B N Figger tess sister certet Aae rectae abbreviated form accumulated waveform display accumulation mode accumulation titmie 2 caeteri i ACQu ire group reete trt nre er reds acquisition mode action on trigger A Delay B trigger analySiS ceteros tuu LE AM EE d EN EE ANALYSIS GOU Dianusa angle cursor difference value D ONO SAtUS 235 ae n a pe N i DOSITIOD RA EP EET ER ELM E TEET reference angle cen mc Eth das source waveform vertical value rem etes ASETup group auto scroll auto setup B average COUN ic cti rotten Re ee etr pgs AVETAGING e R AVETAGING MOE 2 certat ere ctp A a cte es B backlighit oit tt ker cere sees etit juge c DIOCK Catal eU S brightness built in printer 5 47 C Page Cale temensa a iaae aai 5 131 CAl ibrate group ccrte reported niana 5 66 CAMP Pat OM vss ses erre tn rte
449. lt x gt HISTogram Queries all automatic measurement settings of the histogram parameter for 5 235 MEASure PARameter waveform parameter measurement WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram Collectively turns on or off all histogram parameters for waveform parameter 5 235 MEASure PARameter ALL measurement WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram Queries all of the settings of a histogram parameter for waveform parameter 5 235 MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt measurement WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram Sets or queries the on off status of a histogram parameter for waveform 5 235 MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt parameter measurement STATe WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram Queries the measured value of a histogram parameter for waveform 5 236 MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt parameter measurement VALue WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram Sets or queries the position of a histogram parameter for waveform 5 236 MEASure PARameter POSition lt y gt parameter measurement WPARameter lt x gt ITEM Sets or queries a waveform parameter for waveform parameter 5 236 measurement WPARameter lt x gt MODE Sets or queries the waveform parameter measurement mode 5 236 WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Queries all trend display settings for waveform parameter measurement 5 236 WPARameter lt x gt TRENd ASCale Executes auto scaling of the trend display for waveform parameter 5 236 measurement WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor Queries all cursor measure
450. m This address is used to distinguish one device from other devices Therefore you must assign a unique address to the DLM4000 when connecting it to a PC or other device IM DLM4038 17EN 3 5 uondo e ejie1u gr d9 B 3 6 Responses to Interface Messages Responses to Interface Messages Responses to Uni Line Messages IFC Interface Clear Clears the talker and listener functions Stops data transmission if it is in progress REN Remote Enable Switches between Remote and Local modes IDY Identify is not supported Responses to Multi Line Messages Address commands e GTL Go To Local Switches to Local mode SDC Selected Device Clear Clears the program message command being received and the output queue see page 6 6 for details Discards OPC and oPC commands that are being executed Immediately aborts WAI and COMMunicate WAIT PPC Parallel Poll Configure GET Group Execute Trigger and TCT Take Control are not supported Responses to Multi Line Messages Universal commands LLO Local Lockout Disables the CLEAR TRACE key on the front panel to prohibit switching to the local mode DCL Device Clear Performs the same operation as SDC SPE Serial Poll Enable Sets the talker function on all devices on the bus to serial poll mode The controller will poll each device in order SPD Serial Poll Disable Clears the talker function s serial poll mode on all devices on the bus
451. m parameter sess 5 123 5 235 waveform zone cie jescom e O 5 98 Fre M 5 106 Waveform ZOOM E 5 242 window Function 5 89 WPARameter group 5 235 X Page XY GIS PIAY Um BN OUND E Z ZOOM group x cese n e t S teens sche a aA zoom magnification n Fiere tee e Rm ZOom source Wavelorm o rti m ceres Index 4 IM DLM4038 17EN
452. ment You cannot query waveform data when the trigger mode is set to Single or NSingle You cannot query waveform data when the display is in roll mode You cannot query waveform data when continuous statistical processing of automatically measured waveform parameters or user defined computation is enabled The data format is shown below 8 eight digits for the number of transmission data bytes in decimal format Block data header two bytes for the number of traces eight bytes for the acquisition count Common information four bytes for the trace number eight bytes for the reserved area four bytes for the number of data points Trace information entry 1 data sequence four bytes for the trace number eight bytes for the reserved area four bytes for the number of data points Trace information entry 2 data sequence repeated for all the traces The common information and trace information is written in little endian byte order The format of the data in the data sections is WORD It is written in little endian byte order You can query up to 12 5 kPoints in a record You can acquire the latest waveform data by setting lt NRF gt the acquisition count to 0 To acquire waveform data that is different from the previously acquired waveform data set lt NRF gt to the acquisition count from the common information explained above that you previously acquired by using this quer
453. ment settings of the trend display for waveform 5 237 parameter measurement WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor Queries the measured value of a cursor in the trend display for waveform 5 237 C lt y gt parameter measurement WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor DC Queries the measured value between cursors in the trend display for 5 237 waveform parameter measurement WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor Sets or queries the automatic measurement mode of the trend display for 5 237 MODE waveform parameter measurement WPARameter lt x gt TRENd CURSor Sets or queries the position of a cursor in the trend display for waveform 5 237 POSition lt y gt parameter measurement WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HRANge Sets or queries the trend display source window for waveform parameter 5 237 measurement WPARameter x TRENd HSPan Sets or queries the horizontal span of the trend display for waveform 5 237 parameter measurement WPARameter x TRENd VERTical Sets or queries the vertical range of the trend display for waveform 5 237 parameter measurement WPARameter lt x gt VTDisplay Sets or queries the on off status of VT waveform display 5 237 WPARameter lt x gt WAIT Waits for the completion of automated measurement with a set timeout 5 238 XY Group gt XY lt x gt Queries all XY display settings 5 239 XY lt x gt DISPlay Sets or queries the on off status of the XY display 5 239 gt XY lt x gt MEASure Queries all automated measurem
454. meter ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER ALL ON ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt Function Queries all of the settings for the specified measurement item of a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram x MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt lt x gt 1to2 Parameter C1 C2 DC MAXimum MEAN MEDian MINimum PEAK SD2integ SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the specified measurement item of a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt STATe lt x gt 1to2 Parameter C1 C2 DC MAXimum MEAN MEDian MINimum PEAK SD2integ SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg Example Below are examples for the maximum value ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE PARAMETER MAXIMUM STATE ON ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE PARAMETER MAXIMUM STATE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE PARAMETER MAXIMUM STATE 1 5 48 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt VALue Function Queries the automatically measured value for the specified measurement item of a waveform histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt
455. meter gt lt x gt 1to2 Parameter P PABS PN PP WH WHABs WHN WHP Z ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure lt Parameter gt COUNt Function Queries the continuous statistical processing count of a power supply analysis parameter Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure lt Parameter gt COUNt lt x gt 1to2 Parameter P PABS PN PP WH WHABs WHN WHP Z Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MEASURE P COUNT gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MEASURE P COUNT 100 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 57 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum S DEViation Function Queries a statistical value of a power supply analysis parameter Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation lt x gt 1to2 Parameter P PABS PN PP WH WHABs WHN WHP Z Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MEASURE P MAXIMUM gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MEASURE P MAXIMUM 1 000E 00 Description If the statistical value is immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure Parameter STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of a power supply analysis parameter Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure lt Parameter gt STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASu
456. mple SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA BCOUNT 1 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA BCOUNT SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA BCOUNT 1 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA CONDition Function Sets or queries the comparison condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA CONDition BETWeen EQUal FALSe GREater LESS NOTBetween NOTEqu1 TRUE SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA CONDition x 1 to 4 ERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA DATA CONDITION BETWEEN ERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA DATA CONDITION gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA DATA CONDITION BETWEEN Example 5 152 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA DBYTe Function Sets or queries the number of data bytes which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA DBYTe lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA DBYTe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DBYTE 1 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA DBYTE gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETU
457. mple TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR IDENTIFIER ID1 HEXA 1AB TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN DOR IDENtifier ID x MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt PATTern Function Sets or queries the ID pattern which is one of the ID OR conditions for CAN bus signal triggering in binary notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN DOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt PATTern lt x gt 1to4 TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 PATTERN 11100001111 TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 PATTERN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CAN IDOR DENTIFIER ID1 PATTERN 11100001111 Example TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger CAN IDOR IDENtifier MODE Function Sets or queries the identifier enable disable condition which is one of the ID OR conditions for C
458. n which is one of the ID and 5 215 BTRigger LIN IDData data conditions for LIN bus signal triggering DENtifier ID MODE TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID value for LIN bus signal triggering in binary notation 5 215 BTRigger LIN IDData DENtifier ID PATTern TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID input format which is one of the ID and data 5 215 BTRigger LIN IDData conditions for LIN bus signal triggering DENtifier PFORmat 5 38 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ATRigger Queries all IDOR condition settings for LIN bus signal triggering 5 215 BTRigger LIN IDOR TRIGger ATRigger Queries all IDOR condition ID settings for LIN bus signal triggering 5 215 BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier TRIGger ATRigger Queries an ID value which is one of the IDOR condition settings for LIN bus 5 215 BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier signal triggering D lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets the ID value which is one of the IDOR conditions for LIN bus signal 5 215 BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier triggering in hexadecimal notation D lt x gt HEXa TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition which is one of the IDOR 5 216 BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtif
459. n ACQCount Sets or queries the action on trigger action 5 192 TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Sets or queries the whether or not the DLM4000 will sound an alarm asan 5 192 action when trigger conditions are met on off IM DLM4038 17EN 5 31 spueululo2 B 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ACTion HCOPy Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will print a screen capture as an 5 192 action when trigger conditions are met on off TRIGger ACTion MAIL Queries all of the settings for email notification that is sent when trigger 5 193 conditions are met TRIGger ACTion MAIL COUNt Sets or queries the upper limit of email notifications that are sent when 5 193 trigger conditions are met TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will send email notification as 5 193 an action TRIGger ACTion SAVE Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will save waveform data to the 5 193 storage medium as an action when trigger conditions are met on off TRIGger ACTion STARt Starts the action on trigger operation 5 193 TRIGger ACTion STOP Stops the action on trigger operation 5 193 TRIGger ADB Queries all A Delay B trigger settings 5 193 TRIGger ADB DELay Sets or queries the for condition B for the A Delay B trigger 5 193 TRIGger ATRigger BTRig
460. n Queries all items that will be displayed in the UART signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail LIST ITEM lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART DETAIL LIST ITEM gt SERIALBUS1 UART DETAIL LIST ITEM No Time ms Data HEX Data ASCII Information SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail LIST VALue Function Queries the automatically measured values for the specified analysis number in the UART signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART DETail LIST VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example SERIALBUS1 UART DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 gt SERIALBUS1 UART DETAIL LIST VALUE 0 0 5720 3A 74 69 D2 1 n n ix SERialbus x UART SEARcCh Function Queries all UART signal search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch lt x gt 1 to 4 Oo o 3 SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch ABORt 3 Function Aborts the UART signal search a Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARCh ABORt v x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH ABORT SERialbus x UART SEARch EXECute Function Executes a UART signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch EXECute lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH EXECUTE SERialbus x UART SEARch SELect Function Sets which detected point to display in the UART signal search zoom window and queries the zoom position of the
461. n hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt HEXa y lt String gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to8 lt String gt Two characters each representing a byte Each character can be X or a hexadecimal value from 0 to F Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 HEXA1 A9 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the data field enable disable condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt MODE lt Boolean gt BTRigger TRIGger ATRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA MODE 1 BTRigger x IM DLM4038 17EN 5 203 spuewwog 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt MSBLsb Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the MSB and LSB bits for the data field which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt MSBLsb lt NRf gt lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt MSBLsb lt x gt 1to2
462. n is in progress by reading bit 0 in the condition register If the bitis 1 waveform acquisition is in progress If the bit is 0 waveform acquisition is not in progress Example TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt lt PMT gt STATus CONDition lt PMT gt Read the response If bit 0 is 1 return to the previous command WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt WAVeform SEND is not executed until bit O in the condition register becomes 0 Using the Extended Event Register The changes in the condition register can be reflected in the extended event register see page 6 5 for details Example STATus FILTerl FALL STATus EESE 1 EESR SRE 8 TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt lt PMT gt Read the response to STATus EESR Wait for a service request WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt The STATus FILTer1 FALL command sets the transition filter so that bit O in the extended event FILTer1 is set to 1 when bit 0 in the condition register changes from 1 to 0 I M9IAJ9AQ BuruueJ60Jd gt The STATus EESE 1 command is used to only change the status byte based on bit 0 in the extended event register The STATus EESR command is used to clear the extended event register The SRE 8 command is used to generate service requests based only on the changes in the extended event register bits The WAVeform SEND command is not executed until a service request is generated Using the COMMunicate WAIT command The coMMunicate WAIT command is
463. n the PC end use a GP IB board or card made by National Instruments For more details see section 3 4 The DLM4000 may not operate properly if the DLM4000 is connected to the PC through converters such as a GP IB to USB converter For more details contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer Several cables can be used to connect multiple devices However no more than 15 devices including the controller can be connected on a single bus When connecting multiple devices you must assign a unique address to each device Use cables that are 2 m or shorter in length to connect devices Keep the total length of the cables under 20 m When devices are communicating have at least two thirds of the devices on the bus turned on To connect multiple devices use a star or daisy chain configuration as shown below Loop and parallel configurations are not allowed CAUTION Be sure to turn off the PC and the DLM4000 when connecting or removing communication cables Otherwise erroneous operation may result or the internal circuitry may break IM DLM4038 17EN 3 3 GP IB Interface Features GP IB Interface Features Listener Capabilities Allows you to specify the same DLM4000 settings that you can using the front panel keys You cannot turn the power on and off or change communication settings Recei
464. nal triggering Syntax DT Example T gt MO x RIGGER ATR DE ON RIGGER ATR DE DE 1 RIGger ATRigger BT SPAT GGER SPATTE GGER SPATTE Rigger tern CLOCk MODE lt Boolean gt Gger ATRigger BT tern CLOCk MODE Rigger RN CLOCK RN CLOCK TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN CLOCK TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CLOCk POLarity defined bus signal triggering Function Syntax TRIGger A7 SPAT TRIGger A31 SPAT Example T gt PO RIGGER ATR RIGGER ATR LARITY LARITY FALL Rigger BT tern CLOCk POLarity Rigger BT tern CLOCk POLarity GGER SPATTE GGER SPATTE Sets or queries the clock signal polarity for user Rigger FALL RISE Rigger RN CLOCK RN CLOCK TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN CLOCK LARITY FALL TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPATtern CLOCk SOURce Function bus signal triggering Syntax ST RIGger AT Rigger BT Sets or queries the clock signal for user defined Rigger SPATtern CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt m RIGger AT Rigger BT SPATtern CLOCk SOURce Example T gt SO Rf gt 1to8 RIGGER ATR URCE 1 RIGGER ATR URCE URCE 1 GGER SPATTE GGER SPATTE Rigger RN CLOCK RN CLOCK TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPATTERN CLOCK Description The clock signal that you can specify varies depending
465. nction Sets or queries the format of the waveform data to be sent Syntax WAVeform FORMat ASCii BYTE RBYTe WORD WAVeform FORMat Example WAVEFORM FORMAT ASCII WAVEFORM FORMAT gt WAVEFORM FORMAT ASCII Description For information about the different output formats see the description of WAVeform SEND WAVeform LENGth Function Queries the total number of data points of the waveform data specified by the WAVeform TRACe command Syntax WAVeform LENGth Example WAVEFORM LENGTH WAVEFORM LENGTH 12500 WAVeform OFFSet Function Queries the offset value used to convert the waveform data specified by the WAVeform TRACe command to physical values Syntax WAVeform OFFSet Example WAVEFORM OFFSET WAVEFORM OFFSET 0 000E 00 Descriptions This offset value is used to convert lt Block data that is transmitted by WAVeform SEND to physical values The DLM4000 returns zero when SYSTem OCANCcel is set to ON WAVeform POSition Function Queries the vertical position that is used to convert spueululo2 waveform data to voltage when WAVeform FORMat is set to RBYTe Syntax WAVeform POSition Example WAVEFORM POSITION WAVEFORM POSITION 128 WAVeform RANGe Function Queries the range used to convert the waveform data specified by the WAVeform TRACe command to physical values Syntax WAVeform RANGe Example WAVEFORM RANGE WAVEFORM RANGE 5 000E 00
466. ndition for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN DOR IDENtifier MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN DOR IDENtifier MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER MODE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier PFORmat Function Sets or queries the ID input format which is one of the IDOR conditions for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN DOR IDENtifier PFORmat BINary HEXa TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN DOR IDENtifier PFORmat Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER PFORMAT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDOR DENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN MODE Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger mode setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN MODE BSYNch ERRor IDData IDOR TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN MODE BSYNCH TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN MODE BSYNCH TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN SOURce Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger source signal Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN SOURce lt N
467. ne Sets or queries a computed waveform label 5 119 MATH x LABel MODE Sets or queries the display on off status of a computed waveform label 5 119 MATH lt x gt OPERation Sets or queries an operator 5 119 MATH lt x gt RCOunt Queries all rotary count computation settings 5 119 MATH x RCOunt THReshold lt y gt Sets or queries the threshold level for rotary count computation 5 120 MATH x SCALe Queries all scaling settings 5 120 MATH lt x gt SCALe CENTer Sets or queries the level of the center position for manual scaling 5 120 MATH lt x gt SCALe MODE Sets or queries a scaling mode 5 120 MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity Sets or queries the sensitivity of the center position for manual scaling 5 120 MATH lt x gt UNIT Queries all computation unit settings 5 120 MATH lt x gt UNIT DEFine Sets or queries a unit of computation 5 120 MATH x UNIT MODE Sets or queries whether a unit of computation will be attached automatically 5 120 or manually MATH lt x gt USERdefine Queries all user defined computation settings 5 120 MATH lt x gt USERdefine AVERage Queries all averaging settings for user defined computation 5 120 MATH lt x gt USERdefine AVERage Sets or queries the attenuation constant of exponential averaging in user 5 120 EWEight defined computation MATH lt x gt USERdefine AVERage Sets or queries the averaging mode for user defined computation 5 121 MODE MATH lt x gt USERd
468. ne of the ID and data conditions 5 153 DData DATA DECimal lt y gt for FlexRay bus signal searching in decimal notation lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the byte order of the reference values which is one of the ID 5 153 DData DATA ENDian and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for 5 153 DData DATA HEXa lt y gt FlexRay bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the data enable disable condition which is one of the ID and 5 153 IDData DATA MODE data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the MSB and LSB bits for the data which is one of the ID 5 153 DData DATA MSBLsb and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the data value which is one of the ID and data conditions for 5 154 DData DATA PATTern lt y gt FlexRay bus signal searching in binary notation lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the ID and data 5 154 DData DATA PFORmat conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries whether a signed or unsigned data format will be used this 5 154 DData DATA SIGN is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching lbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Queries all
469. ngs for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal 5 147 DData MSIGnal SIGNal searching lbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the signal data condition which is one of the ID and data 5 148 IDData MSIGnal SIGNal conditions for CAN bus signal searching Dition ialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets a signal s reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions 5 148 IDData MSIGnal SIGNal for CAN bus signal searching in decimal notation l lt y gt lbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets the signal item which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus 5 148 DData MSIGnal SIGNal signal searching lbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Sets or queries the RTR value which is one of the ID and data conditions 5 148 IDData RTR for CAN bus signal searching lbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup Sets or queries the CAN bus signal search mode setting 5 148 lbus x DECode Sets or queries the decoded display format of the serial bus for CAN bus 5 148 signal searching SERialbus lt x gt DISPlay Sets or queries whether or not serial bus signal analysis will be performed 5 148 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray Queries all FlexRay bus signal settings 5 148 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze Queries all FlexRay bus signal settings 5 149 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray Queries all FlexRay bus signal analysis settings 5 149 ANALyze SETup SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray Sets or queries the channel bus type for FlexRay bus signal analysis 5 149 ANALyze
470. nity GONogo NGStopcount lt NRf gt 1 to 1000 Example GONOGO NGSTOPCOUNT 100 GONOGO NGSTOPCOUNT GONOGO NGSTOPCOUNT 100 GONogo STOPcount Function Sets or queries the number of acquisitions at which the DLM4000 will stop performing determinations Syntax GONogo STOPcount lt NRf gt INFinity GONogo STOPcount lt NRf gt 1 to 1000000 Example GONOGO STOPCOUNT 1000 GONOGO STOPCOUNT GONOGO STOPCOUNT 1000 GONogo WAIT Function Waits for the completion of GO NO GO determination by using a timeout timer Syntax GONogo WAIT lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 0 to 864000 in 100 ms steps Example Set the timeout to 5 seconds GONOGO WAIT 50 GONOGO WAIT 0 Description The DLM4000 returns 0 if the operation finishes before the timer expires and returns 1 if the timer expires GONogo ZPARameter Function Queries all zone and parameter determination settings Syntax GONogo ZPARameter GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer cx Function Queries all of the settings related to the specified reference standard for zone or parameter determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt CAUSe Function Queries whether or not the specified waveform parameter is the cause of a NO GO zone or parameter determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt CAUSe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER N
471. nment x LOGic PODA PODB STATe ASSignment BUS2 Function Sets or queries the state display assignment bus setting of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB STATe ASSignment BUS2 lt Boolean gt LOGic PODA PODB STATe ASSignment BUS2 Example LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE ASSIGNMENT BUS2 ON LOGIC PODA PODB STATE ASSIGNMENT BUS2 gt LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE ASSIGNMENT BUS2 1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB STATe ASSignment BUS3 Function Sets or queries the state display assignment bus setting of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA_PODB STATe ASSignment US3 lt Boolean gt LOGic PODA_PODB STATe ASSignment BUS3 Example LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE ASSIGNMENT BUS3 ON LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE ASSIGNMENT BUS3 gt LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE ASSIGNMENT BUS3 1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported UJ LOGic PODA PODB STATe CLOCk Function Sets or queries the state display reference clock waveform of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB STATe CLOCk lt NRf gt BIT lt x gt LOGic PODA PODB STATe CLOCk lt NRf gt 1 to 3 8 ch model lt NRf gt 5 to 7 x 0to7 Example LOGIC PODA PODB STATE CLOCK lt NRF gt LOGIC PODA PODB STATE CLOCK gt iLOGIC PODA PODB STATE CLOCK lt NRF gt Description An er
472. nput state of the state width trigger in hexadecimal notation 5 229 WIDTh PODA PODB PODL HEXa TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the logic input state of the state width trigger with a pattern 5 230 WIDTh PODA PODB PODL PATTern TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh Sets or queries the pulse width setting for state width triggering 5 230 TIME x TRIGger ATRigger WIDTh TYPE Sets or queries the time width mode for state width triggering 5 230 TRIGger COMBination Sets or queries the trigger combination 5 230 TRIGger DELay Queries all delay settings 5 230 TRIGger DELay TIME Sets or queries the delay the time between the trigger point and the trigger 5 230 position TRIGger FORCe Forces the DLM4000 to trigger 5 230 TRIGger HOLDoff Queries all hold off settings 5 230 TRIGger HOLDoff TIME Sets or queries the hold off time 5 230 5 42 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger MODE Sets or queries the trigger mode 5 230 TRIGger POSition Sets or queries the trigger position 5 230 TRIGger SCOunt Sets or queries the number of times the trigger condition must be met when 5 231 the trigger mode is set to Single N TRIGger SOURce Queries all trigger source settings for enhanced triggering 5 231 RIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Queries all of the settings of the specified trigger source for enhanced 5 231 triggering TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt
473. nt mode for the XY display Syntax XY x 2 MEASure MODE CURSor INTeg OFF XY x MEASure MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example XY1 MEASURE MODE CURSOR XY1 MEASURE MODE gt XY1 MEASURE MODE CURSOR 5 240 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 37 XY Group XY lt x gt Function Syntax Example XY lt x gt Function Syntax Example XY lt x gt Function Syntax Example XY lt x gt Function Syntax Example Description SPLit Sets or queries whether or not the XY display are split XY lt x gt SPLit lt Boolean gt XY lt x gt SPLit lt x gt 1 to 4 XY1 SPLIT ON XYl SPLIT gt XYl SPLIT 1 TRANge Time Range Sets or queries the range of T Y waveform to display in the XY display XY lt x gt TRANge lt NRf gt lt NRf gt XY lt x gt TRANge lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions in steps of 10 divisions display record length XYl1 RANGE 4 4 XY1 TRANGE gt XYl TRANGE 4 00 4 00 VTDisplay Sets or queries the on off status of the VT waveform display for the XY display XY x VTDisplay Boolean XY lt x gt VTDisplay lt x gt 1 to 4 XY1 VTDISPLAY ON XY1 VTDISPLAY gt XY1 VTDISPLAY 1 XTRace Sets or queries the channel that is assigned to the X axis in the XY display XY x XTRace lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt XY lt x gt XTRace lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 XY XTR
474. nt COUNt2 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt MODE Function Sets or queries the cycle count enable disable condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData CCOunt MODE Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA CCOUNT MODE ON TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA CCOUNT MODE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA CCOUNT MODE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA x Function Queries all data field settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt BCOunt Function Sets or queries the position for comparing data field data patterns which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt BCOunt lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA x BCOunt x 1 to 2 lt NRf gt 0 to 253 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 BCOUNT 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 BCOUNT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER
475. ntax SEARCh PPATtern CLOCk SOURce NRf MATH x NONE PODA x PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt SEARch PPATtern CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt lt x gt of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE gt SEARCH PPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 spuewwog SEARCh PPATtern LOGic Function Sets or queries the state or state width search logic Syntax SEARCh PPATtern LOGic AND OR SEARch PPATtern LOGic SEARCH PPATTERN LOGIC AND SEARCH PPATTERN LOGIC gt SEARCH PPATTERN LOGIC AND Example SEARch PPATtern PODA PODB PODL Function Queries all logic settings for state or state width searching Syntax SEARCh PPATtern PODA PODB PODL SEARch PPATtern PODA PODB PODL HEXa Function Sets the logic satisfaction condition for state or state width searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SEARch PPATtern PODA PODB PODL HEXa lt String gt Example SEARCH PPATTERN PODL HEXA AB IM DLM4038 17EN 5 137 5 24 SEARch Group SEARch PPATtern PODA PODB PODL PATTern Function Sets or queries the logic satisfaction condition for state or state width searching in binary notation Syntax SEARch PPATtern PODA PODB PODL PATTern String EARch PPATtern PODA PODB PODL l Tern EARCH PPATTERN P
476. ntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor CH 7S Cksum lt Boolean gt Rialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor Cksum Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM ON SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM gt SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM 1 E E E lt x gt 1to4 E E E SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor FRAMing Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search framing error setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor FRAMing lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor FRAMing lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR FRAMING ON SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR FRAMING SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR FRAMING 1 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor PARity Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search parity error setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor PARity lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor PARity lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR PARITY ON SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR PARITY gt SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP ERROR PARITY 1 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup ERRor SYNCh Function Sets or queries the LIN bus signal search synch error setting
477. ntax gt FILE SAVE ASCii BINary TRACe lt NR gt ALL MATH lt x gt PODA PODB FILE SAVE ASCii BINary TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt x gt 1 to 4 Example FILE SAVE BINARY TRACE 1 LE SAVE BINARY TRACE gt FILE SAVE BINARY TRACE 1 FILE SAVE COMMent Function Sets or queries the comment that will be attached to the data that will be saved Syntax FILE SAVE COMMent String FILE SAVE COMMent String Up to 128 characters Example FILE SAVE COMMENT THIS IS TEST FILE SAVE COMMENT gt FILE SAVE COMMENT THIS IS TEST i Description You can only use the characters and symbols that appear on the DLM4000 soft keyboard FILE SAVE FFT FINFormation Frequency Information Function Sets or queries whether FFT data is saved with frequency information ON or without it OFF Syntax FILE SAVE FFT FINFormation lt Boolean gt FILE SAVE FFT FINFormation Example FILE SAVE FFT FINFORMATION ON FILE SAVE FFT FINFORMATION FILE SAVE FFT FINFORMATION 1 FILE SAVE NAME Function Sets or queries the file name for the data that will be saved Syntax FILE SAVE NAME lt String gt FILE SAVE NAME Example FILE SAVE NAME CASE1 FILE SAVE NAME gt FILE SAVE NAME CASE1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 93 spuewwog 5 14 GONogo Group GONogo Function Queries all GO NO GO determination settings Syntax GONogo GONogo ABORt Func
478. nternal memory 5 187 STORe SETup lt x gt LOCK Sets or queries the data write protection on off status for the setup data that 5 187 is stored to the specified location in the internal memory SYSTem Group SYSTem Queries all system settings 5 188 SYSTem CLICk Sets or queries the click sound on off status 5 188 SYSTem CLOCk Queries all date time settings 5 188 SYSTem CLOCk DATE Sets or queries the date 5 188 SYSTem CLOCk FORMat Sets or queries the date format 5 188 SYSTem CLOCk MODE Sets or queries the on off status of the date time display 5 188 SYSTem CLOCk SNTP Queries the date time setting retrieved using SNTP 5 188 SYSTem CLOCk SNTP EXECute Sets the date and time using SNTP 5 188 SYSTem CLOCk SNTP GMTTime Sets or queries the time difference from Greenwich Mean Time 5 188 SYSTem CLOCk TIME Sets or queries the time 5 188 SYSTem DCANcel Delay Cancel Sets or queries whether or not the specified delay value will be applied to 5 188 time measurement on off SYSTem FSIZe Font Size Queries all font size settings 5 188 SYSTem FSIZe MEASure Sets or queries the font size that is used to display the automatically 5 188 measured waveform parameters and the cursor measurement values SYSTem LANGuage Sets or queries the message language 5 189 SYSTem LCD Queries all LCD settings 5 189 SYSTem LCD AUTO Queries all of the settings for the feature that automatically turns off the LCD 5 18
479. ntroller PC Intel R Core TM i5 CPU 650 3 20 GHz 3 33 GHz GP IB NI PCle GP IB OS Windows 7 Enterprise 32 bit Programming language Visual C Number of Data Points Byte Data Word Data ASCII Data 1250 Approx 26 ms Approx 26 ms Approx 0 100 s 12500 Approx 48 ms Approx 56 ms Approx 0 761 s 125000 Approx 275 ms Approx 350 ms Approx 7 350 s 1250000 Approx 2543 ms Approx 3292 ms Approx 76 995 s 12500000 Approx 25232 ms Approx 32740 ms Approx 765 895 s 125000000 Approx 251331 ms Approx 326217 ms Approx 7619 266 s 3 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 3 5 Configuring the DLM4000 GP IB Settings This section explains the settings listed below You must configure these settings when controlling the DLM4000 remotely through a GP IB interface Communication interface GP IB address Opening the Remote Control Menu Press UTILITY and then press the Remote Conrol soft key to open the following menu Remote Device Set the communication interface to GP IB T7 HE Address Set the address 0 to 30 Note Only use the selected communication interface If you send commands simultaneously from another communication interface that has not been selected the DLM4000 will not execute the commands properly When the controller is communicating with the DLM4000 or with other devices through GP IB do not change the address Each device that is connected by GP IB has its own unique address in the GP IB syste
480. of the data conditions for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA PFORmat BINary HEXa TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN Data DATA PFORmat Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN PFORMAT TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA PFORMAT BINARY c DATA DATA c DATA DATA TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData DATA SIGN Function Sets or queries whether signed or unsigned data format will be used which is one of the data conditions for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN ata DATA SIGN SIGN UNSign Gger ATRigger BTRigger LIN D R IDData DATA SIGN Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA SIGN SIGN TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA SIGN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DATA SIGN SIGN TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData IDENtifier Function Queries all LIN bus signal trigger identifier settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData IDENtifier 5 214 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 34 TRIGger Group TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData IDENtifier ID Function Queries all LIN bus signal trigger ID settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData IDENtifier ID TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData IDENtifier ID HEXa Function Sets the ID for L
481. of detected points in the user defined bus signal search 5 172 SELect MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch Queries all user defined bus signal search condition settings 5 172 SETup SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch Sets or queries the bit length setting for user defined bus signal analysis 5 172 SETup BITSize SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch Sets or queries the data condition for user defined bus signal searching in 5 172 SETup HEXa hexadecimal notation SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch Sets or queries the data condition for user defined bus signal searching in 5 172 SETup PATTern binary notation SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch Sets or queries the input format which is one of the data conditions for user 5 173 SETup PFORmat defined bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt SPI Queries all SPI bus signal analysis and search settings 5 173 SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Queries all SPI bus signal analysis settings 5 173 SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Queries all SPI bus signal analysis bus settings 5 173 SETup SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Sets or queries the bit order of the SPI bus signal analysis data 5 173 ETup BITorder SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Queries all clock signal settings for SPI bus signal analysis 5 173 SETup CLOCk SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Sets or queries the clock signal slope for SPI bus signal analysis 5 173 SETup CLOCk POLarity SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Se
482. of the ID and data conditions for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDData IDENtifier PFORmat BINary HEXa J W Gger ATRigger BTRigger LIN DData IDENtifier PFORmat RIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DENTIFIER PFORMAT gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LIN IDDATA DENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY Example TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR Function Queries all IDOR condition settings for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier Function Queries all IDOR condition ID settings for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt Function Queries an ID value which is one of the IDOR condition settings for LIN bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt HEXa Function Sets the ID value which is one of the IDOR conditions for LIN bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LIN IDOR IDENtifier ID lt x gt HEXa lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER
483. of the voltage of an X Y display horizontal 5 240 STATe cursor gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt y gt Queries the voltage of a horizontal cursor in the XY display 5 240 VALue gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt Queries all vertical cursor settings for the XY display 5 240 gt XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt Sets or queries a vertical cursor position in the XY display 5 240 POSition XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt Sets or queries the on off status of the voltage of an X Y display vertical 5 240 STATe cursor XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt y gt Queries the voltage of a vertical cursor in the XY display 5 240 VALue XY lt x gt MEASure INTeg Queries all integration settings for the XY display 5 240 XY lt x gt MEASure INTeg LOOP Sets or queries the integration method for the XY display 5 240 XY lt x gt MEASure INTeg POLarity Sets or queries the integration polarity for the XY display 5 240 XY lt x gt MEASure INTeg VALue Queries the integrated value for the XY display 5 240 gt XY lt x gt MEASure MODE Sets or queries the automated measurement mode for the XY display 5 240 gt XY lt x gt SPLit Sets or queries whether or not the XY display are split 5 241 XY lt x gt TRANge Time Range Sets or queries the range of T Y waveform to display in the XY display 5 241 XY x VTDisplay Sets or queries the on off status of the VT waveform display for the XY 5 241 display XY
484. off frequency of a low pass IIR filter Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer LCUToff lt Frequency gt MATH lt x gt FILTer LCUToff lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Frequency gt 0 01 to 500M Hz Example MATH1 FILTER LCUTOFF 10HZ MATH1 FILTER LCUTOFF gt MATH1 FILTER LCUTOFF 10 00E 00 5 118 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 20 MATH Group MATH lt x gt FILTer TIME Function Sets or queries a phase shift Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer TIME lt Time gt MATH lt x gt FILTer TIME lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Time gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example MATH1 FILTER TIME 1S MATH1 FILTER TIME gt MATH1 FILTER TIME 1 000E 00 MATH lt x gt FILTer TYPE Function Sets or queries a filter type Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer TYPE DELay MAVG IHPass ILPass MATH lt x gt FILTer TYPE lt x gt 1to4 Example MATH1 FILTER TYPE DELAY MATH1 FILTER TYPE gt MATH1 FILTER TYPE DELAY MATH lt x gt FILTer WEIGht Function Sets or queries the number of points to take the moving average Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer WEIGht lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt FILTer WEIGht lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 2 to 128 in 2n steps Example MATH1 FILTER WEIGHT 2 MATH1 FILTER WEIGHT gt MATH1 FILTER WEIGHT 2 MATH lt x gt INTegral Function Queries all integration settings Syntax MATH lt x gt INTegral lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt INTegral SPOint Function Sets or queries the in
485. ogram Syntax WPARameter lt x gt parameters for waveform parameter lt x gt 1to2 measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure WPARameter lt x gt DISPlay PARameter ALL lt Boolean gt Function Sets or queries the on off status of waveform x 1to2 parameter measurement display Example WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE Syntax WPARameter lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt PARAMETER ALL ON WPARameter lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 1to2 WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure Example WPARAMETER1 DISPLAY ON PARameter lt Parameter gt WPARAMETER1 DISPLAY Function Queries all of the settings of a histogram WPARAMETER1 DISPLAY 1 parameter for waveform parameter measurement o Syntax WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure 3 WPARameter x HISTogram PARameter Parameter 3 Function Queries all histogram display settings for lt x gt 1to2 a waveform parameter measurement Parameter C1 C2 DC MAXimum MEAN v Syntax WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEDian MINimum PEAK SD2integ lt x gt 1to2 SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg WPARameter x HISTogram MEASure WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure Function Queries all automatic measurement settings of PARameter lt Parameter gt STATe the histogram display for waveform parameter Function Sets or queries the on off status of a histogram measurement parameter for waveform parameter measurement Syntax WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure Syntax
486. oi tete eibi 5 136 display format st DISPlay QrOUp rere coeur coca der cree to eren E Feet aed 5 81 display ratigns ues irre iiie eerie T dur mese ie De UE eos dE 5 242 pic de 5 126 DE Series EIbrary uc Quintet entr ditior hibet TES ii IM DLM4038 17EN Index 1 Index E Page edge OR MGE esses EE RE 5 217 edge qualified search cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteeeeeeaeeeeeees 5 138 edge qualify trigger 5 218 edge search 5 135 edge trigger 5 219 envelope miode ee ceri iz coe eee cetus ies 5 47 error messages Ln estet Hate ae Dette teed App 2 negem 6 6 Ethernet interface 22 extended event enable register usssuss 5 185 extended event register esses 5 185 6 5 F Page PET analysis erret tidie athe si 5 83 automatic measurement 5 84 averagirig eins 5 83 basic peak ite Mis cetero teens 5 86 ICI m 5 83 horizontal axis mode T n imber of data poilits 3 tet irren 5 83 Source WaVefOFtm octets 5 88 transmission byte Ordenis siaii 5 83 Vertical AXIS MOOG is ccena rerom onc Ere EEEE vertical sensitivity ae FET o reo EE FIEE QroUpi autetn ten eeepc te fiter OFS e TILER TYPO E 5 119 ibi cited E apenas laces E A TEE 5 81 FlexRay bus signal analysis result list teens 5 149 bitrate 5 149 sample p
487. oint 5 149 SOUMCE scere 5 149 FlexRay bus signal search sssssssssss 5 150 FlexRay bus signal trigger eseeeessessss 5 200 PRONE DAN cree cC 1 1 2 1 3 1 G Page GO NO GO determination treten 5 94 GONoOQdgO gEOUp Corr c cct e gencre retenti cec ERR GP IB interface features graticule 3 2r Greenwich Mean Time Old iiic dnte ee COW eae eves C TE er adi Manele H Page harmonic analysis e 5 50 IHCOPy grOoUp o eed des aerate det c eee 5 100 iG adel uso eee aE i Tu Erud 4 5 5 72 high resolution esses 5 47 histogram display automatic measurement 5 235 measured valu siisii urarii aniis 5 236 Ori off StAtU Sia en rrr rer eme eres 5 235 parameter esssesssssseseseseee eene 5 235 HISTORY group rei e er sec creatio 5 102 history waveform highlight display mode esses 5 102 parameter Seatclr aiias re eru core ES 5 103 polygonal z ne Sgar his versini nasi 5 104 rectangular zone search i rV ee oe nen SCAN CM iver secede EE SOUMCE record iuc aci eauanedesdeacenetas aaie aN a 5 102 start and end numbers 5 102 waveform zone search 9 106 aoto Eo PESE 5 230 horizontal Cursot uci a tre itas 5 239 l Page I2C bus signal analysis IMAGe group initialize 5 rte nena INI Tialize QroUp ect tte terce
488. on Sets or queries the source waveform used in the cyclic statistical processing for automated measurement Syntax MEASure CYCLe TRACe OWN lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt PODA lt x gt PODB x PODL lt x gt MEASure CYCLe TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt lt x gt of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example MEASURE CYCLE TRACE 1 MEASURE CYCLE TRACE MEASURE CYCLE TRACE 1 MEASure HISTory ABORt Function Aborts statistical processing of automatically measured history waveforms Syntax MEASure HISTory ABORt Example MEASURE HISTORY ABORT MEASure HISTory EXECute Function Executes statistical processing of automatically measured history waveforms Example MEASURE HISTORY EXECUTE MEASure INDicator Function Sets or queries the measurement location indicator Syntax MEASure INDicator lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt OFF lt Parameter gt 2 MEASure INDicator lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt lt x gt of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Parameter AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth DELay DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth P PABS PERiod PN POVershoot PP PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS V1 V2 WH WHABs WHN WHP Z Example MEASURE INDICATOR 1 AVERAGE MEASURE INDICATOR MEASURE IN
489. ontroller PC Intel R Core TM i5 CPU 650 3 20 GHz 3 33 GHz USB2 0 ICH7 OS Windows 7 Enterprise 32 bit Programming language Visual C Number of Data Points Byte Data Word Data ASCII Data 1250 Approx 23 ms Approx 23 ms Approx 0 080 s 12500 Approx 32 ms Approx 24 ms Approx 0 630 s 125000 Approx 119 ms Approx 42 ms Approx 6 061 s 1250000 Approx 998 ms Approx 215 ms Approx 64 833 s 12500000 Approx 9672 ms Approx 1932 ms Approx 647 706 s 125000000 Approx 95870 ms Approx 18636 ms Approx 6492 005 s IM DLM4038 17EN 1 2 USB Interface Features and Specifications Switching between Remote and Local Modes Switching from Local to Remote Mode The DLM4000 switches to Remote mode when it is in Local mode and it receives a COMMunicate REMote ON command from the PC REMOTE appears at the top center of the screen once the DLM4000 is in Remote mode All keys except SHIFT CLEAR TRACE key are disabled The Local mode settings are retained even when the DLM4000 switches to Remote mode Switching from Remote to Local Mode When the DLM4000 is in Remote mode and you press SHIFT CLEAR TRACE key the DLM4000 Switches to Local mode However this does not work if the DLM4000 has received a CoMMunicate LOCKout ON command from the PC The DLM4000 switches to Local mode when it receives a COMMunicate REMote OFF command from the PC regardless of the local lockout state The REMOTE indicator
490. or 64 bit Windows Vista 32 bit or Windows XP SP2 or later 32 bit Data Transfer Rate The following table contains approximations of how much time it takes for the DLM4000 to transmit waveform data Model DLM4038 Controller PC Intel R Core TM i5 CPU 650 3 2 GHz 3 33 GHz Ether Intel R 82578DM Gigabit Network Connection OS Windows 7 Enterprise 32 bit Programming language Visual C Number of Data Points Byte Data Word Data ASCII Data 1250 Approx 25 ms Approx 24 ms Approx 0 090 s 12500 Approx 25 ms Approx 27 ms Approx 0 630 s 125000 Approx 128 ms Approx 55 ms Approx 6 100 s 1250000 Approx 1044 ms Approx 292 ms Approx 65 162 s 12500000 Approx 10207 ms Approx 2705 ms Approx 651 968 s 125000000 Approx 101255 ms Approx 26314 ms Approx 6528 039 s IM DLM4038 17EN 2 2 Ethernet Interface Features and Specifications Switching between Remote and Local Modes Switching from Local to Remote Mode The DLM4000 switches to Remote mode when it is in Local mode and it receives a COMMunicate REMote ON command from the PC e REMOTE appears at the top center of the screen once the DLM4000 is in Remote mode All keys except SHIFT CLEAR TRACE key are disabled The Local mode settings are retained even when the DLM4000 switches to Remote mode Switching from Remote to Local Mode When the DLM4000 is in Remote mode and you press SHIFT CLEAR TRACE key the DLM4000 switches to Local mode
491. or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in high speed mode 5 162 SETup NONack HSMode for I C bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in read access 5 162 SETup NONack READaccess mode for I C bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in start bytes for IC 5 163 SETup NONack STARtbyte bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt LIN Queries all LIN bus signal analysis and search settings 5 163 SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze Queries all LIN bus signal analysis settings 5 163 SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze Queries all LIN bus signal analysis bus settings 5 163 SETup SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze Sets or queries the LIN bus signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate 5 163 SETup BRATe SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze Sets or queries the LIN bus signal analysis revision number 5 163 SETup REVision SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze Sets or queries the LIN bus signal analysis source 5 163 SETup SOURce SERialbus lt x gt LIN ANALyze Sets or queries the LIN bus signal sample point 5 163 SETup SPOint SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail Queries all LIN bus signal analysis result list settings 5 163 SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail Sets or queries the display mode for the LIN bus signal analysis result list 5 164 DISPlay SERialbus lt x gt LIN DETail LIST Queries all items that will be display
492. orm BYTeorder Sets or queries the transmission byte order for waveform data in word format 5 233 that is 2 bytes or longer in length WAVeform END Sets or queries which point will be used as the last data value for the 5 233 waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe WAVeform FORMat Sets or queries the format of the waveform data to be sent 5 233 WAVeform LENGth Queries the total number of data points of the waveform data specified by 5 233 the WAVeform TRACe command WAVeform OFFSet Queries the offset value used to convert the waveform data specified by the 5 233 WAVeform TRACe command to physical values WAVeform POSition Queries the vertical position that is used to convert waveform data to voltage 5 233 when WAVeform FORMat is set to RBYTe WAVeform RANGe Queries the range used to convert the waveform data specified by the 5 233 WAVeform TRACe command to physical values WAVeform RECord Sets or queries the record number that WAVeform commands will be applied 5 233 to WAVeform RECord MINimum Queries the minimum record number of the source channel 5 234 WAVeform SEND Queries the waveform data specified by the WAVeform TRACe command 5 234 WAVeform SIGN Queries whether or not signs are included in the binary data of the source 5 234 waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe when the data is queried WAVeform SRATe Sample RATE WAVeform STARt Q
493. ors System error communication 100 to 199 200 to 299 300 to 399 400 to 499 399 Listed below Communication Syntax Errors 100 to 199 Code Message Corrective Action Page 100 Command error Check the spelling of the command Chapter 5 102 Syntax error A syntax error not covered by error codes 100 to 199 Chapters 4 and 5 103 Invalid separator Separate data values with a comma 4 1 104 Data type error Use the correct data type for each parameter 4 6 and 4 7 105 GET not allowed GET is not supported as a response to an interface 3 6 message 108 Parameter not allowed Check the number of data values 4 6 and chapter 5 109 Missing parameter Be sure to include all necessary data values 4 6 and chapter 5 111 Header separator error Use a comma to separate each header from its data 4 1 112 Program mnemonic too long Check the command length Chapter 5 113 Undefined header Check the header 4 4 and chapter 5 114 Header suffix out of range Check the header 4 4 and chapter 5 120 Numeric data error A value must be specified where the syntax contains 4 6 lt NRf gt 123 Exponent too large Where the syntax contains lt NR3 gt make the exponent 4 6 and that follows E smaller chapter 5 124 Too many digits Limit numeric values to 255 digits or less 4 6 and chapter 5 128 Numeric data not allowed Use a data type other than lt NRf gt 4 6 and chapter 5 131
494. oss SCALe lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss SCALe CENTer Function Sets or queries the level of the center position for manual scaling Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss SCALe CENTer NRf ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss SCALe CENTer lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS SCALE CENTER 1 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS SCALE CENTER gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS SCALE CENTER 1 00000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss SCALe MODE Function Sets or queries the scaling mode Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss SCALe MODE AUTO MANual ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss SCALe MODE lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS SCALE MODE AUTO ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS SCALE MODE ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS SCALE MODE AUTO ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss SCALe SENSitivity Function Sets or queries the sensitivity of the center position for manual scaling Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss SCALe SENSitivity lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss SCALe SENSitivity lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS SCALE SENSITIVITY 10 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS SCALE SENSITIVITY gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS SCALE SENSITIVITY 10 0000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss TRAN
495. ot set to 1 even if the output queue is not empty Bit 6 MSS of the status byte register is the MSS bit itself and is therefore ignored The default value is SRE 0 all bits disabled Aquery using SRE will not clear the contents of the service request enable register For information about the service request enable register see page 6 2 STB STatus Byte Function Queries the status byte register value Syntax STB Example STB gt 4 Descriptions A sum of the values of each bit is returned as a decimal value Because the register is read without executing serial polling bit 6 is an MSS bit not an ROS bit For example if a value of 4 is returned this indicates that the status byte register is set to 00000100 This means that the error queue is not empty in other words an error occurred Aquery using STB will not clear the contents of the status byte register For information about the status byte register See page 6 2 TST Function Performs a self test and queries the result The Self test consists of tests of each kind of internal memory Syntax TST Example TST gt 0 Description The DLM4000 returns 0 if the self test is successful and 1 if it is not IM DLM4038 17EN 5 245 spuewwog 5 39 Common Command Group WAI WAIt Function Holds the subsequent command until the completion of the specified overlap operation Syntax WAI Example WAI Descriptions For
496. otal number of data points of the FFT waveform that will be sent Syntax FFT lt x gt DATA LENGth lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 DATA LENGTH gt iFFT1 DATA LENGTH 6251 FFT lt x gt DATA SEND Function Queries the FFT waveform data Syntax FFT lt x gt DATA SEND lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 DATA SEND FFT1 DATA SEND 6 6 digit number of bytes data sequence or lt NRf gt lt NRf gt Description The output format of FFT x DATA SEND varies depending on the FFT x DATA FORMat setting 1 When set to ASCii the information is returned in this form lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 2 When set to BINARY the information is returned in block data format The data of each point is 4 bytes in length and block data can be converted to computed values through floating point conversion FFT lt x gt DATA STARt Function Sets or queries the start point of the FFT waveform data that will be sent Syntax FFT lt x gt DATA STARt lt NRf gt FFT lt x gt DATA STARt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 0 to 125000 Example FFT1 DATA START 0 gt FFT1 DATA START gt iFFT1 DATA START 0 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 83 spueululo2 5 12 FFT Group FFT x DISPlay Function Sets or queries whether or not FFT analysis will be performed Syntax FFT lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt FFT lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 DISPLAY ON FFT1 DISPLAY
497. p IDData IDENtifier ID HEXa lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA IDENTIFIER ID HEXA lE SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier ID MODE Function Sets or queries the ID enable disable condition for LIN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup DData IDENtifier ID MODE lt Boolean gt gt SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup DData IDENtifier ID MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA ENTIFIER ID MODE ON ENTIFIER ID MODE SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP DATA ID S D SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA D gt D ENTIFIER ID MODE 1 SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier ID PATTern Function Sets or queries the ID value for LIN bus signal searching in binary notation SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier PFORmat Function Sets or queries the ID input format for LIN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier PFORmat BINary HEXa SERialbus lt x gt LIN SEARch SETup DData IDENtifier PFORmat lt x gt 1 to 4 ERIALBU Example S1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA ENTIFIER PFORMAT BINARY S D SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA D gt D ENTIFIER PFORMAT SERIALBUS1 LIN SEARCH SETUP DATA ID
498. p COImimalid seii cor eee cce rita ttr eed prd z v aeu 4 8 P Page parameter search tree e ena paetos 5 103 acis p C 5 119 polygonal zone GO NO GO determination ien iion 5 97 RIED 5 104 power supply analysis 5 49 probe attenuation we 5 55 program messagge e epe htec pe Pot cert C iub 4 1 eror isie 5 126 pulse WIGS CAI CLis oeconomia totom a 5 139 pulse width trigger tie i eI ee maet 5 218 Q Page lllo e S 4 1 4 4 R Page RW address bit rette 5 157 5 211 Gal Pane lh io rendere tees 1 1 2 1 3 1 RECallGroUp uscito t ett edes 5 133 record length 5 47 record MUNMD SL gt rectangular zone GO NO GO cer erre air SEAGH i esent reference clock waveform d REFerence group ssssssssseseseseeee enne nennen reference waveform display ssessusss Remote and Local modes switching remote or local netter e t eret 5 72 PREN MH 3 6 FEOSPONSO T 4 5 response MESSAGE cuiii ed tr eaaa serta Edad 4 1 S safe operating area sample rate 2 Sampling ModE see cuoi ceci te canine Screen image loj eT aneu E Genii 5 94 tL I 5 107 SDG aseissitetemninun dioc attive icm m NER ID 3 6 search edge Seatcli uoc tcr ep eee esas pulse width search m state or state width search 0 0 eee cece eects 5 136 SEARCH group m ccs e eate tipo adiu aS Ead
499. play color 5 81 PODBS PODLState DISPlay FORMat Sets or queries the display format 5 81 DISPlay FGRid Sets or queries the on off status of the fine grid display 5 81 DISPlay GRATicule Sets or queries the graticule grid 5 81 DISPlay INTENsity Queries all intensity settings for the display items 5 81 DISPlay INTENsity WAVeform Sets or queries the waveform intensity 5 82 DISPlay INTENsity CURSor GRID Sets or queries the intensity of a display item 5 82 MARKer ZBOX DISPlay INTERpolate Sets or queries the interpolation method 5 82 DISPlay MAPPing Sets or queries the split screen waveform mapping mode 5 82 DISPlay SMAPping Queries all waveform mappings to the split screen 5 82 DISPlay SMAPping CHANnel lt x gt M Sets or queries the split screen mapping of a waveform 5 82 ATH lt x gt Set Mapping DISPlay SVALue Scale VALUE Sets or queries the on off status of the scale value display 5 82 FFT Group gt FFT lt x gt Queries all of the settings for the FFT analysis feature 5 83 FFT lt x gt AVERage Queries all FFT analysis averaging settings 5 83 FFT lt x gt AVERage EWEight Sets or queries the attenuation constant of exponential averaging in FFT 5 83 analysis FFT lt x gt DATA Queries all the information related to the FFT waveform data that will be 5 83 sent FFT lt x gt DATA BYTeorder Sets or queries the transmission byte order when the FFT waveform data 5 83 format is b
500. ple CHANNEL1 INVERT ON CHANNEL1 INVERT CHANNEL1 INVERT 1 CHANnel lt x gt LABel Function Queries all waveform label settings of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LABel lt x gt 1to8 9 CHANnel lt x gt LABel DEFine 3 Function Sets or queries the waveform label of a channel 3 Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LABel DEFine lt String gt a CHANnel x LABel DEFine v x 21t08 String Up to eight characters Example CHANNEL1 LABEL DEFINE CH1 CHANNEL1 LABEL DEFINE gt CHANNEL1 LABEL DEFINE CH1 Description You can only use the characters and symbols that appear on the DLM4000 soft keyboard CHANnel lt x gt LABel DISPlay Function Sets or queries the waveform label display on off status of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LABel DISPlay lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt LABel DISPlay lt x gt 1to8 Example CHANNEL1 LABEL DISPLAY ON CHANNEL1 LABEL DISPLAY CHANNEL1 LABEL DISPLAY 1 CHANnel x LSCale Function Queries all linear scaling settings of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale lt x gt 1to8 CHANnel x LSCale AVALue Function Sets or queries a scaling coefficient A value Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue lt x gt 1to8 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example CHANNEL1 LSCALE AVALUE 10 CHANNEL1 LSCALE AVALUE CHANNEL1 LSCALE AVALUE 10 0000E 00 IM DLM4038 17E
501. points as voltages 5 127 DPRoximal UNIT MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Sets or queries the high low point setting method 5 127 METHod MEASure CONTinuous Queries all settings for the normal statistical processing of automatically 5 127 measured waveform parameters MEASure CONTinuous RESTart Restarts the normal statistical processing of automatically measured 5 127 waveform parameters MEASure CONTinuous TLCHange Sets or queries whether normal statistical processing of automatically 5 127 Trigger Level Change measured waveform parameters is restarted when the trigger level is changed MEASure CYCLe Queries all cyclic statistical processing settings for automated measurement 5 127 MEASure CYCLe ABORt Aborts cyclic statistical processing for automated measurement 5 127 MEASure CYCLe EXECute Executes cyclic statistical processing for automated measurement 5 127 MEASure CYCLe TRACe Sets or queries the source waveform used in the cyclic statistical processing 5 128 for automated measurement MEASure HISTory ABORt Aborts statistical processing of automatically measured history waveforms 5 128 MEASure HISTory EXECute Executes statistical processing of automatically measured history waveforms 5 128 MEASure INDicator Sets or queries the measurement location indicator 5 128 MEASure MODE Sets or queries the on off statistical processing status of automated 5 128 measurement MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt Quer
502. r ATRigger Queries all data signal settings for user defined bus signal triggering 5 221 BTRigger SPATtern DATA TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data signal active state for user defined bus signal 5 222 BTRigger SPATtern DATA ACTive _ triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data signal for user defined bus signal triggering 5 222 BTRigger SPATtern DATA SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Sets the data conditions of the user defined bus trigger in hexadecimal 5 222 BTRigger SPATtern HEXa notation TRIGger ATRigger Queries all latch signal settings for user defined bus signal triggering 5 222 BTRigger SPATtern LATCh TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the latch signal polarity for user defined bus signal triggering 5 222 BTRigger SPATtern LATCh POLarity TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the latch signal for user defined bus signal triggering 5 222 BTRigger SPATtern LATCh SOURce TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data condition for user defined bus signal triggering in 5 222 BTRigger SPATtern PATTern binary notation TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the input format which is one of the data conditions for user 5 223 BTRigger SPATtern PFORmat defined bus signal triggering 5 40 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands
503. r ATRigger Sets or queries the general call s 7 bit master address for 1 C bus signal 5 211 BTRigger 2C GENeralcall triggering in binary notation BIT7Maddress PATTern TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the general call s second byte type for IC bus signal 5 211 BTRigger 2C GENeralcall SBYTe triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the on off status of the R W address bit in I C bus signal 5 211 BTRigger 2C INCLuder triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the trigger type for 1 C bus signal triggering 5 211 BTRigger 2C MODE TRIGger ATRigger Queries all NON ACK ignore mode settings for IC bus signal triggering 5 212 BTRigger 2C NONack TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in high speed mode 5 212 BTRigger 12C NONack HSMode for IC bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in read access 5 212 BTRigger 2C NONack READaccess mode for lC bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries whether or not NON ACK will be ignored in start bytes for I C 5 212 BTRigger 2C NONack STARtbyte _ bus signal triggering IM DLM4038 17EN 5 37 spueululo2 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the clock signal for 1 C bus
504. r TV FIELd DONTcare lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger TV FIELd lt NRf gt 1 2 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV FIELD 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV FIELD TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV FIELD 1 TRIGger ATRigger TV FRAMe Function Sets or queries the frame skip feature for TV triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV FRAMe lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger TV FRAMe lt NRf gt 1 2 4 8 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV FRAME 2 TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV FRAME gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV FRAME 2 TRIGger ATRigger TV HDTV NTSC PA L SDTV USERdefine Function Queries all TV trigger mode settings Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine TRIGger ATRigger TV HDTV NTSC PA L SDTV USERdefine LINE Function Sets or queries the line where TV triggering will be used Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine LINE lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine LINE lt NRf gt 2 to 2251 Example Below are examples for HDTV TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV HDTV LINE 2 GGER ATRIGGER TV HDTV LINE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER TV HDTV LINE 2 x x TRIGger ATRigger TV HDTV NTSC PA L SDTV USERdefine POLarity Function Sets or queries the TV trigger input polarity Syntax TRIGger ATRigger TV HDTV POLarity POSitive NEGative Gger ATRigger TV HDTV POLarity J po Example Below are examples for HDTV TRI
505. r 12C ADDRess DATA for IC bus signal triggering BMODe TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data comparison condition true or false for I C bus 5 210 BTRigger 2C ADDRess DATA signal triggering CONDition TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the specified number of data bytes for I2C bus signal 5 210 BTRigger 2C ADDRess DATA triggering DBYTe TRIGger ATRigger Sets the data for I C bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation 5 210 BTRigger 2C ADDRess DATA HEXa lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data condition enable disable mode for I C bus signal 5 210 BTRigger 2C ADDRess DATA MODE triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data value which is one of the data conditions for I C 5 211 BTRigger I2C ADDRess DATA bus signal triggering in binary notation PATTern lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data input format which is one of the data conditions for 5 211 BTRigger 12C ADDRess DATA IC bus signal triggering PFORmat TRIGger ATRigger Queries all general call settings for IC bus signal triggering 5 211 BTRigger 2C GENeralcall TRIGger ATRigger Queries all general call s 7 bit master address settings for IC bus signal 5 211 BTRigger I2C GENeralcall triggering BIT7Maddress TRIGger ATRigger Sets the general cal s 7 bit master address for I C bus signal triggering in 5 211 BTRigger 2C GENeralcall hexadecimal notation BIT7Maddress HEXa TRIGge
506. r RANGe Function Sets or queries the source window used when the DLM4000 prints to the built in printer in long copy mode HCOPy PRINter RANGe MAIN Z1 Z2 HCOPy PRINter RANGe Example HCOPY PRINTER RANGE MAIN HCOPY PRINTER RANGE HCOPY PRINTER RANGE MAIN Syntax Description This command can be used when the built in printer option is installed HCOPy PRINter REPort Function Sets or queries whether the DLM4000 will print additional information on the built in printer HCOPy PRINter REPort lt Boolean gt HCOPy PRINter REPort Example HCOPY PRINTER REPORT ON HCOPY PRINTER REPORT HCOPY PRINTER REPORT 1 Syntax Description This command can be used when the built in printer option is installed HCOPy PRINter TRANge Function Sets or queries the output range used when the DLM4000 prints to the built in printer in long copy mode HCOPy PRINter TRANge NRf NRf HCOPy PRINter TRANge lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 5 to 5 in steps of 10 divisions display record length HCOPY PRINTER TRANGE 5 HCOPY PRINTER TRANGE HCOPY PRINTER TRANGE 5 Syntax Example Description This command can be used when the built in printer option is installed IM DLM4038 17EN 5 101 spueululo2 5 16 HISTory Group HISTory Function Queries all of the settings for the history feature Syntax HISTory HISTory AVERage Function Sets or queries the highl
507. r queries the data endian setting for LIN bus signal triggering 5 214 BTRigger LIN IDData DATA ENDian TRIGger ATRigger Sets the data for LIN bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation 5 214 BTRigger LIN IDData DATA HEXa lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data enable disable condition for LIN bus signal 5 214 BTRigger LIN IDData DATA MODE triggering TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data MSB and LSB bits for LIN bus signal triggering 5 214 BTRigger LIN IDData DATA MSBLsb TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data value for LIN bus signal triggering in binary notation 5 214 BTRigger LIN IDData DATA PATTern lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the input format which is one of the data conditions for LIN 5 214 BTRigger LIN IDData DATA bus signal triggering PFORmat TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries whether signed or unsigned data format will be used which 5 214 BTRigger LIN IDData DATA SIGN isone ofthe data conditions for LIN bus signal triggering TRIGger ATRigger Queries all LIN bus signal trigger identifier settings 5 214 BTRigger LIN IDData DENtifier TRIGger ATRigger Queries all LIN bus signal trigger ID settings 5 215 BTRigger LIN IDData DENtifier ID TRIGger ATRigger Sets the ID for LIN bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation 5 215 BTRigger LIN IDData DENtifier ID HEXa TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID enable disable conditio
508. r queries the edge count of the reference waveform used to measure 5 126 AREA2 DELay the delay between the specified waveform and the reference waveform in the COUNt specified area CHANnel x MATH x Sets or queries the slope of the reference waveform used to measure the 5 126 AREA2 DELay delay between the specified waveform and the reference waveform in the SLOPe specified area CHANne1 lt x gt MATH lt x Sets or queries whether the reference point for measuring the delay between 5 126 AREA2 DELay channels of a waveform will be set to the trigger point or a waveform in the SOURce specified area CHANnel x MATH x Sets or queries the reference waveform edge used to measure the delay 5 126 gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay between the specified waveform and the reference waveform in the specified REFerence TRACe area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Queries all distal mesial and proximal settings 5 126 DPRoximal MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal point mode setting 5 127 DPRoximal MODE IM DLM4038 17EN 5 17 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal points as percentages 5 127 DPRoximal PERCent MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal
509. r queries the on off status of the auto naming feature for saving files IMAGe SAVE ANAMing DATE DATE2 NUMBering OFF IMAGe SAVE ANAMing IMAGE SAVE ANAMING DATE IMAGE SAVE ANAMING IMAGE SAVE ANAMING DATE IMAGe SAVE CDIRectory Function Syntax Example IMAGe SAVE DRIVe Function Syntax Example Changes the file directory IMAGe SAVE CDIRectory lt String gt lt String gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information IMAGE SAVE CDIRECTORY ABC spuewwog Sets the medium to create files on IMAGe SAVE DRIVe FLAShmem NETWork USB NRf lt NRf gt 0 to 3 IMAGE SAVE DRIVE FLASHMEM Description You can omit the NRf for USB if the drive is not partitioned or is not divided into LUNs IMAGe SAVE NAME Function Sets or queries the file name for the file that will be created Syntax IMAGe SAVE NAME lt String gt IMAGe SAVE NAME Example IMAGE SAVE NAME DISP 1 IMAGE SAVE NAME IMAGE SAVE NAME DISP 1 IMAGe SEND Function Queries the screen image data value Syntax IMAGe SEND Example IMAGE SEND gt IMAGE SEND 8 number of bytes 8 digits data byte sequence block data Description For details on block data see page 4 7 IMAGe TONE Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the color tone of the screen image data that will be saved IMAGe TONE COLor GRAY OFF REVerse IMAG
510. r will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODB HYSTeresis Function Sets or queries the hysteresis of logic input port B Syntax LOGic PODB HYSTeresis HIGH LOW LOGic PODB HYSTeresis Example LOGIC PODB HYSTERESIS HIGH LOGIC PODB HYSTERESIS LOGIC PODB HYSTERESIS HIGH Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODL Function Queries all settings of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL LOGic PODL ALL Function Queries all bit settings of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL ALL LOGic PODL ALL DISPlay Function Turns on or off all bit displays of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL ALL DISPlay lt Boolean gt Example LOGIC PODL ALL DISPLAY ON LOGic PODL ALL LEVel Function Sets or queries the user defined threshold level logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL ALL LEVel lt Voltage gt LOGic PODL ALL LEVel Voltage 10 to 10V in 0 1 V steps Example LOGIC PODL ALL LEVEL 1 LOGIC PODL ALL LEVEL gt LOGIC PODL ALL LEVEL 1 000E 00 LOGic PODL ALL TYPE Function Sets or queries the threshold level of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL ALL TYPE CMOS1 CMOS2 CMOS3 CMOS5 ECL USERdefine LOGic PODL ALL TYPE Example LOGIC PODL ALL TYPE CMOS1 LOGIC PODL ALL TYPE gt LOGIC PODL ALL TYPE CMOS1 5 114 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 19 LOGic Group LOGic PODL BIT lt
511. r wire for SPI 5 175 SETup MODE bus signal analysis SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Sets or queries the data MSB and LSB bits for SPI bus signal analysis 5 175 SETup MSBLsb SERialbuscx SPI DETail Queries all SPI bus signal analysis result list settings 5 175 SERialbus lt x gt SPI DETail Sets or queries the display mode for the SPI bus signal analysis result list 5 175 DISPlay SERialbus lt x gt SPI DETail LIST Queries all items that will be displayed in the SPI bus signal analysis result 5 175 ITEM list SERialbus lt x gt SPI DETail LIST Queries the automatically measured values for the specified analysis number 5 175 VALue in the SPI bus signal analysis result list SERialbus lt x gt SP1I SEARch Queries all SPI bus signal search settings 5 175 SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch ABORt X Aborts the SPI bus signal search 5 175 SERialbus lt x gt SP1I SEARch Executes a SPI bus signal search 5 175 EXECute SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SELect Sets which detected point to display in the SPI bus signal search zoom 5 176 window and queries the zoom position of the detected point SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SELect Queries the number of detected points in the SPI bus signal search 5 176 MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup Queries all SPI bus signal search condition settings 5 176 SERialbus lt x gt SP1I SEARch Queries all SPI bus signal search data settings 5 176 SETup DATA lt y gt
512. ra 5 108 input coupliriQ eoe ce Ras ER 5 67 HD UNE TNE m te 5 67 integration 5 119 5 240 n EI ERU 5 81 Inu 5 47 interpolation method 5 82 IDEE ccce rores 5 67 J Page JOUIS integral 2 2 IIa oe UR qe nep debeas 5 52 L Page LIN bus signal analysis analysis resultist iens 5 163 bit rate m saimple polnf cii re testes 5 163 cU m 5 163 LIN bus signal search LIN bus signal trigger linear scaling BPo local loCckOUl 1 222 0 noti ceto here ri LOGIC group logic input waveform M Page INMAGIC AOI tt 5 242 marker cursor TOF eie E E Senece tete sen had ee es tosarer bee eda enb Rupee yes tento 5 76 marker cursor 5 76 Source waveform 5 78 Minna UTR 5 77 Vertical Value co thiet e c e aa 5 77 MATOU D s fot testa ie LAT 5 118 MEASure group 5 123 measurement source window we 9 131 MESIA 3 2 roter a Tee tau ete Moves ere usua dos INGSSAGS sss rentre d n aer e Rs message language MOVING average uoce coerente EEE N Page NetWork printer aieo e De t mee n xs 5 100 NO GO ACON assasin a nr ts 5 94 Index 2 IM DLM4038 17EN ONS o need 5 68 ofset CANCEL M 5 189 operator output queue overlap overla
513. rameter gt VALue MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt Copies the on off status of all measurement items of a logic waveform to all 5 129 x gt AREA1 AREA2 COPY other waveforms in the specified area MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt Queries all of the settings for measuring the delay between channels of a 5 129 x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay logic waveform in the specified area MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt POD Queries all of the settings for measuring the delay between channels of a 5 130 L lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay logic waveform in the specified area MEASure MEASure PODA x PODB x POD Sets or queries the count number of a source waveform for measuring the 5 130 L lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay delay between channels of a logic waveform in the specified area MEASure COUNt MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB x POD Sets or queries the slope of a source waveform for measuring the delay 5 130 L lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay between channels of a logic waveform in the specified area MEASure SLOPe MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt POD Queries all reference waveform settings used to measure the delay between 5 130 L lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay REFerence the specified logic waveform and the reference waveform in the specified area MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt POD L lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay
514. re is data to be transmitted in response to a query For details see page 6 6 Bit 5 ESB Event Summary Bit This bit is set to 1 when the logical AND of the standard event register and its corresponding event register is 1 In other words this bit is set to 1 when a certain event takes place inside the DLM4000 For details see page 6 4 Bit 6 RQS Request Service MSS Master Status Summary This bit is set to 1 when the logical AND of the status byte excluding bit 6 and the service request enable register is 1 In other words this bit is set to 1 when the DLM4000 is requesting service from the controller RQS is set to 1 when the MSS bit changes from 0 to 1 and is cleared when serial polling is carried out or when the MSS bit changes to O Bit Masking To mask a bit in the status byte so that it does not trigger an SRQ set the corresponding bit of the service request enable register to zero For example to mask bit 2 EAV so that service is not requested when an error occurs set bit 2 of the service request enable register to O Do this using the SRE command To query whether each bit of the service request enable register is 1 or 0 use SRE For details on the SRE command see chapter 5 Status Byte Operation A service request is issued when bit 6 in the status byte becomes 1 Bit 6 is set to 1 when any other bit is 1 when the corresponding bit of the service request enable register is also set to 1 For
515. re lt Parameter gt STATe lt x gt 1to2 Parameter P PABS PN PP WH WHABs WHN WHP Z Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MEASURE P STATE ON ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MEASURE P STATE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MEASURE P STATE 1 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure lt Parameter gt VALue Function Queries an automatically measured value of a power supply analysis parameter Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SWLoss MEASure lt Parameter gt VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt 1to2 Parameter P PABS PN PP WH WHABs WHN WHP Z lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MEASURE P VALUE gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SWLOSS MEASURE P VALUE 10 0000E 03 Descriptions If the value is immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number e The lt NRf gt is used to specify which iteration of automated measurement to query the measured value from If lt NRf gt is set to 1 the oldest measured value in the automated measurement memory is queried Ifa measured value does not exist at the specified iteration the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number If lt NRf gt is omitted the most recent measured value is queried If cyclic statistical processing for automated measurement is being executed and lt NRf gt is specified the measured values over a cycle in iteration NRf from the left of the display on the displayed waveform is querie
516. register are read using the ESR command A CLS command is received The DLM4000 is turned off and then back on 6 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 6 4 Extended Event Register The extended event register receives information about changes in the condition register which indicates the DLM4000 s internal condition The information is the result of edge detection performed by the transition filter FlITeroac 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Condition register 15 14 13 12 14 10 STATus CONDition e co o a A N e 0 AN 0 NSG SCH NGO 0 HST MES ACS PRN TST CAL TRG CUR RUN o lt on co E o 5 AR w N Transition filter 15 14 13 2 1 STATus FILTer lt x gt RISE FALL BOTH NEVer X X Extended event register STATus EESR The condition register bits are described below Bit 0 RUN Running This bit is set to 1 when waveform acquisition is in progress Bit 1 CUR Cursor This bit is set to 1 when cursor measurement is in progress Bit 2 TRG Awaiting trigger This bit is set to 1 when the DLM4000 is waiting for a trigger Bit 3 CAL Calibration This bit is set to 1 when calibration is in progress Bit 4 TST Testing This bit is set to 1 when a self test is in progress
517. rence lt x gt POSition Sets or queries the vertical position of a reference waveform 5 134 SEARch Group SEARCh Queries all waveform search settings 5 135 SEARch ABORt Aborts searching 5 135 SEARch ASCRoll x Queries all auto scroll settings 5 135 SEARch ASCRo11 lt x gt JUMP Moves the center position of a zoom box to the left or right edge of the main 5 135 window SEARch ASCRo11 lt x gt SPEed Sets or queries the auto scroll speed of a zoom box 5 135 SEARch ASCRol11 lt x gt STARt Starts auto scrolling 5 135 SEARch ASCRo11 lt x gt STOP Stops auto scrolling 5 135 SEARCh EDGE Queries all edge search settings 5 135 SEARCh EDGE HYSTeresis Sets or queries the edge search level hysteresis 5 135 SEARCh EDGE LEVel Sets or queries the edge search level 5 135 SEARCh EDGE SLOPe Sets or queries the edge search slope 5 135 SEARCh EDGE SOURce Sets or queries the edge search source waveform 5 136 SEARCh EPOint Sets or queries search end point 5 136 SEARch EXECute Executes searching This is an overlap command 5 136 SEARCh MAR Sets or queries the on off status of detection point marks 5 136 SEARCh MAG x Sets or queries the zoom factor of a zoom window 5 136 SEARch POSition lt x gt Sets or queries the position of a zoom box 5 136 SEARch PPATtern Queries all state or state width search settings 5 136 SEARch PPATtern
518. rence value which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA HEXa lt y gt lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to8 lt String gt Two characters each representing a byte Each character can be X or a hexadecimal value from 0 to F Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA HEXA1 1F SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA MODE Function Sets or queries the data enable disable condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA MODE Boolean SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA DATA MODE ON SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA DATA MODE gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA DATA MODE 1 Gl spuewwog c SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA MSBLsb Function Sets or queries the MSB and LSB bits for the data which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA MSBLsb NRf NRf SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData DATA MSBLsb lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 63
519. ress lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress HEXa Function Sets the 7 bit address for IC bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress HEXa lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7ADDRESS HEXA 5C SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress PATTern Function Sets or queries the 7 bit address for I C bus signal searching in binary notation Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress PATTern lt String gt SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7ADdress PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11100110 SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN gt SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP ADDRESS ADDRESS BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11100110 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub Function Queries all 7 bit sub address settings for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup ADDRess ADDRess BIT7APsub ADDRess Function Queries all 7 bit address settings for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal searchin
520. ring NDIcator SYFRame TRIGger ATRigger Queries all OR condition settings for FlexRay bus signal triggering 5 206 BTRigger FLEXray IDOR TRIGger ATRigger Queries all the settings of the frame IDs which are OR conditions for 5 206 BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID x FlexRay bus signal triggering IM DLM4038 17EN 5 35 spueululo2 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ATRigger Queries the cycle count setting for the frame IDs for FlexRay bus signal 5 206 BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID x triggering this is one of the OR conditions CCOunt TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the comparison condition for the cycle counts of the frame 5 206 BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt IDs for FlexRay bus signal triggering this is one of the OR conditions CCOunt CONDition TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the reference value for the cycle counts of the frame IDs for 5 206 BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID lt x gt FlexRay bus signal triggering this is one of the OR conditions CCOunt COUNt y TRIGger ATRigger Queries all the ID conditions of the frame IDs for FlexRay bus signal 5 206 BTRigger FLEXray IDOR ID x triggering this is one of the OR conditions FID TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the ID comparison condition of the
521. rn recen 5 66 CAN bus signal analysis analysis result list teretes toes DIB GALS T E recessive level ntn porem entes Sample PONE cc roc tid aca aaa CAN bus signal search m CAN bus signal trigger CHANnel Group encierra channels display on off status 5 67 character data 4 7 character notations nin reet em e eren iv CB an QNOUP MET 5 70 5 71 clears Ird688 ioo oeconomia C IURE 5 71 click sound reu 4 3 common command group suus co ta tcc uate 5 244 Comimon comrmands scie ten ttp ince rp renes 4 3 COMMunicate group iene cett cnc cetera Reds 5 72 computation unit computed waveform display 5 118 conditiori rGgister ien cii teen eterne 5 185 6 5 current probe zero calibration esseusssss 5 68 cursor angle GUISOE eane testet esstus et eines sum Enn ec EISE 5 74 marker CUESOE si nannaa don RED sem d REE 5 76 PAV CONS OM TP 5 78 AV cursor 5 76 CURSor group 5 74 cursor measurement 5 74 cutoff MEQUON CY eee eate eni eis e Ser DER 5 118 cycle mode ssssssssssssssseeeenene eterne ntn nnne nne 5 125 cyclic statistical processing 5 127 D Dc data transfer rate date time erc err re be trier err ri ons DOL ut deadlock deskew detected POU s diio o teat n tet ete ua Rr prn 5 138 detection POE mmatk sees o
522. rogram message units Each unit corresponds to one command The DLM4000 executes the commands in the order that they are received Separate each program message unit with a semicolon For details on the program message syntax see the next section Example ACQuire MODE NORMal HRMode 1 PMT Unit Unit PMT lt PMT gt is a program message terminator The following three terminators are available NL new line Same as LF line feed ASCII code OAH EOM The END message as defined by USBTMC The data byte that is sent with the END message is the last data byte of the program message NL with an END message attached NL is not included in the program message NL Ei o E Program Message Unit Syntax The program message unit syntax is as follows 1p Program data Program header ai Space lt Program Header gt The program header indicates the command type For details see page 4 3 lt Program Data gt Attach program data if there are conditions that are required to execute a command Separate the program data from the header with a space ASCII code 20H If there are multiple data values separate each data value with a comma For details see page 4 5 Example ACQuire MODE NORMAT PMT gt Header Data Response Message The response message syntax is as follows gs Response message unit Jh lt RMT gt lt Response Me
523. ror will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported 5 112 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 19 LOGic Group LOGic PODA PODB STATe HYSTeresis Function Sets or queries the hysteresis of the state display reference clock waveform of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB STATe HYSTeresis lt NRf gt LOGic PODA PODB STATe HYSTeresis lt NRf gt 0 to 4div in 0 1 div steps Example LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE HYSTERESIS 0 LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE HYSTERESIS gt LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE HYSTERESIS 0 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB STATe MODE Function Sets or queries the state display on off status of a bus of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB STATe MODE lt Boolean gt LOGic PODA PODB STATe MODE Example LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE MODE ON LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE MODE gt LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE MODE 1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB STATe POLarity Function Sets or queries the polarity of the state display reference clock waveform of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB STATe POLarity RISE FALL BOTH LOGic PODA PODB STATe POLarity Example LOGIC PODA_PODB STATE POLARITY RISE LOGIC PODA PODB STATE POLARITY gt iLOGIC PODA PODB STATE POLARITY RISE Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported
524. rted UJ LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 DISPlay Function Sets or queries the display on off status of a bus of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 DISPlay Boolean LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 DISPlay Example LOGIC PODA PODB BUS2 DISPLAY ON LOGIC PODA PODB BUS2 DISPLAY gt LOGIC PODA_PODB BUS2 DISPLAY 1 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 FORMat Function Sets or queries the display format bus display of a bus of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 FORMat HEX BINary LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 FORMat Example LOGIC PODA PODB BUS2 FORMAT HEX LOGIC PODA PODB BUS2 FORMAT gt iLOGIC PODA PODB BUS2 FORMAT HEX Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported 5 110 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 19 LOGic Group LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 LABel Function Sets or queries the label of a bus of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 LABel lt String gt LOGic PODA PODB BUS2 LABel String Up to 8 characters LOGIC PODA PODB BUS2 LABEL ABC LOGIC PODA PODB BUS2 LABEL gt LOGIC PODA_PODB BUS2 LABEL ABC Example B B Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA_PODB BUS3 Function Queries all bus settings of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 Example LOG
525. rtical position of the rectangle that will be used for rectangular zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle VERTical lt NRf gt lt NRf gt HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt RECTangle VERTical lt x gt 1 to 4 NRf gt 4 to 4 divisions Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 RECTANGLE VERTICAL 1 2 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 RECTANGLE ERTICAL A lt gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 RECTANGLE VERTICAL 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE Function Queries all waveform zone search settings Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE x 1 to 4 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE RANGe Function Sets or queries the source window that will be used for waveform zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE RANGe MAIN 2Z1 22 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE RANGe 1 to4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 WAVE RANGE MAIN HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 WAVE RANGE gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBERI WAVE RANGE MAIN x HISTory SEARCh NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform that will be used for waveform zone searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRACe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1to4 Example HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1
526. s Example SEARCH SKIP HOLDOFF 0S SEARCH SKIP HOLDOFF SEARCH SKIP HOLDOFF 0 000E 00 SEARCh SKIP MODE Function Sets or queries the skip mode Syntax SEARCh SKIP MODE DECimation HOLDoff OFF SEARCh SKIP MODE Example SEARCH SKIP MODE DECIMATION SEARCH SKIP MODE SEARCH SKIP MODE DECIMATION Description This command is valid only when SEARch TYPE is set to EDGE or PWIDth SEARch SPOint Function Sets or queries search start point Syntax SEARCh SPOint lt NRf gt SEARch SPOint lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example SEARCH SPOINT 1 SEARCH SPOINT gt SEARCH SPOINT 1 000E 00 SEARch TWINdow Function Sets or queries which window will display the detected points Syntax SEARch TWINdow 21 22 SEARCh TWINdow Example SEARCH TWINDOW Z1 SEARCH TWINDOW SEARCH TWINDOW Z1 SEARCh TYPE Function Sets or queries search type Syntax SEARCh TYPE EDGE QUALify PWIDth STATe SWIDth SEARCh TYPE Example SEARCH TYPE EDGE SEARCH TYPE gt SEARCH TYPE EDGE SEARch WIDTh Function Queries all pulse width search settings Syntax SEARch WIDTh SEARch WIDTh HYSTeresis Function Sets or queries the pulse width search level hysteresis Syntax SEARCh WIDTh HYSTeresis lt NRf gt SEARCh WIDTh HYSTeresis lt NRf gt 0 3 to 4 divisions in 0 1 steps Example SEARCH WIDTH HYSTERESIS 1 SE
527. s all clock signal settings for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CLOCk TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CLOCk POLarity Function Sets or queries the clock signal polarity for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CLOCk POLarity Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CLOCK POLARITY gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CLOCk SOURce Function Sets or queries the clock signal for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 8 PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt lt x gt of PODL lt x gt 0 to 7 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER SPI CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CS Function Queries all chip select signal settings for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI Ce TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CS ACTive Function Sets or queries the chip select signal active state for SPI bus signal triggering Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger SPI CS
528. s all font size settings Syntax SYSTem FSIZe SYSTem FSIZe MEASure Function Sets or queries the font size that is used to display the automatically measured waveform parameters and the cursor measurement values Syntax SYSTem FSIZe MEASure LARGe SMAL1 SYSTem FSIZe MEASure Example SYSTEM FSIZE MEASURE LARGE SYSTEM FSIZE MEASURE SYSTEM FSIZE MEASURE LARGE 5 188 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 32 SYSTem Group SYSTem LANGuage Function Sets or queries the message language Syntax SYSTem LANGuage CHINese ENGLish FRENch GERMan ITALian JAPANese KORean RUSSian SPANish SYSTem LANGuage Example SYSTEM LANGUAGE JAPANESE SYSTEM LANGUAGE SYSTEM LANGUAGE JAPANESE SYSTem LCD Function Queries all LCD settings Syntax SYSTem LCD SYSTem LCD AUTO Function Queries all of the settings for the feature that automatically turns off the LCD backlight Syntax SYSTem LCD AUTO Example SYSTEM LCD AUTO SYSTEM LCD AUTO SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE Function Sets or queries the on off status of the feature that automatically turns off the LCD backlight Syntax SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE lt Boolean gt SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE Example SYSTEM LCD AUTO MODE ON SYSTEM LCD AUTO MODE SYSTEM LCD AUTO MODE 1 SYSTem LCD AUTO TIME Function Sets or queries the amount of time until the LCD backlight is turned off Syntax SYSTem LCD AUTO TIME lt NRf gt SYSTem LCD AUT
529. s an alphanumeric character string When Concatenating Commands Command Groups A command group is a group of commands that have common compound headers arranged in a hierarchy A command group may contain sub groups Example Group of commands related to acquisition ACQuire AVERage COUNt ACQuire MODE ACQuire AVERage EWEight ACQuire REPetitive ACQuire RLENgth ACQuire INTERLeave When Concatenating Commands of the Same Group The DLM4000 stores the hierarchical level of the command that is currently being executed and processes the next command on the assumption that it belongs to the same level Therefore the common header section can be omitted for commands that belong to the same group Example ACQuire MODE NORMal INTERLeave 1 lt PMT gt M9IAJ9AQ BuruueJ60Jd gt When Concatenating Commands of Different Groups If the subsequent command does not belong to the same group place a colon in front of the header cannot be omitted Example ACQuire MODE NORMal DISPlay FORMat SINGle lt PMT gt When Concatenating Simple Headers If a simple header follows another command place a colon in front of the simple header cannot be omitted Example ACQuire MODE NORMal STARt lt PMT gt When Concatenating Common Commands Common commands that are defined in the USBTMC USB488 are independent of hierarchy There is no need to use a colon Example ACQuire MODE NORMal CLS INTERLeave 1 lt PM
530. s item for parameter determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter ITEM lt Parameter gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter ITEM lt x gt 1 to 4 Parameter AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ V1 V2 Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 PARAMETER ITEM AVERAGE GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 PARAMETER ITEM gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 PARAMETER ITEM AVERAGE GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter LIMit Function Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s upper and lower limits for parameter determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter LIMit lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter LIMit lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 PARAMETER LIMIT 0 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 PARAMETER LIMIT gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 PARAMETER LIMIT 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter TRACe Function Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s source waveform for parameter determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt PARameter TRACe lt NRf
531. s of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt x 21108 CHANnel lt x gt BWIDth Function Sets or queries the input filter setting of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt BWIDth FULL lt Frequency gt CHANnel lt x gt BWIDth lt x gt 1to8 lt Frequency gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example CHANNEL1 BWIDTH FULL CHANNEL1 BWIDTH CHANNEL1 BWIDTH FULL CHANnel x COUPling Function Sets or queries the input coupling setting of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt COUPling AC DC DC50 GND CHANnel x COUPling lt x gt 1to8 Example CHANNEL1 COUPLING AC CHANNEL COUPLING gt CHANNEL1 COUPLING AC CHANnel lt x gt DESKew Function Sets or queries the deskew setting of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt DESKew lt Time gt CHANnel lt x gt DESKew lt x gt 1to8 Time 100 0 ns to 100 0 ns Example CHANNEL1 DESKEW 1NS CHANNEL1 DESKEW CHANNEL1 DESKEW 1 00E 09 CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay Function Sets or queries the display on off status of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay x 21108 Example CHANNELI DISPLAY ON CHANNEL1 DISPLAY gt CHANNEL1 DISPLAY 1 CHANnel lt x gt INVert Function Sets or queries the on off status of invert mode which inverts the waveform display Syntax CHANnel lt x gt INVert lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt INVert lt x gt 1to8 Exam
532. s on how to use them PDF files of all the manuals above are included in the accompanying manual CD The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice as a result of continuing improvements to the instrument s performance and functionality The figures given in this manual may differ from those that actually appear on your screen Every effort has been made in the preparation of this manual to ensure the accuracy of its contents However should you have any questions or find any errors please contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer Copying or reproducing all or any part of the contents of this manual without the permission of YOKOGAWA is strictly prohibited The TCP IP software of this product and the documents concerning it have been developed created by YOKOGAWA based on the BSD Networking Software Release 1 that has been licensed from the Regents of the University of California 2nd Edition June 2013 YMI All Rights Reserved Copyright 2012 Yokogawa Meters amp Instruments Corporation IM DLM4038 17EN About the USB Interface and Ethernet Interface To use the USB communication features your PC must have the following DLM Series Library TMCTL USB device driver for connecting the DLM4000 series to the PC To use the Ethernet communication features your PC must have the following DLM Series Library TMCTL To download the libraries and drivers listed above go to the following webs
533. s or queries the attenuation constant of exponential averaging in FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt AVERage EWEight lt NRf gt FFT lt x gt AVERage EWEight lt x gt 1 to2 lt NRf gt 2 to 1024 in 2n steps Example FFT1 AVERAGE EWEIGHT 2 FFT1 AVERAGE EWEIGHT gt i FFT1 AVERAGE EWEIGHT 2 FFT lt x gt DATA Function Queries all the information related to the FFT waveform data that will be sent Syntax FFT lt x gt DATA lt x gt 1to2 FFT lt x gt DATA BYTeorder Function Sets or queries the transmission byte order when the FFT waveform data format is binary Syntax FFT lt x gt DATA BYTeorder LSBFirst MSBFirst gt FFT lt x gt DATA BYTeorder x 21102 Example FFT1 DATA BYTEORDER LSBFIRST FFT1 DATA BYTEORDER gt FFT1 DATA BYTEORDER LSBFIRST FFT lt x gt DATA END Function Sets or queries the end point of the FFT waveform data that will be sent Syntax FFT lt x gt DATA END lt NRf gt FFT lt x gt DATA END lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 0 to 125000 Example FFT1 DATA END 125000 DFFT1 DATA END gt iFFT1 DATA END 125000 FFT x DATA FORMat Function Sets or queries the format of the FFT waveform data that will be sent Syntax gt FFT lt x gt DATA FORMat ASCii BINary gt FFT lt x gt DATA FORMat lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 DATA FORMAT ASCII gt FFT1 DATA FORMAT gt FFT1 DATA FORMAT ASCII FFT lt x gt DATA LENGth Function Queries the t
534. s signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup SPOint lt NRf gt SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup SPOint lt x gt 1to4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT 5 SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT 5 0000000E 00 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch Function Queries all user defined bus signal search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch ABORt Function Aborts the user defined bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch ABORt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH ABORT IM DLM4038 17EN 5 171 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus x SPATtern SEARCh EXECute Function Executes a user defined bus signal search Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch EXECute lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH EXECUTE SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SELect Function Sets which detected point to display in the user defined bus signal search zoom window and queries the zoom position of the detected point Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SELect lt NRf gt MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern SEARch SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 49999 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN SEARCH SELECT 1 SERIALBUS1
535. settings for level measurement between marker cursors for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DV lt x gt 1to2 FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DV STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the level measured between marker cursors for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DV STATe lt Boolean gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DV STATE lt x gt 1to2 FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DV STATE ON FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DV STATE gt FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DV STATE 1 Example FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DV VALue Function Queries the level between marker cursors for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DV VALue lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DV VALUE gt FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DV VALUE 1 000E 00 FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic FREQuency lt y gt Function Queries all of the settings for frequency measurement of a marker cursor for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic FREQuency lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic FREQuency lt y gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the frequency of marker cursor for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic REQuency lt y gt STATe lt Boolean gt FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic REQuency lt y gt STATe
536. signal s display size of logic input ports A and B 5 112 LOGic PODA PODB STATe Queries all state display settings of logic input ports A and B 5 112 LOGic PODA PODB STATe Queries state display assignments of logic input ports A and B 5 112 ASSignment ASSignment ALL LOGic PODA PODB STATe Sets the state display assignments of all bits of logic input ports A and B 5 112 ASSignment lt x gt BIT LOGic PODA PODB STATe Sets or queries the display assignments of all bits of logic input ports A and B 5 112 ASSignment BUS2 LOGic PODA PODB STATe Sets or queries the state display assignment bus setting of logic input ports A 5 112 ASSignment BUS3 LOGic PODA PODB STATe LOGic PODA PODB STATe CLOCk and B Sets or queries the state display assignment bus setting of logic input ports A 5 112 and B Sets or queries the state display reference clock waveform of logic input 5 112 ports A and B HYSTeresis LOGic PODA PODB STATe Sets or queries the hysteresis of the state display reference clock waveform 5 113 of logic input ports A and B LOGic PODA PODB STATe MODE Sets or queries the state display on off status of a bus of logic input ports A 5 113 and B LOGic PODA PODB STATe POLarity Sets or queries the polarity of the state display reference clock waveform of 5 113 logic input ports A and B LOGic PODA PODB STATe Sets or queries the detection level o
537. signal triggering 5 212 BTRigger 12C SCL TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data signal for 1 C bus signal triggering 5 212 BTRigger I2C SDA TRIGger ATRigger Queries all LIN bus signal trigger settings 5 212 BTRigger LIN TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger break length 5 212 BTRigger LIN BLENgth TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate 5 213 BTRigger LIN BRATe TRIGger ATRigger Queries all LIN bus signal trigger error settings 5 213 BTRigger LIN ERRor TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger parity error setting 5 213 BTRigger LIN ERRor PARity TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the LIN bus signal trigger synch error setting 5 213 BTRigger LIN ERRor SYNCh TRIGger ATRigger Queries all ID and data settings for LIN bus signal triggering 5 213 BTRigger LIN IDData TRIGger ATRigger Queries all LIN bus signal trigger data settings 5 213 BTRigger LIN IDData DATA TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the data conditions for LIN bus signal triggering 5 213 BTRigger LIN IDData DATA CONDition TRIGger ATRigger Sets or queries the number of data bytes for LIN bus signal triggering 5 213 BTRigger LIN IDData DATA DBYTe TRIGger ATRigger Sets the data for LIN bus signal triggering in decimal notation 5 213 BTRigger LIN IDData DATA DECimal x TRIGger ATRigger Sets o
538. sors CURSor TY DEGRee DV VALue Queries the V value which is measured between the angle cursors 5 74 CURSor TY DEGRee JUMP Makes an angle cursor in the T Y display jump to the specified zoom 5 74 waveform CURSor TY DEGRee POSition x Sets or queries the position of an angle cursor 5 75 CURSor TY DEGRee Sets or queries the position of the angle reference start point Reference1 5 75 REFerence lt x gt or the angle reference end point Reference2 CURSor TY DEGRee RVALue Sets or queries the reference angle 5 75 CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe Sets or queries the source waveform that you want to measure using the 5 75 angle cursors CURSor TY DEGRee UNIT Sets or queries the unit of angle cursor measurement 5 75 CURSor TY DEGRee V lt x gt Queries all angle cursor voltage settings 5 75 CURSor TY DEGRee V lt x gt STATe Sets or queries the on off status of an angle cursor voltage 5 75 5 6 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page CURSor TY DEGRee V lt x gt VALue Queries the vertical value of the angle cursor 5 75 CURSor TY HORizontal Queries all AV cursor settings 5 76 CURSor TY HORizontal ALL Collectively turns on or off the measured values of the AV cursor on the T Y 5 76 display C
539. splay lt Boolean gt FFT lt x gt VTDisplay lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 VTDISPLAY ON Oo FFT1 VTDISPLAY 3 gt FFT1 VTDISPLAY 1 3 a FFT lt x gt WINDow x Function Sets or queries the window Function for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt WINDow FLATtop HANNing RECTangle FFT lt x gt WINDow lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1L WINDOW FLATTOP gt FFT1 WINDOW gt FFT1L WINDOW FLATTOP IM DLM4038 17EN 5 89 5 13 FILE Group FILE Function Queries all settings for the specified medium Syntax gt FILE FILE COPY ABORt Function Aborts file copying Syntax FILE COPY ABORt Example FILE COPY ABORT FILE COPY CDIRectory Function Changes the file copy destination directory Syntax FILE COPY CDIRectory lt String gt lt String gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example FILE COPY CDIRECTORY UTIL relative path designation FILE COPY DRIVe Function Sets the file copy source medium Syntax FILE COPY DRIVe FLAShmem NETWork USB lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 0 to 3 Example FILE COPY DRIVE FLASHMEM Description You can omit the lt NRf gt for USB if the drive is not partitioned or is not divided into LUNs FILE COPY EXECute Function Executes file copying This is an overlap command Syntax FILE COPY EXECute lt String gt lt String gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example FILE COPY EXECUTE DATA
540. ssage Unit gt A response message consists of one or more response message units each response message unit corresponds to one response Separate each response message unit with a semicolon For details on the response message syntax see the next page Example ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL HRMode 1 lt RMT gt Unit Unit lt RMT gt RMT stands for response message terminator The response message terminator is NL EOM IM DLM4038 17EN M9IAJ9AQ BuruueJ80Jd 4 1 Messages Response Message Unit Syntax The response message unit syntax is as follows BE Response header Space Response Header A response header sometimes precedes the response data A space separates the data from the header For details see page 4 4 Response Data Response data contains the content of the response If there are multiple data values each data value is separated by a comma For details see page 4 5 Example 1 25E 02 RMT ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL lt RMT gt Ne Data Header Data If there are multiple queries in a program message responses are returned in the same order that the queries were received in The DLM4000 returns a single response message unit to most queries but there are queries that the DLM4000 returns multiple units to The first response message unit always corresponds to the first query but the n response unit
541. surement Measure TRANge2 sets or queries the time range of Area2 for two area measurement MEASure USER lt x gt Function Queries all automatic measurement settings for a Calc item Syntax MEASure USER x x 1 to 4 MEASure USER x COUNt Function Queries the statistical processing count of the automatically measured value of a Calc item Syntax MEASure USER lt x gt COUNt lt x gt 1to4 Example MEASURE USER1 COUNT MEASURE USER1 COUNT 100 MEASure USER lt x gt DEFine Function Sets or queries the expression for the automatically measured value of a Calc item Syntax MEASure USER x DEFine lt String gt MEASure USER lt x gt DEFine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 128 characters Example MEASURE USER1 DEFINE MAX C1 MEASURE USER1 DEFINE gt MEASURE USER1 DEFINE MAX C1 MEASure USER lt x gt MAXimum MEAN MINim um SDEViation Function Queries a statistical value that is calculated on the automatically measured value of a Calc item Syntax MEASure USER x MAXimum x 1 to 4 Example Below are examples for the maximum value MEASURE USER1 MAXIMUM gt MEASURE USER1 MAXIMUM 1 00E 00 Description If the statistical value is immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number MEASure USER lt x gt NAME Function Sets or queries the name of a Calc item Syntax MEASure USER lt x gt NAME lt String gt MEASure USER lt x g
542. t lt string gt SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt PFORmat Function Sets or queries the input format which is one of the data conditions for SPI bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt PFORmat BINary HEXa SERialbus lt x gt SPI SEARch SETup DATA lt y gt PFORmat lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1 to 2 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATA1 PFORMAT BINARY SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATAL PFORMAT gt SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATA1 PFORMAT BINARY SERialbus lt x gt TYPE Function Sets or queries search type Syntax SERialbus lt x gt TYPE CANBus FLEXray I2CBus LINBus SPATtern SPIBus UART SERialbus x TYPE x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 TYPE CANBUS SERIALBUS1 TYPE gt SERIALBUS1 TYPE CANBUS SERialbus lt x gt UART Function Queries all UART signal analysis and search settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze Function Queries all UART signal analysis settings SERialbus x SPI SEARch SETup Syntax SERialbus x UART ANALyze DATA y PATTern z x2 1 to 4 lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to2 SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup lt z gt 1to4 Function Queries all UART signal analysis bus settings Example SERIALBUS1 SPI SEARCH SETUP DATA1 Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART ANALyze SETup PATTERN1 11001010
543. t GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER WAVE RANGE MAIN 5 98 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 14 GONogo Group GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform that will be used for waveform zone determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRACe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER WAVE TRACE 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 WAVE TRACE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER WAVE TRACE 1 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRANge Function Sets or queries the determination area that will be used for waveform zone determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRANge lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE TRANge lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER1 WAVE spueululo2 TRANGE 1 2 GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBER WAVE TRANGE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER NUMBERI WAVE TRANGE 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE ZNUMber Function Sets or queries the zone number that will be used for waveform zone determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE ZNUMber lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt WAVE ZNUMber lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt
544. t NAME lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 8 characters Example MEASURE USER1 NAME MAX MEASURE USER1 NAME gt MEASURE USER1 NAME MAX IM DLM4038 17EN 5 131 spueululo2 5 24 MEASure Group MEASure USER Xx STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of automated measurement of a Calc item Syntax MEASure USER lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt MEASure USER lt x gt STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MEASURE USER1 STATE ON MEASURE USER1 STATE gt MEASURE USER1 STATE 1 MEASure USER x UNIT Function Sets or queries the unit of a Calc item Syntax MEASure USER UNIT String MEASure USER UNIT String Up to 4 characters Example MEASURE USER1 UNIT ABC MEASURE USER1 UNIT MEASURE USER1 UNIT ABC MEASure USER x VALue Function Queries the automatically measured value of a Calc item Syntax MEASure USER x VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 Example MEASURE USERI VALUE MEASURE USER1 VALUE 1 000E 00 Descriptions If the value is immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number The lt NRf gt is used to specify which iteration of automated measurement to query the measured value from f lt NRf gt is set to 1 the oldest measured value in the automated measurement memory is queried f a measured value does not exist at the specified iteration the DLM4000 returns NAN
545. t Sets or queries the vertical position of the rectangle that will be used for 5 98 RECTangle VERTical rectangular zone determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBercx Queries all waveform zone determination settings 5 98 WAVE GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the source window that will be used for waveform zone 5 98 WAVE RANGe determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the source waveform that will be used for waveform zone 5 99 WAVE TRACe determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the determination area that will be used for waveform zone 5 99 WAVE TRANge determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the zone number that will be used for waveform zone 5 99 WAVE ZNUMber determination HCOPy Group HCOPy Queries all screen capture data output settings 5 100 HCOPy ABORt Stops data output and paper feeding 5 100 HCOPy COMMent Sets or queries the comment at the lower right of the screen 5 100 HCOPy DIRection Sets or queries the data output destination 5 100 HCOPy EXECute Executes data output 5 100 HCOPy MULTitarget Queries all multi target feature settings 5 100 HCOPy MULTitarget PRINter Sets or queries whether the multi target feature will send output to the built in 5 100 printer HCOPy MULTitarget NETPrinter Sets or queries whether
546. t are omitted the default unit is used Response messages are always expressed in the lt NR3 gt form Response messages are returned using the default unit without the lt Multiplier gt or Unit 4 6 IM DLM4038 17EN 4 4 Data Register Register is an integer that can be expressed in decimal hexadecimal octal or binary notation It is used when each bit of the value has a particular meaning The following types of expressions are possible Form Example lt NRf gt a H lt Hexadecimal value made up of the digits HOF 0 to 9 and A to F gt Q lt Octal value made up of the digits 0 to 7 gt Q777 B lt Binary value made up of the digits 0 and 1 gt B001100 Register is not case sensitive Response messages are always expressed in the lt NR1 gt form lt Character Data gt lt Character data gt is a predefined character string mnemonics It is mainly used to indicate that an option listed as a character string in braces must be selected and entered The data interpretation rules are the same as those described in Header Interpretation Rules on page 4 4 lt Filename gt Filename is data that indicates a file name The following types of expressions are possible Form Example Ac Dc Dc50 GND Ac e As with the header the COMMunicate VERBose command can be used to select whether to return the response in the full form or in the abbreviated form The COM
547. t DV lt y gt VALue lt x gt 1to4 lt y gt 1 to 4 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 DV1 VALUE gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 DV1 VALUE 500 00000E 03 Description If CHANnel x LSCale MODE is set to ON the scaled value will be queried CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt JUMP Function Syntax Example Description Jumps to the center of the zoom waveform CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt POSition Function Syntax Example Makes a marker cursor in the T Y display jump to the specified zoom waveform CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt JUMP 2Z1 22 lt x gt 1to4 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 JUMP Z1 spuewwog Sets or queries the time value of a marker cursor CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt POSition lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 in steps of 10 divisions display record length CURSOR TY MARKER M1 POSITION 1 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 POSITION gt CURSOR TY MARKER Ml POSITION 1 0000000 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt T Function Syntax Queries all time axis settings for a marker cursor CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt T lt x gt 1 to 4 CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt T STATe Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the on off status of the time value of a marker cursor CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt T STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt T STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 CURSOR
548. t FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Sets or queries the measurement range of a peak value for FFT analysis 5 87 RANGe lt y gt gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Queries all of the settings for a peak value for FFT analysis 5 88 V lt y gt gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Sets or queries the on off status of a peak value for FFT analysis 5 88 V lt y gt STATe FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Queries a peak value for FFT analysis 5 88 V lt y gt VALue FFT lt x gt MODE Sets or queries the waveform display mode for FFT analysis 5 88 FFT lt x gt RANGe Sets or queries the measurement source window for FFT analysis 5 88 FFT lt x gt RPOSition Sets or queries the center point for magnifying the vertical axis for FFT 5 88 analysis FFT lt x gt TRACe Sets or queries the source waveform for FFT analysis 5 88 gt FFT lt x gt TYPE Sets or queries the spectrum for FFT analysis 5 88 FFT lt x gt UNIT Queries all FFT computation unit settings 5 88 gt FFT lt x gt UNIT DEFine Sets or queries an FFT computation unit 5 89 FFT lt x gt UNIT MODE Sets or queries whether an FFT computation unit will be attached 5 89 automatically or manually gt FFT lt x gt VERTical Queries all vertical axis settings for FFT analysis 5 89 FFT lt x gt VERTical LEVel Sets or queries the vertical axis display position for FFT analysis 5 89 FFT lt x gt VERTical MODE Sets or queries the FFT analysis vertical axis mode 5 89 FF
549. t Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup ERRor PARity lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP ERROR PARITY ON SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP ERROR PARITY gt SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP ERROR PARITY 1 SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup ERRor PMODe Function Sets or queries the UART signal search parity mode setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup ERRor PMODe EVEN ODD SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup ERRor PMODe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP ERROR PMODE EVEN SERIALBUSI1 UART SEARCH SETUP ERROR PMODE gt SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP ERROR PMODE EVEN SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP ERROR SERialbus x UART SEARch SETup FORMat Function Sets or queries the format setting for UART signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup FORMat BIT7Parity BIT8Parity BIT8Noparity SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup FORMat x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP FORMAT BIT7PARITY SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP FORMAT gt SERIALBUS1 UART SEARCH SETUP FORMAT BIT7PARITY SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup MODE Function Sets or queries the UART signal search mode Syntax SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup MODE DATA EDATA ERRor SERialbus lt x gt UART SEARch SETup MODE
550. t memory is queried f a measured value does not exist at the specified iteration the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number If lt NRf gt is omitted the most recent measured value is queried If cyclic statistical processing for automated measurement is being executed and NRf is specified the measured values over a cycle in iteration lt NRf gt from the left of the display on the displayed waveform is queried If lt NRf gt is omitted the measured values over the last cycle on the displayed waveform is queried MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 COPY Function Syntax Example Copies the on off status of all measurement items of a logic waveform to all other waveforms in the specified area MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 COPY lt x gt 0to7 MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 COPY MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay Function Syntax Queries all of the settings for measuring the delay between channels of a logic waveform in the specified area MEASure PODA x PODB x PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay x 0to7 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 129 spueululo2 5 24 MEASure Group MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODLXx AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure Function Queries all of the settings for measuring the dela
551. t x gt DECimal lt y gt Function Sets a reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt DECimal lt y gt lt NRf gt TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt DECimal lt y gt lt x gt 1 to2 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 DECIMAL1 1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 DECIMAL1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 DECIMAL1 1 000E 00 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt ENDian Function Sets or queries the data field endian setting which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering Synta x TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger LEXray IDData DATA lt x gt ENDian BIG LITTle TRIGger ATRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt ENDian lt x gt 1 to2 Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 ENDIAN BIG TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 ENDIAN gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER FLEXRAY IDDATA DATA1 ENDIAN BIG BTRigger 4 TRIGger ATRigger BTRigger FLEXray IDData DATA lt x gt HEXa lt y gt Function Sets a data field reference value which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal triggering i
552. t x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt STATe lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Parameter AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ V1 V2 Below is an example for the average of CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 AVERAGE STATE ON MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 AVERAGE STATE MEASURE CHANNEL1 AREA1 AVERAGE STATE 1 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt VALue Function Queries an automatically measured value of a waveform parameter in the specified area Syntax MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt VALue NRf 2 STATus x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 8 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 Parameter AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ V1 V2 lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 Example Below is an example for the average of CH1 MEASure CHANnel1 AREA1 AVERAGE VALUE gt MEASure CHANnell AREAl1 AVERAGE VALUE 10 0000E 03 Descriptions If the value is immeasurable the DLM40
553. t x gt 12C SEARch Sets the 7 bit address for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal searching 5 159 SETup ADDRess ADDRess in hexadecimal notation BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXa SERialbus x 1I2C SEARch Sets or queries the 7 bit address for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus 5 159 SETup ADDRess ADDRess signal searching in binary notation BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Queries all sub address settings for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal 5 159 SETup ADDRess ADDRess searching BIT7APsub SADDress SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets the sub address for the 7 bit sub address for I C bus signal searching 5 159 SETup ADDRess ADDRess in hexadecimal notation BIT7APsub SADDress HEXa SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch Sets or queries the sub address for the 7 bit sub address for 1 C bus signal 5 159 SETup ADDRess ADDRess searching in binary notation BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern ERialbus x 12C SEARch Sets or queries the address condition enable disable mode for l C bus signal 5 159 searching ERial tup us lt x gt DDRess Sets or queries the address input format which is one of the address 5 159 conditions for I C bus signal searching uS lt X gt DDRess ERial up Sets or queries the address type which is one of the address conditions for 5 160 IC bus signal searching NM RP N NI N AIO Go a us lt x gt DDRess DA ERial up TA Queries a
554. ta 5 91 lt x gt ZWAVe lt x gt ABORt FILE LOAD SETup SNAP ZPOLygon Loads a specific type of data This is an overlap command 5 91 lt x gt ZWAVe lt x gt EXECute FILE MOVE ABORt Aborts file moving 5 91 FILE MOVE CDIRectory Changes the file move destination directory 5 91 FILE MOVE DRIVe Sets the file move destination medium 5 91 FILE MOVE EXECute Executes file moving This is an overlap command 5 91 FILE MOVE PATH Queries the file move destination directory 5 91 FILE PROTect EXECute Turns file protection on or off 5 91 FILE REName EXECute Renames a file 5 91 FILE SAVE Queries all file save settings 5 91 FILE SAVE ANAMing Sets or queries the on off status of the auto naming feature for saving files 5 91 FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BI Queries all of the settings related to the saving of a specified type of file 5 92 Nary FFT HLISt HARMonics SBUS Z WAVe 5 10 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BI Aborts the saving of a specific type of data 5 92 Nary FFT HLISt HARMonics MEASur e SBUS SETup SNAP ZWAVe ABORt FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii Saves a specific type of file This is an overlap command 5 92 BINary FFT HARMonics HLISt ME ASure SBUS SETup SNAP ZWAVe
555. tatus of the 1 AT which is measured between the AT cursors Syntax CURSor TY VERTical PERDt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY VERTical PERDt STATe Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL PERDT STATE ON CURSOR TY VERTICAL PERDT STATE CURSOR TY VERTICAL PERDT STATE 1 CURSor TY VERTical PERDt VALue Function Queries the 1 AT value which is measured between the AT cursors Syntax CURSor TY VERTical PERDt VALue Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL PERDT VALUE gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL PERDT VALUE 2 50E 06 CURSor TY VERTical POSition lt x gt Function Sets or queries the position of a AT cursor Syntax CURSor TY VERTical POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor TY VERTical POSition lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL POSITION1 2 CURSOR TY VERTICAL POSITION1 gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL POSITION1 2 00E 00 CURSor TY VERTical T lt x gt Function Queries all time axis settings for a AT cursor Syntax CURSor TY VERTical T lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 CURSor TY VERTical T lt x gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the time value of a AT cursor Syntax CURSor TY VERTical T x STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY VERTical T lt x gt STATe lt x gt 1to2 Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL T1 STATE ON CURSOR TY VERTICAL T1 STATE gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL T1 STATE 1 CUR
556. tegration start position Syntax MATH lt x gt INTegral SPOint lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt INTegral SPOint x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example MATH1 INTEGRAL SPOINT 1 5 MATH1 INTEGRAL SPOINT gt MATH1 INTEGRAL SPOINT 1 5000000 MATH lt x gt LABel Function Queries all computed waveform label settings Syntax MATH lt x gt LABel lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt LABel DEFine Function Sets or queries a computed waveform label Syntax MATH lt x gt LABel DEFine lt String gt MATH lt x gt LABel DEFine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to eight characters Example MATH1 LABEL DEFINE MATH1 MATH1 LABEL DEFINE gt MATH1 LABEL DEFINE MATH1 MATH lt x gt LABel MODE Function Sets or queries the display on off status of a computed waveform label Syntax MATH lt x gt LABel MODE lt Boolean gt MATH lt x gt LABel MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 LABEL MODE ON MATH1 LABEL MODE gt MATH1 LABEL MODE 1 Oo o 3 MATH x OPERation 3 Function Sets or queries an operator a Syntax MATH x OPERation ECOunt FILTer v INTegral MINus MULTiple PLUS RCOunt USERdefine lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt lt NRf gt MATH y MATH lt x gt OPERation lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1 3 Example MATH1 OPERATION PLUS 1 2 MATH1 OPERATION MATH1 OPERA
557. the CAN bus signal analysis recessive level 5 141 SETup RECessive SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze Sets or queries the CAN bus signal analysis source 5 142 SETup SOURce SERialbus lt x gt CAN ANALyze Sets or queries the CAN bus signal analysis sample point 5 142 SETup SPOint SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail Queries all CAN bus signal analysis result list settings 5 142 SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail Sets or queries the display mode for the CAN bus signal analysis result list 5 142 DISPlay 5 20 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail LIST Queries all items that will be displayed in the CAN bus signal analysis result 5 142 ITEM list SERialbus lt x gt CAN DETail LIST Queries all of the data for the specified analysis number in the CAN bus 5 142 VALue signal analysis result list SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Queries all CAN bus signal search settings 5 142 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch ABORt Aborts the CAN bus signal search 5 142 SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch Executes a CAN bus signal search 5 142 EXECute SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp Jumps to the ACK Field in the CAN bus signal search result 5 142 AC SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp Jumps to the Control Field in the CAN bus signal search result 5 142 CONTrol
558. the contents of the extended event register and clear the register 5 185 STATus ERRor Queries the error code and message information top of the error queue 5 185 STATus FILTer lt x gt Sets or queries the transition filter 5 185 STATus QENable Sets or queries whether or not messages other than errors will be stored to 5 185 the error queue on off STATus OMESsage Sets or queries whether or not message information will be attached to the 5 185 response to the STATus ERRor query on off STATus SPOL1 Serial Poll Stops waveform acquisition 5 185 STOP Group STOP Stops waveform acquisition 5 186 5 30 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page STORe Group STORe Queries all of the information related to setup data in the internal memory 5 187 STORe SETup lt x gt Queries information about the setup data in the specified location of the 5 187 internal memory STORe SETup lt x gt COMMent Sets or queries the comment for the setup data that is stored to the specified 5 187 location in the internal memory STORe SETup lt x gt DATE Queries the date and time of the setup data that is stored to the specified 5 187 location in the internal memory STORe SETup lt x gt EXECute Saves setup data to the specified location in the i
559. the maximum length of block data that can be used for the macro definition and the process when recursion is used in macro definitions Macro functions are not supported Reply to the IDN query See section 5 39 Common Command Group Size of storage area for protected user data for PUD and PUD PUD and PUD are not supported The length of the RDT and RDT resource names RDT and RDT are not supported IM DLM4038 17EN App 5 Appendix 3 About the IEEE 488 2 1992 Standard 19 The change in the status due to RST LRN RCL and SAV RST See section 5 39 Common Command Group LRN RCL and SAV These common commands are not supported 20 The extent of the self test using the TST command Performs the same internal memory test that is executed when the user presses UTILITY and then the Self Test soft key and executes the MEMORY test 21 The structure of the extended return status See chapter 6 22 Whether each command is processed in an overlapped manner or sequentially See section 4 5 Synchronization with the Controller and chapter 5 23 The description of the execution of each command See the explanations of each command s function in chapter 5 the features guide IM DLM4038 01EN and the user s manual IM DLM4038 02EN App 6 IM DLM4038 17EN Index Symbols ZJ Pee lt BOOleaN P EES 4 7 EU Ir io t ETE 4 6
560. the response data are created upon receiving a send request from the controller e Commands that have parameters that restrict one another There are commands such as CHANnel lt x gt PROBe MODE and CHANnel lt x gt VDIV that have parameters that place restrictions unilaterally but there are no commands that have parameters that restrict one another 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Items that are included in the functional or composite header elements constituting a command See chapters 4 and 5 Buffer sizes that affect block data transmission When block data is being transmitted the output queue is expanded to match the size of the data that is being transmitted A list of program data elements that can be used in equations and their nesting limitations Equations cannot be used Syntax of the responses to queries See the example of the commands given in chapter 5 Communication between devices that do not follow the response syntax is not supported by the DLM4000 series Size of the response data block 1 to 250000000 bytes A list of supported common commands See section 5 39 Common Command Group Device condition after a successful calibration The device will be performing measurements The maximum length of block data that can be used for the DDT trigger macro definition Not supported The maximum length of the macro label for defining macros
561. tings 5 61 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup Executes auto deskewing for power measurement 5 61 ADESkew ANALysis PMEAsurecx SETup I Queries all current input channel settings for power measurement 5 62 ANALysis PMEAsure x SETup I Set or queries auto deskewing of the current input channel for power 5 62 DESKew measurement ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup I Queries all current to voltage conversion ratio settings of the probe 5 62 PROBe connected to the current input channel for power measurement ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup Sets or queries the deskewing source trace for power measurement 5 62 RTRace ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup U Queries all voltage input channel settings for power measurement 5 62 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup U Set or queries auto deskewing of the voltage input channel for power 5 62 DESKew measurement ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup U Queries all voltage to voltage conversion ratio settings of the probe 5 62 PROBe connected to the voltage input channel for power measurement ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt TRANge Sets or queries the measurement time period 5 62 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Queries all distal mesial and proximal settings 5 62 UDPRoximal ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt Sets or queries the distal mesial and proximal point mode setting 5 63 UDPRoximal MODE 5 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Pag
562. tion Aborts GO NO GO determination Syntax GONogo ABORt Example GONOGO ABORT GONogo ACTion Function Queries all of the settings related to the action executed when GO NO GO results are NO GO and the reference Syntax GONogo ACTion GONogo ACTion BUZZer Function Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will sound an alarm when a GO NO GO result is NO GO Syntax GONogo ACTion BUZZer lt Boolean gt GONogo ACTion BUZZer Example GONOGO ACTION BUZZER ON GONOGO ACTION BUZZER GONOGO ACTION BUZZER 1 GONogo ACTion HCOPy Function Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will print screen images to the optional built in printer or an network printer for NO GO results Syntax GONogo ACTion HCOPy lt Boolean gt GONogo ACTion HCOPy Example GONOGO ACTION HCOPY ON GONOGO ACTION HCOPY GONOGO ACTION HCOPY 1 GONogo ACTion MAIL Function Queries all of the settings related to email notification for NO GO results Syntax GONogo ACTion MAIL GONogo ACTion MAIL COUNt Function Sets or queries the upper limit of emails that will be sent for NO GO results Syntax GONogo ACTion MAIL COUNt lt NRf gt GONogo ACTion MAIL COUNt lt NRf gt 1 to 1000 Example GONOGO ACTION MAIL COUNT 100 GONOGO ACTION MAIL COUNT GONOGO ACTION MAIL COUNT 100 GONogo ACTion MAIL MODE Function Sets or queries whether or not the DLM4000 will send email notification for NO
563. tion Queries all indicator settings for the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator MODE Function Sets or queries the indicator enable disable condition which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator MODE lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator MODE lt x gt 1to4 ERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA INDICATOR MODE ON ERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA INDICATOR MODE gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA INDICATOR MODE 1 Example SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator NFRame Function Sets or queries the indicator null frame which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator NFRame 0 1 X SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator NFRame x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA INDICATOR NFRAME 1 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA INDICATOR NFRAME gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA INDICATOR NFRAME 1 Gl c c
564. tion Sets or queries the indicator sync frame which is one of the ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator SYFRame 0 1 X SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData INDIcator SYFRame lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA INDICATOR SYFRAME 1 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DDATA INDICATOR SYFRAME gt SERIALBUSI1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP DATA INDICATOR SYFRAME 1 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup MODE Function Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal search mode Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup MODE ERRor FSTart IDData gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP MODE FSTART SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP MODE SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP MODE FSTART SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C Function Queries all C bus signal analysis and search settings Syntax SERialbus x I2C lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt I2C ANALyze Function Queries all IC bus signal analysis settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt I2C ANALyze lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt I2C ANALyze SETup Function Queries all I C bus signal analysis bus settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C ANALyze SETup
565. tion of the previous overlap command is completed If you specify V div and send the next program message to query the result the DLM4000 always returns the most recent setting 5 V in this case CHANnell VDIV 5V VDIV PMT This is because the next command is forced to wait until the processing of CHANne11 VDIV is completed This type of command is called a sequential command Let us assume you send the next program message when you want to load a file and query the V div value of the result FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 CHANnell VDIV In this case CHANnel1 VDIV is executed before the loading of the file is completed and the V div value that is returned is the value before the file is loaded Overlapping refers to the act of executing the next command before the processing of the current command is completed such as in the command FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASEI1 A command that operates in this way is called an overlap command You can prevent overlapping by using the following methods Synchronizing to Overlap Commands Using a WAI Command A WAI command holds the subsequent commands until the overlap command is completed Example COMMunicate OPSE H0040 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 WAI CHANnell VDIV lt PMT gt The COMMunicate OPSE command is used to select which command to apply WAT to Here it is applied to the media access command WAI is executed before CHANnel1 VDIV so CHANnell VDI
566. tions for FlexRay bus signal searching SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the indicator payload preamble which is one of the ID and 5 155 IDData INDIcator data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching Reamble ERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries whether or not the indicator start frame which is one of the 5 155 Tup IDData INDIcator ID and data conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching FRame ERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the indicator sync frame which is one of the ID and data 5 156 up IDData INDIcator conditions for FlexRay bus signal searching FRame ERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal search mode 5 156 l up MODE ERialbus lt x gt 12C Queries all IC bus signal analysis and search settings 5 156 ERialbus lt x gt 12C ANALyze Queries all I C bus signal analysis settings 5 156 ERialbus lt x gt 12C ANALyze Queries all I2C bus signal analysis bus settings 5 156 up ERialbus lt x gt 12C ANALyze Queries all I C bus signal analysis clock settings 5 156 l up CLOCk ERialbus lt x gt 12C ANALyze Sets or queries the clock source for I2C bus signal analysis 5 156 l up CLOCk SOURce ERialbus lt x gt 12C ANALyze Queries all I C bus signal analysis data settings 5 156 up DATA ERialbus x I2C ANALyze Sets or queries the I C bus signal data source 5 156 up DATA SOURCe lbus lt x gt I2C ANALyze Sets or queries the on o
567. to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MODE ON ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MODE ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 MODE 1 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt RANGe Function Sets or queries the measurement source window Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt RANGe MAIN 21 224 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt RANGe lt x gt 1to4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 RANGE MAIN ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 RANGE gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 RANGE MAIN ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup Function Queries all power measurement input settings Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup ADESkew Function Executes auto deskewing for power measurement Syntax ANALysis PMEASure lt x gt SETup ADESkew lt x gt 1t04 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP ADESKEW IM DLM4038 17EN 5 61 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis PMEAsure x SETup I Function Queries all current input channel settings for power measurement Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup 1 lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP I ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup I DESKew Function Set or queries auto deskewing of the current input channel for power measurement Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup I1 DESKew lt Time gt ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup 1 DESKew lt x gt 1 to 4 Time 100 0 ns to 100 0 ns in 10 ps steps Example ANALYSIS PMEASUREl SETUP
568. to ASCII code The result is the file name example 1 becomes 00000001 Negative values are not allowed For character data the first 12 characters become the file name For string data the first 259 characters become the file name Response messages are always expressed in the string data form For information about the number of characters in a file name expressed in the string data form see the DLM4000 User s Manual M9IAJ9AQ BuruueJ80Jd gt lt Block Data gt Block data is any 8 bit data It is only used in response messages on the DLM4000 The syntax is as follows Form Example N lt N digit decimal number gt lt data byte sequence 8 00000010ABCDEFGHIJ TN Indicates that the data is block data N indicates the number of succeeding data bytes digits in ASCII code N digit decimal number Indicates the number of bytes of data example 00000010 10 bytes Data byte sequence Expresses the actual data example ABCDEFGHIJ Data is comprised of 8 bit values 0 to 255 This means that the ASCII code OAH which stands for NL can also be included in the data Hence care must be taken when programming the controller IM DLM4038 17EN 4 7 4 5 Synchronization with the Controller Overlap Commands and Sequential Commands There are two types of commands overlap and sequential The execution of one overlap command can start before the execu
569. to2 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DV STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the power measured between peak values for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DV STATe lt Boolean gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DV STATe lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DV STATE ON FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DV STATE gt FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DV STATE 1 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DV VALue Function Queries the power between peak values for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DV VALue lt x gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DV VALUE gt FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DV VALUE 1 000E 00 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt y gt Function Queries all of the settings for a peak frequency for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt y gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of a peak frequency value for FFT analysis Syntax FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt y gt STATe lt Boolean gt FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt y gt STATe lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 Example FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC FREQUENCY1 STATE ON FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC FREQUENCY1 STATE gt FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC FREQ
570. ts bit 2 m eA Enable Registers The following registers are used to mask a bit so that the bit will not affect the status byte even when it is set to 1 Service request enable register Masks bits of the status byte Standard event enable register Masks bits in the standard event register Extended event enable register Masks bits in the extended event register Reading and Writing to Registers For example you can use the ESE command to set the standard event enable register bits to ones and zeros You can use the ESE command to query whether the standard event enable register bits are ones or zeros For details on commands see chapter 5 IM DLM4038 17EN 6 2 Status Byte Status byte RQS 7 6 ESBMAVEESEAV 1 0 MSS e Bits 0 1 and 7 Not used always zero Bit 2 EAV Error Available This bit is set to 1 when the error queue is not empty In other words this bit is set to 1 when an error occurs For details see page 6 6 Bit 3 EES Extend Event Summary Bit This bit is set to 1 when the logical AND of the extended event register and its corresponding event register is 1 In other words this bit is set to 1 when a certain event takes place inside the DLM4000 For details see page 6 5 Bit 4 MAV Message Available This bit is set to 1 when the output queue is not empty In other words this bit is set to 1 when the
571. ts operation is not guaranteed OPT OPTion Function Queries the installed options Syntax OPT Example OPT gt CH125MW PRINTER GPIB STORAGE USERDEFINE I12C CAN LIN SPI UART FLEXRAY PANALYZE PROBEPOWER8 Descriptions The DLM4000 returns lt memory model gt and the availability of these options lt printer gt lt switching logic gt lt GP IB gt lt internal storage gt lt user defined math feature gt lt I2C analysis feature gt lt CAN analysis feature gt lt LIN analysis feature gt lt SPI analysis feature gt lt UART analysis feature gt lt FlexRay analysis feature gt lt power supply analysis feature gt lt rear panel probe power gt The OPT query must be the last query of a program message An error occurs if there is a query after the OPT query RST ReSeT Function Resets the settings Syntax RST Example RST Description Also clears OPC and OPC commands that have been sent SRE Service Request Enable register Function Sets or queries the service request enable register value Syntax SRE NRf SRE lt NRf gt 0 to 255 Example SRE 239 SRE 175 Descriptions Specify the value as a decimal format sum of the values of each bit For example specifying SRE 239 will cause the standard enable register to be set to 11101111 In this case bit 4 of the service request enable register is disabled This means that bit 4 MAV of the status byte register is n
572. ts or queries the clock signal for SPI bus signal analysis 5 173 SETup CLOCk SOURce SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Queries all chip select signal settings for SPI bus signal analysis 5 173 ETup CS lbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Sets or queries the chip select signal active state for SPI bus signal analysis 5 174 CS ACTive lbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Sets or queries the chip select signal for SPI bus signal analysis 5 174 C8 SOURce SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Queries all data signal settings for SPI bus signal analysis 5 174 SETup DATA lt y gt SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Sets or queries the data signal for SPI bus signal analysis 5 174 SETup DATA lt y gt SOURce ERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Sets or queries the data field size for SPI bus signal analysis 5 174 Tup FIELd SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Sets or queries the on off status of grouping for SPI bus signal analysis when 5 174 SETup GROuping there is no chip select signal SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Sets or queries the idle time for SPI bus signal analysis when there is no 5 175 SETup ITIMe chip select signal 5 28 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze Sets or queries the data signal wiring system three wire or fou
573. ts or queries the on off status of a logic waveform parameter in the specified area MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt STATe lt Boolean gt MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt STATe x 0to7 Parameter AVGFreq DELay DUTYcycle FREQuency PERiod PNUMber Below is an example for the average frequency of bit 1 MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 AVGFREQ STATE ON MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 AVGFREQ STATE gt MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 AVGFREQ STATE 1 MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt VALue Function Syntax Example Queries an automatically measured value of a logic waveform parameter in the specified area MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt VALue lt NRf gt STATus lt x gt 0to7 Parameter AVGFreq DELay DUTYcycle FREQuency PERiod PNUMber lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 MEASURE PODL AREA1 AVGFREQ VALUE gt MEASURE PODL AREAl1 AVGFREO VALUE 10 000E 03 Descriptions If the value is immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number The lt NRf gt is used to specify which iteration of automated measurement to query the measured value from If lt NRf gt is set to 1 the oldest measured value in the automated measuremen
574. ts or queries the on off status of logic input port L 5 116 LOGic PODL POSition Sets or queries the vertical position of logic input port L 5 116 LOGic PODL SIZE Sets or queries the display size of logic input port L 5 116 LOGic PODL STATe Queries all state display settings of logic input port L 5 116 LOGic PODL STATe ASSignment Queries state display assignments of logic input port L 5 116 LOGic PODL STATe ASSignment Sets or queries the state display assignments of all bits of logic input port L 5 116 BIT x IM DLM4038 17EN spueululo2 HU 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page LOGic PODL STATe ASSignment Sets or queries the state display assignment bus setting of logic input port L 5 116 BUS LOGic PODL STATe CLOCk Sets or queries the state display reference clock waveform of logic input port L 5 116 LOGic PODL STATe HYSTeresis Sets or queries the hysteresis of the state display reference clock waveform 5 116 of logic input port L LOGic PODL STATe MODE Sets or queries the state display on off status of logic input port L 5 116 LOGic PODL STATe POLarity Sets or queries the polarity of the state display reference clock waveform of 5 117 logic input port L LOGic PODL STATe THReshold Sets or queri
575. ts the detected waveform number of the FlexRay bus signal search or queries the zoom location that corresponds to the number Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SELect lt NRf gt MAXimum SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 49999 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SELECT 0 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SELECT gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SELECT 0 5 150 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup Function Queries all FlexRay bus signal search condition settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup lt x gt 1to4 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor Function Queries all FlexRay bus signal search error settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor BSS Function Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal search BSS error setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor BSS lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor BSS lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUSI FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR BSS ON SERIALBUSI1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR BSS gt SERIALBUSI1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR BSS 1 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor CRC Function Sets or queries the FlexRay b
576. ts to the built 5 101 in printer in long copy mode HISTory Group STory Queries all of the settings for the history feature 5 102 HISTory AVERage Sets or queries the highlight display mode for history waveforms 5 102 HISTory DISPlay Sets or queries the display record start and end numbers 5 102 HISTory DMODe Sets or queries the history waveform display mode 5 102 HISTory RECord Sets or queries the history waveform source record 5 102 HISTory RECord MINimum Queries the minimum history waveform record number 5 102 HISTory REPLay Queries all of the settings for the history waveform replay feature 5 102 HISTory REPLay JUMP Jumps to the specified record number in a history waveform 5 102 HISTory REPLay SPEed Sets or queries the history waveform replay speed 5 102 HISTory REPLay STARt Starts replaying a history waveform in the specified direction 5 102 HISTory REPLay STOP Stops history waveform replaying 5 102 HISTory SEARch Queries all history waveform search settings 5 102 e HISTory SEARch ABORt Aborts searching 5 102 3 HISTory SEARch EXECute Executes searching This is an overlap command 5 102 3 HISTory SEARch LOGic Sets or queries the history waveform search logic 5 103 a HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Queries all of the settings for a search condition
577. ueries the clock signal for SPI bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt PODL lt y gt SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt lt y gt of PODL lt y gt 0 to 7 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK SOURCE SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CLOCK SOURCE 1 SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CS Function Queries all chip select signal settings for SPI bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CS lt x gt 1 to 4 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 173 spuewwog 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CS ACTive Function Sets or queries the chip select signal active state for SPI bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CS ACTive HIGH LOW SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CS ACTive lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CS ACTIVE HIGH SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CS ACTIVE gt SERIALBUS1 SPI ANALYZE SETUP CS ACTIVE HIGH SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze SETup CS SOURce Function Sets or queries the chip select signal for SPI bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPI ANALyze
578. ueries the label of a bus of logic input ports A and B LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 LABel String LOGic PODA PODB BUS3 LABel Syntax String Up to 8 characters LOGIC PODA PODB BUS3 LABEL ABC LOGIC PODA PODB BUS3 LABEL gt iLOGIC PODA PODB BUS3 LABEL ABC Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported Example B B LOGic PODA PODB MODE Function Sets or queries the display on off status of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB MODE Boolean LOGic PODA PODB MODE LOGIC PODA PODB MODE ON LOGIC PODA PODB MODE gt LOGIC PODA_PODB MODE 1 Example Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported LOGic PODA PODB POSition Function Sets or queries the logic signal s vertical position of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB POSition NRf LOGic PODA PODB POSition lt NRf gt 7 to 39 Example LOGIC PODA PODB POSITION 7 LOGIC PODA PODB POSITION LOGIC PODA_PODB POSITION 7 Description An error will occur if 16 bit input L16 option is not supported IM DLM4038 17EN 5 111 spueululo2 5 19 LOGic Group LOGic PODA PODB SIZE Function Sets or queries the logic signal s display size of logic input ports A and B Syntax LOGic PODA PODB SIZE LARGe MIDium SMAL1 LOGic PODA PODB SIZE Example LOGIC PODA_PODB SIZE LARGE LOGIC PODA_PODB SIZE gt LOGIC POD
579. ueries the reference trace for power supply analysis deskewing Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup RTRace I U ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SETup RTRace lt x gt 1to2 Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP RTRACE I ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP RTRACE ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SETUP RTRACE I ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA Function Queries all XY display safe operating area settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor Function Queries all XY display safe operating area cursor measurement settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor lt x gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor X lt y gt Function Queries all XY display safe operating area horizontal cursor settings Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor X lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor X y POSition Function Sets or queries a horizontal cursor position in the XY display safe operating area Syntax ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor X lt y gt POSition lt NRf gt ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor X lt y gt POSition lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 divisions Example ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA CURSOR X1 POSITION 1 ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA CURSOR X1 POSITION gt ANALYSIS PANALYZE1 SOA CURSOR X1 POSITION 1 000E 00 ANALysis PANalyze lt x gt SOA CURSor
580. ueries the sample rate of the record specified by the WAVeform RECord 5 234 command Sets or queries which point will be used as the first data value for the 5 234 waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe WAVeform TRACe WAVeform TRIGger Sets or queries the waveform that WAVeform commands will be applied to 5 234 Queries the trigger position of the record specified by the WAVeform 5 234 RECord command WAVeform TYPE Queries the acquisition mode of the waveform specified by the WAVeform 5 234 TRACe command WPARameter Group WPARameter lt x gt Queries all of the settings for the waveform parameter measurement feature 5 235 WPARameter lt x gt DISPlay Sets or queries the on off status of waveform parameter measurement 5 235 display IM DLM4038 17EN 5 43 spuewwog B 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram Queries all histogram display settings for waveform parameter measurement 5 235 WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram Queries all automatic measurement settings of the histogram display for 5 235 MEASure waveform parameter measurement WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram Sets or queries the automatic measurement mode of the histogram display 5 235 MEASure MODE for waveform parameter measurement WPARameter
581. up MEASure Queries all of the settings for automated measurement of waveform 5 123 parameters MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Queries the on off status of all parameter of a waveform 5 123 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Queries all the parameter ON OFF settings of the specified waveform in the 5 123 AREA1 AREA2 specified area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Collectively turns on or off all measurement items of a waveform in the 5 123 AREA1 AREA2 ALL specified area MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Queries the setting of a waveform parameter of a waveform in the specified 5 123 AREA1 AREA2 Parameter area MEASure CHANnel x MATH x Queries the statistical processing count of a waveform parameter in the 5 123 AREA1 AREA2 Parameter specified area o COUNt 3 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Queries a statistical value of a waveform parameter in the specified area 5 123 3 AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt MA 2 Ximum MEAN MINimum SDEViation 2 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Sets or queries the on off status of a waveform parameter in the specified 5 124 AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt area STATe MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Queries an automatically
582. up U DESKew lt Time gt ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup U DESKew lt x gt 1 to 4 Time 100 0 ns to 100 0 ns in 10 ps steps Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE l SETUP U DESKEW 1NS ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP U DESKEW gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP U DESKEW 1 000E 09 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup U PROBe Function Queries all voltage to voltage conversion ratio settings of the probe connected to the voltage input channel for power measurement Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup U PROBe lt NRf gt ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt SETup U PROBe lt x gt 1to4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP U PROBE 1 ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP U PROBE gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 SETUP U PROBE 1 000 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt TRANge Function Sets or queries the measurement time period Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt TRANge lt NRf gt NRf ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt TRANge lt x gt 1t04 lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 TRANGE 5 5 ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 TRANGE gt ANALYSIS PMEASURE1 TRANGE 5 0000000E 00 5 0000000E 00 ANALysis PMEAsure lt x gt UDPRoximal Function Queries all distal mesial and proximal settings Syntax ANALysis PMEAsure x UDPRoximal lt x gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS PMEA
583. us lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup GENeralcall BIT7Maddress PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS 2C SEARCH SETUP GENERALCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 0010110 SERIALBUS 2C SEARCH SETUP GENERALCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN gt SERIALBUS1 12C SEARCH SETUP GENERALCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 0010110 SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup GENeralcall SBYTe Function Sets or queries the general call s second byte type for I C bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup GENeralcall SBYTe BIT7Maddress DONTcare H04 H06 SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup GENeralcall SBYTe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS I2C SEARCH SETUP SBYTE S1 I2C SEARCH SETUP GENERALCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup MODE Function Sets or queries the I C bus signal search type Syntax SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup MODE ADRData EVERystart GENeralcall HSMode NONack STARtbyte SERialbus lt x gt 12C SEARch SETup MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP MODE ADRDATA SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP MODE gt SERIALBUS1 I2C SEARCH SETUP MODE ADRDATA SERialbus lt x gt 1I2C SEARch SETup NONack Function Queries all NON ACK ignore mode settings for I C bus signal searching Syntax SE
584. us signal search CRC error setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor CRC lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor CRC lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR CRC ON SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR CRC gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR CRC 1 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor FES Function Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal search FES error setting Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor FES lt Boolean gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor FES lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUSI FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR FES ON SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR FES gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR FES 1 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup ERRor HCRC Function Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal search Oo Header CRC error setting 3 Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup 3 ERRor HCRC Boolean a SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup o ERRor HCRC x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR HCRC ON SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR HCRC gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH SETUP ERROR HCRC 1 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SETup IDData Function Quer
585. used to wait for a specific event to occur Example STATus FILTerl FALL STATus EESR TRIGger MODE SINGle lt PMT gt Read the response to STATus EESR COMMunicate WAIT 1 WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt For a description of STATus FILTerl FALL and STATus EESR see the previous section about the extended event register The COMMunicate WAIT 1 command specifies that the program will wait for bit O in the extended event register to be set to 1 WAVeform SEND is not executed until bit 0 in the extended event register becomes 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 4 9 Chapter 5 Commands 5 1 List of Commands Command Function Page ACQuire Group ACQuire Queries all waveform acquisition settings 5 47 ACQuire AVERage Queries all of the settings related to averaging and the number of waveform 5 47 acquisitions ACQuire AVERage COUNt Sets or queries the attenuation constant for exponential averaging or the 5 47 average count for linear averaging for Averaging mode ACQuire COUNt Sets or queries the number of waveform acquisitions in Normal Envelope 5 47 and Averaging modes ACQuire INTerleave Sets or queries the on off status of Interleave mode 5 47 ACQuire MODE Sets or queries the waveform acquisition mode 5 47 ACQuire RESolution Sets or queries the on off status of High Resolution mode 5 47
586. ve output requests for measured and computed data panel setting data and error codes Receives status report commands and other commands Talker Capabilities The DLM4000 can transmit measured and computed data The DLM4000 can transmit panel setting data and the status byte The DLM4000 can transmit error codes when errors occur Note Talk only listen only and controller capabilities are not available on the DLM4000 Switching between Remote and Local Modes Switching from Local to Remote Mode When the DLM4000 is in Local mode and it receives a REN Remote Enable message from the PC the DLM4000 switches to Remote mode REMOTE appears at the top center of the screen once the DLM4000 is in Remote mode All keys except SHIFT CLEAR TRACE key are disabled The settings in Local mode are retained even when the DLM4000 switches to Remote mode Switching from Remote to Local Mode When the DLM4000 is in Remote mode and you press SHIFT CLEAR TRACE key the DLM4000 switches to Local mode This key is disabled when Local Lockout see page 3 6 for details has been activated by a controller The REMOTE indicator at the top center of the screen disappears All keys are enabled The settings in Remote mode are retained even when the DLM4000 switches to Local mode Note You cannot use the GP IB interface simultaneously with other interfaces USB and Ethernet interfaces IM DLM4038 17EN 3 3 uondo e
587. veform Syntax HISTory REPLay JUMP MAXimum MINimum Example HISTORY REPLAY JUMP MAXIMUM HISTory REPLay SPEed Function Sets or queries the history waveform replay speed Syntax HISTory REPLay SPEed lt NRf gt PAR3 PAR10 PAR30 PAR60 HISTory REPLay SPEed lt NRf gt 1 3 10 Example HISTORY REPLAY SPEED 1 HISTORY REPLAY SPEED HISTORY REPLAY SPEED 1 HISTory REPLay STARt Function Starts replaying a history waveform in the specified direction Syntax HISTory REPLay STARt MAXimum MINimum Example HISTORY REPLAY START MAXIMUM HISTory REPLay STOP Function Stops history waveform replaying Syntax HISTory REPLay STOP Example HISTORY REPLAY STOP HISTory SEARch Function Queries all history waveform search settings Syntax HISTory SEARch HISTory SEARCh ABORt Function Aborts searching Syntax HISTory SEARch ABORt Example HISTORY SEARCH ABORT HISTory SEARch EXECute Function Executes searching This is an overlap command Syntax HISTory SEARch EXECute Example HISTORY SEARCH EXECUTE 5 102 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 16 HISTory Group HISTory SEARch LOGic Function Sets or queries the history waveform search logic Syntax HISTory SEARch LOGic AND OR HISTory SEARCh LOGic Example HISTORY SEARCH LOGIC AND HISTORY SEARCH LOGIC HISTORY SEARCH LOGIC AND HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt Function Queries all of t
588. width search logic 5 137 SEARch PPATtern PODA PODB POD Queries all logic settings for state or state width searching 5 137 Li SEARCh PPATtern PODA PODB POD Sets the logic satisfaction condition for state or state width searching in 5 137 L HEXa hexadecimal notation SEARCh PPATtern PODA PODB POD Sets or queries the logic satisfaction condition for state or state width 5 138 L PATTern searching in binary notation SEARch PPATtern POLarity Sets or queries the state or state width search polarity 5 138 SEARch PPATtern TIME lt x gt Sets or queries the pulse width setting for state or state width searching 5 138 SEARch PPATtern TYPE Sets or queries the search type setting for state or state width searching 5 138 SEARch QUALify Queries all edge qualified search settings 5 138 SEARch QUALify CONDition Sets or queries the edge qualified search condition 5 138 SEARch SELect Sets which detected point to display in the zoom window and queries the 5 138 zoom position of the detected point SEARch SELect MAXimum Queries the number of detected points 5 138 SEARch SKIP Queries all skip mode settings 5 138 SEARch SKIP DECimation Sets or queries the number of detected points that will be skipped in skip 5 138 mode SEARch SKIP HOLDoff Sets or queries how long searching will be skipped 5 139 SEARch SKIP MODE Sets or queries the skip mode 5 139 SEARch SPOint Sets or queries search start point 5 139 SEARch
589. will be attached automatically or manually Syntax MATH lt x gt UNIT MODE AUTO USERdefine MATH lt x gt UNIT MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 UNIT MODE AUTO MATH1 UNIT MODE gt MATH1 UNIT MODE AUTO MATH lt x gt USERdefine Function Queries all user defined computation settings Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine lt x gt 1to4 MATH lt x gt USERde fine AVERage Function Queries all averaging settings for user defined computation Syntax gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine AVERage lt x gt 1to4 Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 MATH lt x gt USERde fine AVERage EWEight Function Sets or queries the attenuation constant of exponential averaging in user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine AVERage EWEight lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine AVERage EWEight lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 2 to 1024 in 2n steps MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE EWEIGHT 2 MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE EWEIGHT gt MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE EWEIGHT 2 Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 Example MATH lt x gt UNIT Function Queries all computation unit settings Syntax MATH lt x gt UNIT lt x gt 1 to 4 5 120 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 20 MATH Group MATH x USERdefine AVERage MODE Function Sets or queries the averaging mode for user defined computation Syntax MATH x USERdef fine AVERage MODE EXPonent OFF MATH x
590. x SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch EXECute lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH EXECUTE SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp ACK Function Jumps to the ACK Field in the CAN bus signal search result Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp ACK lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH FJUMP ACK SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp CONTrol Function Jumps to the Control Field in the CAN bus signal search result Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp CONTrol lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH FJUMP CONTROL 5 142 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 25 SERialbus Group SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp CRC Function Jumps to the CRC Field in the CAN bus signal search result Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp CRC lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH FJUMP CRC SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp DATA Function Jumps to the Data Field in the CAN bus signal search result Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FUUMp DATA lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH FJUMP DATA SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp IDENtifier Function Jumps to the Identifier in the CAN bus signal search result SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp IDENtifier lt x gt 1 to 4 SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH FJUMP IDENTIFIER Syntax Example SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch FJUMp SOF Function Jumps to the SOF in th
591. x gt Function Queries all settings of a bit of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt x 0to7 LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt DISPlay Function Sets or queries the on off status of all bit displays of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 0to7 Example LOGIC PODL BIT1 DISPLAY ON LOGIC PODL BIT1 DISPLAY gt LOGIC PODL BIT1 DISPLAY 1 LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt LABel Function Syntax LOGic PODL BIT x LABel lt String gt LOGic PODL BIT lt x gt LABel x 0to7 lt String gt Up to eight characters Example LOGIC PODL BIT1 LABEL ABC Sets or queries the label of a bit of logic input port L LOGic PODL BITOrder Function Sets or queries the bit order of logic input port L String Combination of LO to L7 and BUS 19 characters Example LOGIC PODL BITORDER LOLIL2L3L4L5L6L7BUS LOGIC PODL BITORDER LOGIC PODL BITORDER LOL1L2L3L4L5L6L7BUS LOGic PODL BUS Function Queries all bus settings of a bit of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL BUS LOGic PODL BUS ASSignment Function Sets or queries the assignment of a bus of logic input port L Syntax LOGic PODL BUS ASSignment lt String gt LOGic PODL BUS ASSignment lt String gt Up to 16 characters Example LOGIC PODL BUS ASSIGNMENT L1 LOGIC PODL BUS ASSIGNMENT gt LOGIC PODL BUS ASSIG
592. x gt HYSTeresis Function Syntax Example TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the noise rejection setting of the specified trigger source for enhanced triggering TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HYSTeresis HIGH LOW TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HYSTeresis x gt 1 to 8 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS HIGH GGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS HIGH 3 ps Sets or queries the trigger level of the specified trigger source for enhanced triggering TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel lt Voltage gt TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt LEVel x 21108 Voltage See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL OV TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 000E 00 spuewwog Description When the probe type is set to current this command sets or queries the lt Current gt value TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the window width of the specified trigger source for enhanced triggering TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh lt Voltage gt TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh x 21108 Voltage See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WIDTH 5V T
593. x gt Function Sets or queries the position of a AV cursor Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor TY HORizontal POSition lt x gt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 in 1 100 steps Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 4 CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 4 Description The least significant digit for lt NRf gt is the hundredths place CURSor TY HORizontal TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform that you want to measure using the AV cursors Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal TRACe NRf MATH lt x gt CURSor TY HORizontal TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL TRACE gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 CURSor TY HORizontal V lt x gt Function Queries all vertical axis settings for a AV cursor Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal V lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 2 CURSor TY HORizontal V lt x gt STATe Function Sets or queries the on off status of the vertical value measured for a AV cursor Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal V lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor TY HORizontal V lt x gt STATe lt x gt 1to2 Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL V1 STATE ON CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL V1 STATE gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL V1 STATE 1 CURSor TY HORizontal V lt x gt VALue Function Queries the vertical value of a AV
594. x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH EXECUTE SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch FJUMp ccount Function Jumps to the cycle count field in the FlexRay bus signal analysis results Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch FJUMp ccount lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH FJUMP CCOUNT SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch FUUMp CRC Function Jumps to the CRC Field in the FlexRay bus signal analysis results Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch FUUMp CRC lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH FJUMP CRC SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch FJUMp FRAMeid Function Jumps to the frame ID field in the FlexRay bus signal analysis results Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch FJUMp FRAMeid x 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH FJUMP FRAMEID SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch FJUMp HCRC Function Jumps to the Header CRC Field in the FlexRay bus signal analysis results Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch FUUMp HCRC lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH FJUMP HCRC SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch FJUMp PLENgth Function Jumps to the Payload Length Field in the FlexRay bus signal analysis results Syntax SERialbus x FLEXray SEARch FJUMp PLENgth x2 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY SEARCH FJUMP PLENGTH SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray SEARch SELect Function Se
595. x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA SIGN Function Sets or queries whether signed or unsigned data format will be used which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA SIGN SIGN UNSign SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData DATA SIGN lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA SIGN SIGN SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA SIGN SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA DATA SIGN SIGN SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier Function Queries all identifier settings for the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier HEXa Function Sets the ID value which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching in hexadecimal notation Syntax SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier HEXa String x2 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 CAN SEARCH SETUP IDDATA IDENTIFIER HEXA 1AB SERialbus x CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier MFORmat Function Sets or queries the ID frame format standard or extended which is one of the ID and data conditions for CAN bus signal searching Syntax SERialbus lt x gt CAN SEARch SETup IDData IDENtifier MFORmat EXTended
596. xRay bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup SOURce lt NRf gt MATH lt y gt SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup SOURce x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP SOURCE gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP SOURCE 1 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup SPOint Function Sets or queries the FlexRay bus signal sample point Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup SPOint NRf SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray ANALyze SETup SPOint x 21104 lt NRf gt 4 5 or 6 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT 5 SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY ANALYZE SETUP SPOINT 5 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail Functionv Queries all FlexRay bus signal analysis result list settings Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail DISPlay Function Sets or queries the display mode for the FlexRay bus signal analysis result list Syntax SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail DISPlay FULL LOWer UPPer SERialbus lt x gt FLEXray DETail DISPlay lt x gt 1to4 Example SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY DETAIL DISPLAY FULL SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY DETAIL DISPLAY gt SERIALBUS1 FLEXRAY DETAIL DISPLAY FULL IM DLM
597. xtended event enable register see chapter 6 Status Reports STATus EESR Function Queries the contents of the extended event register and clear the register Syntax STATus EESR Example STATUS EESR STATUS EESR 1 Description For information about the extended event enable register see chapter 6 Status Reports STATus ERRor Function Queries the error code and message information top of the error queue Syntax STATus ERRor Example STATUS ERROR gt STATUS ERROR 113 Undefined header STATus FILTer lt x gt Function Sets or queries the transition filter Syntax STATus FILTer lt x gt BOTH FALL NEVer RISE STATus FILTer lt x gt x 1 to 16 Example STATUS FILTER2 RISE STATUS FILTER2 gt STATUS FILTER1 RISE Description For information about the transition filter see chapter 6 Status Reports S STATus QENable 3 Function Sets or queries whether or not messages other 3 than errors will be stored to the error queue on zi off Syntax STATus QENable lt Boolean gt STATus QENable Example STATUS QENABLE ON STATUS QENABLE STATUS QENABLE 1 STATus QMESsage Function Sets or queries whether or not message information will be attached to the response to the STATus ERRor query on off Syntax STATus QMESsage Boolean STATus QMESsage Example STATUS QMESSAGE OFF STATUS QMESSAGE STATUS QMESSAGE 0
598. y If the specified acquisition count and the DLM4000 s acquisition count are the same at the point in time that the query is received 800000000 is returned 5 232 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 35 WAVeform Group WAVeform ALL TRACe Function Sets or queries the waveform that is the target of the WAVeform ALL SEND query Syntax WAVeform ALL TRACe lt NRf gt ALL MATH x PODA PODB PODL WAVeform ALL TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt x gt 1 to 4 Example WAVEFORM ALL TRACE 1 WAVEFORM ALL TRACE WAVEFORM ALL TRACE 1 1 WAVeform BITS Function Queries the bit length of the waveform data specified by the WAVeform TRACe command Syntax WAVeform BITS Example WAVEFORM BITS WAVEFORM BITS 16 WAVeform BYTeorder Function Sets or queries the transmission byte order for waveform data in word format that is 2 bytes or longer in length Syntax WAVeform BYTeorder LSBFirst MSBFirst WAVeform BYTeorder Example WAVEFORM BYTEORDER LSBFIRST WAVEFORM BYTEORDER WAVEFORM BYTEORDER LSBFIRST WAVeform END Function Sets or queries which point will be used as the last data value for the waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe Syntax WAVeform END NRf WAVeform END lt NRf gt 0 to 124999999 Example WAVEFORM END 12499 WAVEFORM END gt WAVEFORM END 12499 Description You can query the total number of points by using WAVeform LENGth WAVeform FORMat Fu
599. y Function Sets or queries the on off status of VT waveform display Syntax WPARameter lt x gt VTDisplay lt Boolean gt WPARameter lt x gt VTDisplay lt x gt 1to2 Example WPARAMETER1 VTDISPLAY ON WPARAMETERI VTDISPLAY gt WPARAMETERI VTDISPLAY 1 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 237 spueululo2 5 36 WPARameter Group WPARameter lt x gt WAIT Function Syntax Example Waits for the completion of automated measurement with a set timeout WPARameter lt x gt WAIT lt NRf gt lt x gt 1to2 lt NRf gt 1 to 36000 timeout 100 ms WPARAMETER1 WAIT gt WPARAMETER1 WAIT 1 Description The command returns zero if the automated measurement finishes within the specified timeout If automated measurement does not finish or if it was never taking place to begin with the command returns 1 Even if you set a long timeout the command will return zero as soon as automated measurement finishes 5 238 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 37 XY Group 1 XY lt x gt Function Queries all XY display settings Syntax gt XY lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 XY lt x gt DISPlay Function Sets or queries the on off status of the XY display Syntax XY lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt XY lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 1to2 Example XY1 DISPLAY ON XYl1 DISPLAY XY1 DISPLAY 1 XY x MEASure Function Queries all automated measurement settings for the XY display Syntax XY lt x gt MEASure lt x
600. y between channels of a logic waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure PODA x PODB x PODL x AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure x 0to7 MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure COUNt Function Sets or queries the count number of a source waveform for measuring the delay between channels of a logic waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure COUNt lt NRf gt MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure COUNt lt x gt 0to7 lt NRf gt 1 to 10 Example MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT 2 MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT gt MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT 2 MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure SLOPe Function Sets or queries the slope of a source waveform for measuring the delay between channels of a logic waveform in the specified area Syntax MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure SLOPe FALL RISE MEASure PODA x PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 DELay MEASure SLOPe x 0to7 Example MEASURE PODL1 AREAl1 DELAY MEASURE SLOPE FALL MEASURE PODL1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE SLOPE MEASURE PODL1 AR
601. y DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ V1 V2 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER PARAMETER TEM AVERAGE HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER PARAMETER TEM gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBERI PARAMETER TEM AVERAGE spueululo2 HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter LIMit Function Syntax Example Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s upper and lower limits for parameter searching HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter LIMit lt NRf gt lt NRf gt HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter LIMit x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Features Guide for this information HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 PARAMETER LIMIT 0 1 HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 PARAMETER LIMIT gt HISTORY SEARCH NUMBER1 PARAMETER LIMIT 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 103 5 16 HISTory Group HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter TRACe Function Sets or queries the specified waveform parameter s source waveform for parameter searching Syntax HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter TRACe lt NRf gt FFT lt y gt MATH lt y gt PODA lt y gt PODB lt y gt PODL lt y gt XY lt y gt HISTory SEARch NUMBer lt x gt PARameter TRACe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of FFT lt y gt 1 to 2 lt y
602. y PERiod PNUMber MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt COUNt Function Queries the statistical processing count of a logic waveform parameter in the specified area Syntax MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt COUNt lt x gt 0to7 Parameter AVGFreq DELay DUTYcycle FREQuency PERiod PNUMber Example MEASURE PODL AREA1 AVGFREQ COUNT gt MEASURE PODL AREA1 AVGFREQ COUNT 100 5 128 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 24 MEASure Group MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Function Syntax Example Queries a statistical value of a logic waveform parameter in the specified area MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation x 0to7 Parameter AVGFreq DELay DUTYcycle FREQuency PERiod PNUMber Below is an example for the average frequency of bit 1 MEASURE PODL AREA1 AVGFREQ MAXIMUM gt MEASURE PODL AREAl1 AVGFREO MAXIMUM 10 00000E 03 Description If the statistical value is immeasurable the DLM4000 returns NAN not a number MEASure PODA lt x gt PODB lt x gt PODL lt x gt AREA1 AREA2 lt Parameter gt STATe Function Syntax Example Se
603. y ratio of a zoom waveform display Syntax ZOOM lt x gt MAIN 20 50 OFF ZOOM lt x gt MAIN lt x gt 1to2 Example ZOOM1 MAIN 20 ZOOM1 MAIN ZOOM1 MAIN 20 ZOOM lt y gt POSition Function Sets or queries the position of a zoom box Syntax ZOOM y POSition lt NRf gt ZOOMCXy POSition x 1to2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 in steps of 10 divisions display record length Example ZOOM1 POSITION 2 ZOOMI POSITION ZOOM1 POSITION 2 00E 00 ZOOM lt x gt VERTical Function Queries all vertical zoom settings Syntax ZOOM x VERTical x 1to2 5 242 IM DLM4038 17EN 5 38 ZOOM Group ZOOM lt x gt VERTical CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt Function Queries all of the settings of a trace for vertical zooming Syntax ZOOM lt x gt VERTical CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt lt x gt 1to2 lt y gt of CHANnel lt y gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 ZOOM lt x gt VERTical CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt MAG Function Sets or queries the vertical zoom factor Syntax ZOOM lt x gt VERTical CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt MAG lt NRf gt ZOOM lt x gt VERTical CHANnel lt y gt MATH lt y gt MAG lt x gt 1 to2 lt y gt of CHANnel lt y gt 1 to 8 lt y gt of MATH lt y gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DLM4000 Feature Guide for this information Example ZOOM1 VERTICAL CHANNEL1 MAG 2 5 ZOOM1 VERTICAL CHANNEL1 MAG
604. yntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup LATCh lt x gt 1 to 4 SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup LATCh POLarity Function Sets or queries the latch signal slope for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup LATCh POLarity FALL RISE SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup LATCh POLarity lt x gt 1 to 4 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP LATCH POLARITY FALL SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP LATCH POLARITY gt SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP LATCH POLARITY FALL SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup LATCh SOURce Function Sets or queries the latch signal for user defined bus signal analysis Syntax SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup LATCh SOURce lt NRf gt NONE SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup LATCh SOURce lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP LATCH SOURCE 1 SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP LATCH SOURCE SERIALBUS1 SPATTERN ANALYZE SETUP LATCH SOURCE 1 Description The latch signal that you can specify varies depending on the SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup DATA SOURCe setting For details see the DLM4000 User s Manual SERialbus lt x gt SPATtern ANALyze SETup SPOint Function Sets or queries the analysis start point for user spueululo2 defined bu
605. zone determination settings 5 97 POLYgon GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the horizontal position that will be used for polygonal zone 5 97 POLYgon HPOSition determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBercx Sets or queries the source window that will be used for polygonal zone 5 97 POLYgon RANGe determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the source waveform that will be used for polygonal zone 5 97 POLYgon TRACe determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the vertical position that will be used for polygonal zone 5 97 POLYgon VPOSition determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBercx Sets or queries the zone number that will be used for polygonal zone 5 97 POLYgon ZNUMber determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Queries all rectangular zone determination settings 5 98 RECTangle GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the horizontal position of the rectangle that will be used for 5 98 RECTangle HORizontal rectangular zone determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the source window of the rectangle that will be used for 5 98 RECTangle RANGe rectangular zone determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x gt Sets or queries the source waveform of the rectangle that will be used for 5 98 RECTangle TRACe rectangular zone determination GONogo ZPARameter NUMBer lt x g

DLM4000 Series Mixed Signal Oscilloscope - Electro

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents